HullTourism CityPlan

HULL CITYPLAN

ADOPTED MAY 2000

Development Plans Team Transportation and Planning Division Regeneration and Development Directorate Kingston House Bond Street Kingston upon Hull HU1 3ER Telephone 01482 612223

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

1 Hull CityPlan

Group Director Regeneration and Development John North BSc(Hons), MCIT, MILT

Development Plans Team John Nesworthy Steve Westgate Keith Griffiths John Craig Chris Cumberlin Sue Frampton Technical Support Team Grant Cairns Kate Leeming Robert Harrison Beth Morgan

Produced by the Transportation and Planning Division

Aerial photographs in the CityPlan are printed courtesy of Richmond and Rigg Photographers

This document can be made available in alternative formats on request

Printed on Recycled Paper

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

2 ForewordTourism

Forward

I am pleased to commend this important document, the Hull CityPlan – the Adopted Local Plan for Kingston upon Hull. It is the main basis for all development decisions to be made in the City. Adopting the Plan is also an important stage in achieving an up to date Development Plan for the City. The other parts of the Development Plan are the existing Structure Plan, currently being reviewed, the Joint Minerals Local Plan and the Joint Waste Local Plan. The City Council and the East Riding of Yorkshire Council are working together to progress these Plans.

The CityPlan aims to ensure economic, social and environmental well-being and to promote more sustainable development and lifestyles in the City. Together with other plans and strategies it will help the City meet the challenge of improving the quality of 21st Century living.

Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) forms an important part of the CityPlan. It provides more detail and basic guidance for others to consider in preparing development proposals. SPG provides clear planning standards that will improve development proposals.

Councillor Ken Branson Joint Portfolio Holder for Strategic Planning and Leader of Kingston upon Hull City Council July 2001

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

3 Hull CityPlan

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

4 ListTourism of contents

PART I 9 1. Introduction & user guide 11 The CityPlan 11 Plan purpose 11 User Guide 11 Written Statement 13 Proposals Map 13 Supplementary Planning Guidance 13 Glossary 14 Authors Note

15 2. Context and strategy 19 Introduction PART 2 19 City development 26 National and strategic guidance 32 Corporate policies 35 Strategy 39 CityPlan aims

43 3. General policies, implementation, monitoring and review 47 Introduction 47 General policies 50 Implementation 52 Monitoring and review 53 Implementing general policies

55 4. Managing the environment 59 Introduction 60 Trends 61 Policy context 62 Objectives 62 Topics and policies 70 Implementation

73 5. Urban regeneration 77 Introduction

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

5 List of contents

77 Trends 77 Policy context 78 Objectives 78 Topics and polices 82 Implementation

85 6. Natural environment 89 Introduction 89 Trends 89 Policy context 90 Objectives 91 Topics and policies 107 Implementation

129 7. Built environment 135 Introduction 135 Trends 135 Policy context 136 Objectives 137 Topics and policies 157 Implementation

159 8. Movement 163 Introduction 163 Trends 167 Policy context 168 Objectives 168 Topics and policies 185 Implementation

199 9. Housing 203 Introduction 203 Trends 204 Policy context 205 Objectives 205 Topics and policies 214 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

6 ListTourism of contents

221 10. Employment 225 Introduction 225 Trends 227 Policy context 229 Objectives 229 Topics and policies 236 Implementation

241 11. Shopping 245 Introduction 245 Trends 247 Policy context 247 Objectives 248 Topics and policies 257 Implementation

263 12. Community facilities 267 Introduction 267 Policy context 268 Trends 269 Objectives 269 Topics and policies 280 Implementation

283 13. Tourism 287 Introduction 287 Trends 288 Policy context 288 Objectives 288 Topics and policies 294 Implementation

297 14. City Centre 301 Introduction 301 Objectives 301 Topics and policies 332 Implementation

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

7 List of contents

335 15. Docklands 337 Introduction 337 Objectives 337 Topics and policies 353 Implementation

355 16. Kingswood 357 Introduction 357 Objectives 357 Topics and policies 362 Implementation

365 Key documents consulted 365 Key documents used when preparing the Deposit Draft CityPlan 366 Relevant Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes

367 Glossary

373 Use Classes Order 373 Development considered in this document classified by the Use Classes Order

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

8 Introduction and user guide Introduction and user guide

CONTENTS

11 The CityPlan 11 Plan purpose 11 User guide 11 Written Statement 13 Proposals Map 13 City wide Proposals Map 13 Commitments 13 Allocations 13 Area based policies and proposals 13 Established areas where significant change is unlikely 13 Primary Route Network 13 Citywide policies 13 City Centre Inset Map 13 Supplementary Planning Guidance 13 Glossary 14 Authors’ note

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

10 IntroductionTourism and user guide

THE CITYPLAN The City has exciting opportunities as the Northern Gateway to Europe and the centre of a dynamic sub- 1.1 The City of Hull is the main focus of the Humber region. The CityPlan takes a positive view of how these area, an important commercial and industrial centre opportunities can be realised. and a major national port. The Port of Hull has regular links with Europe and the rest of the world and is a USER GUIDE major point of entry with over 1 million ferry passengers a year. The national and local economy is emerging 1.5 The CityPlan is laid out to make policies and from a major recession, and economic recovery proposals as accessible as possible. It comprises: coupled with growth in European trade will create • a Written Statement (this document); pressures for development. The City Council prepared • a Proposals Map for the whole City including a the CityPlan to guide development to the year 2006 City Centre Inset map; and and provide a framework for managing change and • Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes. promoting growth. The CityPlan will affect the lives of most residents and other people who work in or visit the City. WRITTEN STATEMENT Plan purpose 1.2 Local Planning Authorities are legally required to 1.6 Part I of the Written Statement includes the prepare district wide Development Plans. For the City, Introduction and User Guide and provides the context the Development Plan is the relevant parts of the and strategy for the CityPlan’s policies. Humberside Structure Plan, setting out strategic policy 1.7 Part II contains the 14 chapters shown in figure for the former County as a whole; and the CityPlan, 1.1 These chapters set out policy to guide containing detailed policies and proposals broadly development, either for the whole City or for smaller conforming to the Structure Plan. The CityPlan brings areas, and make specific land use proposals. Policies together planning policies and proposals into one and proposals are supported by strategic aims, document, and replaces the existing Development Plan objectives, background summaries and justification. (approved 1954) and its subsequent amendments, Policies and proposals are shown highlighted and in informal local plans, and large scale planning briefs. bold print. 1.3 The CityPlan is an important document because 1.8 The first chapter in Part II sets out general policy all development proposals are decided according to applied to all development and underlines the its provisions, unless very good reasons are given for requirement to prepare planning briefs guiding the an alternative approach. development of larger or more sensitive sites. This 1.4 The CityPlan achieves its strategy and objectives chapter also outlines the means of implementing and by providing a clear framework to guide development. monitoring policies and the resources likely to be The CityPlan’s main concerns are land use and change available over the CityPlan period. and the physical environment, although social and 1.9 The second group of chapters comprises economic considerations are taken into account. The Managing the environment, Urban regeneration, CityPlan promotes regeneration, sustainable and Natural environment, Built environment and appropriate development if these are complementary Movement. These are topic based. However, in to improving the existing built and open environment. general, the policies within them relate to all areas of

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

11 Introduction and user guide the City and later chapters. 1.15 In most cases, the first policy of each chapter 1.10 The third group of chapters comprises Housing, identifies the general criteria used in judging Employment, Shopping, Community facilities and development proposals. All other policies within the Tourism. These are topic based and, in general, chapter will comply with this first policy. More specific policies relate to particular land uses. policies and proposals and their justifications relating to that topic follow on within the chapter. 1.11 The City Centre chapter is concerned with a particular area of the City and, in general, policies are 1.16 If related to specific areas or sites, these policies derived from those in other chapters. It identifies Areas and proposals are shown, allocated or designated on of Potential Change and Key Development Sites. the CityPlan Proposals Map. 1.12 The Kingswood and Docklands chapters each 1.17 In addition, each chapter has a summary of the deal with a specific area of the City and the policies main ways in which policies and proposals are to be are often based on those in other chapters. They implemented. Policies are inter-related and it is identify and promote development opportunities. important that the Written Statement, Maps and Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes are read as 1.13 Most chapters follow a common format with an a whole. introduction which considers trends and reviews, and national, strategic and current City Council policies. 1.14 Many chapters include figures within the text. These figures are diagrammatic and do not prevail over the provisions of the Proposals Map.

Figure 1.1: Written Statement Part II Chapters General policies, implementation, monitoring and review – Contains policies relevant to all other chapters Managing the environment Urban regeneration Contain mainly topic based policies which provide Natural environment guidance for other chapters listed below Built environment Movement

Housing Employment Contain a mixture of topic based and area based Shopping policies Community facilities Tourism

City Centre Contains mainly area based policies

Docklands Contain area based policies Kingswood

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

12 IntroductionTourism and user guide

PROPOSALS MAP because of the large variety of uses. Major community facility uses to be retained, such as the universities, 1.18 The Proposals Map comprises: hospitals and prison are defined. • 1: 15,000 scale map showing policies and Primary Route Network proposals relating to the whole City (except the City Centre); and 1.24 For information, the Primary Route Network is shown uncoloured. • 1: 5,000 scale ‘Inset map’ showing policies and proposals for the City Centre. City wide policies Citywide Proposals Map 1.25 General policies relating to City wide development, land use or activities are not shown on the Proposals 1.19 The Proposals Map contains several different Map, but are listed by chapter in the key. types of guidance and advice. City Centre Inset Map Commitments 1.26 The 1: 5,000 scale reflects the complex patterns 1.20 Commitments for specific areas are shown in a of land use in the City Centre. The City Centre Inset medium tone. The principal use is identified, such as Map sets out: housing, employment, shopping and Urban Greenspace. Committed sites have a valid planning • allocations and proposals for specific areas and permission and are shown for information only. transportation schemes; • area based policies and proposals; Allocations • Key Development Sites; and 1.21 Allocations are shown in stronger tones. As with ‘commitments’ above, the principal use is • Areas of Potential Change. identified. Allocated sites do not have a valid planning consent, but may have been the subject of informal SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING planning guidance in the past. GUIDANCE

Area based policies and proposals 1.27 The Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) 1.22 Area based policies and proposals include Notes set out the City Council’s standards and design elements of the CityPlan that refer to specific areas requirements for a wide variety of development. SPG rather than the whole City and include Regeneration Notes are subject to the same consultation and Priority Areas, Tourism Action Areas, Areas of preparation process as the Written Statement and Archaeological Interest, Conservation Areas and the Proposals Maps. Unlike the policies and proposals Flood Defence Line. They are shown with lines or contained in these documents, SPG Notes have not hatching. been formally adopted. Established areas where significant change GLOSSARY is unlikely 1.23 These are areas of generally similar land use 1.28 Producing the CityPlan is a statutory requirement that are unlikely to change significantly over the plan of the City Council as the Local Planning Authority and period to 2006 and whose character is protected are although we have tried to use normal everyday English, shown in pale tones on the Proposals Map. The City inevitably a number of technical terms and expressions Centre Inset Map does not identify similar areas are used. There is a comprehensive glossary to help

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

13 Introduction and user guide explain them at the back of the Written Statement. In addition, certain technical expressions are defined at the beginning of a number of chapters, if such terms and expressions are used to justify specific policies.

AUTHORS’ NOTE

1.29 Preparing the CityPlan has been a lengthy process and some of the information contained in this document is now out of date. Examples of this are the lists of key agencies and consultees involved in implementing Plan policies. Similarly, since the Plan’s adoption in May 2000, new national policies and planning guidance have been introduced reflecting the Government’s modernising agenda and commitment to more sustainable forms of development. To update the CityPlan to reflect new information at the time the Plan was adopted would have been extremely complicated and delayed its publication and availability to the public.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

14 Context and strategy Context and strategy

CONTENTS 19 Introduction 19 City Development 19 Geology 19 Historical development 21 Location and communications 23 Road 23 Rail 23 Water 23 Air 23 Cycling and walking 23 Recent trends 23 The environment 24 Population and income 24 Economy 24 Housing 25 Shopping 25 Sports pitches, recreation and community facilities 25 Hospital and education facilities 25 Tourism 25 Transport 26 National and strategic guidance 26 National planning guidance 26 Regional planning guidance 26 Sustainable development 26 Economic growth 26 Regeneration 27 City centres 27 Housing 27 Transport 27 Humberside Structure Plan 27 Issues and aims 27 Objectives and main provisions 29 Environment 29 Economic growth 30 Housing and settlement 31 Shopping 31 Transport

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

16 ContextTourism and Strategy

32 Corporate policies 32 Unitary status 33 Northern Gateway 33 Community needs 33 Hull’s Anti-Poverty Strategy 33 Single Regeneration Budget 34 River Hull Lock 34 Other corporate policies 34 Sustainable development 35 Strategy 35 Strategy approach 35 Strategy themes 35 Historic Maritime City 36 Green City 36 Business City 36 Social City 36 Academic City 36 The City in the year 2006 - strategic choices 37 City Centre 37 Docklands 38 Kingswood 38 Rest of the City 39 CityPlan Aims 39 Quality of life and the environment 39 Managing the environment 39 Urban regeneration 39 Natural environment 40 Built environment 40 Movement 40 Housing 40 Employment 40 Shopping 41 Community facilities 41 Tourism 41 City Centre 41 Docklands 41 Kingswood

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

17 Context and strategy

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

18 ContextTourism and Strategy

INTRODUCTION CITY DEVELOPMENT

2.1 The CityPlan context and strategy chapter outlines Geology the geology, history and geography of the City. It 2.3 Hull is sited on an alluvial plain overlying chalk summarises national and regional guidance and rock, where the River Hull meets the Humber Estuary. considers current local strategic guidance in more The City is some 15 km east of the Yorkshire Wolds detail. It describes the relationship of the Hull Urban and about 25 km from the North Sea. Land within the Area to the region and the rest of the UK, and sets out City is generally flat, some 2 to 4 m above sea level. the geographical pattern of the urban area, key The only significant exception is in the north-eastern commitments and strategic proposals. part of the City where a low ridge of boulder clay lies 2.2 The strategy forms the vital link between national between the villages of Sutton and Wawne. and regional guidance and the CityPlan aims and Historical development objectives. In the following chapters these strategic 2.4 Hull is a historic City with a population in 1992 of aims provide the framework for objectives and policies. 268,500 and an area of some 7,145 ha (17,655 acres).

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

19 Context and strategy

The built up area, including the adjoining suburbs, has buildings date from the years preceding the First World a population of 325,000. This is described as the Hull War. Urban Area. The Hull Area is the area north of the 2.9 The City suffered from heavy bombing in the Humber for which the City provides the majority of jobs, Second World War, which devastated the port areas entertainment, social and community facilities. This and most of the City Centre. Many parts of the City area is also known as the Hull Travel To Work Area were severely damaged and a massive programme and has a population of 434,000. These areas are of post-war reconstruction was undertaken and shown in figure 2.1, ‘The City and defined boundaries’. continued into the 1970’s. The historic core of the Old 2.5 There is evidence of settlement in the lower Hull Town survived relatively well and a major conservation valley during the Romano-British period. The name programme began in the 1970’s. Myton, which is still in use, is mentioned in the 2.10 The physical growth of the City has continued Domesday Book. In the 12th Century, the settlement throughout the 20th Century and four boundary of Wyke was established by the Cistercian Abbey of extensions have been made. These were required Meaux and, by the end of the 13th Century, had become initially to accommodate growth in population and later one of England’s leading ports. In 1293, Edward I to cater for reduced inner area densities. The City’s renamed the settlement Kingston upon Hull. The town population grew to almost 318,000 in 1939, but has was fortified and between the 14th and 15th Centuries since declined as a result of a number of social and developed as a port and as a military and naval base. economic factors. The City’s changing population 2.6 The industrial revolution caused a rapid expansion since 1800 is shown in figure 2.2, ‘City population’. of the built-up area. Shipbuilding, oil and sugar refining Most large industrial cities have experienced post-war and animal foodstuffs processing industries had population decline as car ownership and real incomes developed by the early 19th Century. Increased trade have increased for most sections of the community. and the emergence of Hull as a whaling and deep sea 2.11 The 1970s brought major structural changes to fishing port saw the development of 10 docks between the port and a rapid decline of fish landing leading to 1778 and 1914. The first railway line opened in 1840. large areas of derelict docks and railway land. The 2.7 The second half of the 19th Century was an last 15 years have seen the City facing up to new intensive period of constructing speculative working class housing and the beginning of civic developments, for instance, creating Pearson Park in 1860, the City’s first public park. As the City expanded rapidly, redevelopment replaced the fortifications and many of the original buildings, although the medieval street pattern of the Old Town is still largely intact. 2.8 The end of the 19th Century and the peak of Britain’s position as a world power are usually regarded as the City’s most prosperous period, although there were enormous disparities of wealth between rich and poor. In 1897, Queen Victoria conferred the title of ‘City’ upon Hull. Many of the fine civic and commercial

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

20 ContextTourism and Strategy

challenges and opportunities, notably in massive with significant open areas defining the boundaries of programmes of regeneration and renewal in the inner communities. The historical development of the City area, docklands and in rejuvenating the City Centre. is shown in figure 2.3. 2.12 Today the City forms a semi-circle with an Location and communications average radius of some 7km. The pattern of major 2.13 The City is on the north bank of the Humber roads has developed from routes radiating from the Estuary at the mouth of the River Hull. One of historic centre to the suburbs and villages beyond. The Yorkshire’s major cities, it is a considerable distance distribution of major land uses owes much of its origins from other major centres. York is some 60 km and to the River Hull and the Humber Estuary, along which Leeds 90 km away. Consequently, the City has most of the major industries, port areas and docks developed as a sub-regional centre for a wide area on have developed. The industrial and port uses form an the north bank of the Humber. inverted ‘T’-shape with the City Centre and the pre- 2.14 The main communication links to the rest of the 18th Century settlement where the River Hull joins the UK and Europe are shown in figure 2.4, ‘Hull and the Humber Estuary. The two segments of the City Yorkshire and Humberside Region’. The main features between these industrial areas are primarily housing are set out overleaf.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

21 Context and strategy

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

22 ContextTourism and Strategy

Road Recent trends In the last 15 years vastly improved road links have 2.15 The City provides major employment, leisure, significantly reduced the City’s traditional isolation. The cultural and educational facilities for a large area of A63 Clive Sullivan Way connects with the M62 and Humberside. In the last decade or so there have been the national motorway system. The Humber Bridge substantial changes in the perception and quality of connects the City with the A15 and eastern England. the environment. The City’s population structure, The A1079 links the City with York, routes to the north income levels, local economy, housing, community east of England and to Scotland. uses and transportation facilities have all undergone Rail change. Recent trends and prospects are outlined below. The City is linked to the London to Edinburgh electrified main line at Doncaster and York, and westwards to The environment Leeds, Manchester and Sheffield. There is a direct 2.16 Because the City is relatively flat, there are few InterCity service to London. Freight services have physical restraints to development and many open declined over a long period, but the recent increase in areas are the subject of pressures to build. Within the port activities has encouraged growth in rail freight. City there is little natural woodland. There have been Water both positive and negative changes in the quality of the environment in recent years. The City has daily passenger and freight ferry services 2.17 On the positive side, large areas of derelict land across the North Sea to the Netherlands and Belgium, have been redeveloped – particularly in the docklands and regular freight-only services to a wide range of area – and large areas of housing, commercial and other European and international destinations. The industrial land have been improved. Much of the City Humber Estuary provides an important link for freight Centre has become traffic free. Locally, air quality traffic to the canal networks servicing South and West has been improved through smoke control orders, Yorkshire and the East Midlands. changes in manufacturing processes and the Air economic structure of the City. There has been a Humberside Airport at Kirmington, South Humberside general improvement in public awareness about the is within 20 km of the City. It provides regular services environment. This includes a need to retain open to mainland Europe and other major UK cities. areas, plus the existing, and potential of the Passenger and freight services have increased rapidly environmentally enhanced value of the following areas: in recent years and major investment, including a Rivers Hull and Humber, drains, ponds, lakes, docks recently extended runway, offers considerable further and ings, the urban landscape and disused features growth potential. like railway lines, mud flats, wildlife corridors and Cycling and walking habitats. The Humber Estuary’s international importance to wildlife is recognised and upheld The City is linked to the Continent (via the daily together with that of the Estuary’s water quality. passenger ferry services) and the Irish Sea coast by the developing ‘Trans-Pennine Trail’, a strategic cycle 2.18 On the negative side, increased car ownership track/footpath route. and use has led to higher noise levels and exhaust emissions. Open land, valued for its nature conservation, recreation and amenity uses, including

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

23 Context and strategy that in agricultural use, within, around and immediately inner area and many of the outer estates where beyond the City boundary, is under pressure. The deprivation has increased. quality of the built environment in some areas of the Economy City continues to decline through a lack of public and 2.21 The local economy has experienced one period private investment. of relative boom and two recessions since 1980. The Population and income level of unemployment in Hull has been above the 2.19 Until recently the population of the City continued national average throughout this period, although the to decline. This trend has now been reversed, and rate of increase in the recent recession was below the this increase will continue over the Plan period. regional and national rate. Changes in the level of Average household size has been falling and there economic activity have been accompanied by changes are now more single person households of both young in the nature of the economy. For instance, in common and elderly people. with national trends, manufacturing has declined and 2.20 Average earnings for both males and females the service and warehousing sectors have increased. have increased in real terms, but are still well below In general, the broad base of the City’s economy, which the national average, with a large proportion of workers underwent painful restructuring in the 1970s and in low paid and part-time work. Despite increased 1980’s, enabled Hull to weather the latest recession average earnings, in common with the rest of the UK better than many northern industrial cities. during the past decade, income has been redistributed 2.22 Recent expansion in the Port and the improved from the relatively poor to the better off. This means links with Europe offer the City great potential for that there are significant groups of the population growth. The City’s workforce has proved to be flexible concentrated in certain areas of the City, notably the and resilient. Housing 2.23 The last decade has seen a major shift to renovating houses in both the private and public sectors and a halt to clearance and Council house building. Although a large number of houses have been improved and major programmes for the public housing stock are underway there is evidence that the overall condition of the City’s housing stock is deteriorating. This is because of the Government restrictions on investment by the City Council, lack of investment by the private sector and the increasing average age of housing in the City. 2.24 During the last decade, private house building in the City has remained fairly stable at about 500 dwellings each year. The changing demographic structure, no Council house building, selling a large proportion of the attractive, family rented, public Sutton Fields Industrial Estates housing and the shrinking privately rented sector have

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

24 ContextTourism and Strategy created a severe problem of homelessness and a lack Tourism of affordable housing. The halt in Council house 2.29 Tourism is an important part of the European building has only been partially offset by increased and regional economy. The Hull Area has some of construction by housing associations. the region’s major tourist attractions and events. The Shopping City has increased its range of tourist facilities, thus 2.25 There have been major changes in the structure raising its profile as a tourist destination. Tourism and pattern of shopping, such as : creates jobs, generates income, provides facilities for local residents and helps to market and promote the • major growth in non-food retail warehousing; City, thereby encouraging inward investment. • new local shopping centres; and Transport • major additions to City Centre shopping at Princes Quay and Kingston Park. 2.30 The trunk road system linking the City to the regional road system has been significantly improved, 2.26 This growth has been paralleled by a loss of and the motorway box south and north of the estuary, some City Centre department stores and a general including the Humber Bridge has been completed. decline of some traditional centres. As well as these Within the City, a number of new schemes have been changes, there is evidence that shopping floorspace completed in the last ten years, including most of the in the City has not grown in line with earnings or retail City Centre ‘Orbital Box’ and several important new spending. This indicates that expenditure is being lost link roads. Facilities for pedestrians and cyclists have to retail centres outside the City. also been improved, particularly access to, and within, Sports pitches, recreation and community the City Centre. facilities 2.31 The ‘deregulation’ of local buses has generally 2.27 Levels of participation in sport and leisure had a negative effect on the overall network and the activities have been increasing steadily. Facilities have off-peak level of service and the number of passengers improved considerably over the last decade, notably has steadily declined. Increasing car ownership has the building of new sports and community centres. improved mobility for some, but many areas of the City During the period of the CityPlan it is likely that the suffer from congestion, traffic danger and a degraded voluntary and private sector will make an increasing environment. contribution to sport and leisure because of long term 2.32 In common with most areas away from the main restrictions on local authority spending. inter-city rail corridors many passenger services have Hospital and education facilities become less frequent, although new trains and 2.28 Hospital and education services are restructuring services have been introduced on the Trans-Pennine with the aim of improving standards of provision and line to Leeds and Manchester. Until recently freight cost effectiveness. These pressures will continue services had declined to a very low level, but have releasing buildings and land for alternative uses and now begun to increase as a result of a new freight requiring land for development. School grounds have service to the docks. As a major settlement on the become an established open space resource for the rim of the emerging North Sea ‘trans-national’ region whole community, and their loss, as a result of and as a key link in the increasingly important north development, is becoming the subject of wide ranging European transport corridor, the City and Port of Hull public concern. Both universities are planning have been developing their role as the Northern significant expansion.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

25 Context and strategy

Gateway to Europe. This will confirm Hull as the pre- 2.37 The draft RPG has four key objectives: eminent port for both goods and passengers from the • promoting economic prosperity and northern part of the UK and Ireland to northern Europe. competitiveness in national and international markets; NATIONAL AND STRATEGIC • conserving and enhancing the regional GUIDANCE environment;

2.33 The context for preparing the CityPlan is set out • facilitating industrial adjustment, economic in a wide variety of national, regional and local strategic diversification and urban regeneration; and guidance. City Council corporate policies are also • making the best use of available resources. significant as far as they relate to land use planning 2.38 Key priorities identified in the draft RPG relevant and the management of the environment. to the Hull Area are as follows:- National planning guidance Sustainable development 2.34 The Secretary of State for the Environment • All development should be planned in ways to regards the Planning system as essential to economic assist sustainability and respect environmental and social development, while maintaining and constraints; enhancing the environment. The Secretary of State • major generators of travel demand, such as does not publish national strategic guidance, but does shopping centres, should be located in, or close produce a series of Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) to, existing centres which are highly accessible Notes providing advice on the function and operation by modes other than the private car; and of the Planning System. The relevant PPG Notes are • unused or derelict land in urban areas should be reflected in the policies and proposals of the CityPlan. recycled, surrounding countryside should be The current list of PPG Notes available in 1996 is at safeguarded from encroachment and the back of the Written Statement. neighbouring settlements prevented from Regional Planning Guidance merging. 2.35 Draft Regional Planning Guidance (RPG) for Economic growth the Yorkshire and Humberside region was published • Development plans should assist in diversifying by the Department of the Environment in January 1995. the regional economic base by making available It is based on advice submitted by the Standing attractive sites at appropriate locations. Conference of Local Planning Authorities in December 1993. When approved, it will provide the strategic Regeneration regional framework for development plans. • Efforts should be made in older industrial areas 2.36 In summary, the draft RPG stresses the to encourage regeneration through improved importance of sustainable economic development and infrastructure, reclamation of derelict and under- the need to balance protecting the environment with used land and environmental improvement; and promoting new development to bring economic • development plan policies should complement prosperity and competitiveness. It underlines that initiatives funded through the Single Regeneration development should not result in the loss of valuable Budget. open space in urban areas and green belts.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

26 ContextTourism and Strategy

City centres carried out jointly by the unitary authorities of Hull and • Cultural, social and business development should the East Riding of Yorkshire. The HSP is summarised continue to be focused on town and city centres. below in terms of issues and aims, followed by objectives and main provisions. Housing Issues and aims • Greenfield development should be minimised by making the most of the existing housing stock, 2.41 The HSP defines the City as the sub-regional encouraging the conversion of larger dwellings, centre for Humberside and emphasises that planning redundant offices and warehouses, and spaces issues must be addressed in the context of the Hull above shops into flats, and recycling previously Area as a whole. Its main purpose is to secure an developed land in urban areas. efficient pattern of land use and to protect and enhance the environment. Transport 2.42 The six main aims of the HSP are: • Transport policies should be co-ordinated to encouraging economic activity and creating new maintain and improve national and European links, • jobs; provide for safe and efficient movement of people and goods and reduce the growth in the number • meeting Humberside’s housing needs, giving and length of motorised journeys, particularly by choice within the existing settlement patterns; private car; and • making the best use of existing resources and • energy efficient transport such as walking, cycling, encouraging investment where it is needed; buses, trains and trams should be particularly • securing a co-ordinated transport system which encouraged. will serve economic and social needs; 2.39 The CityPlan reflects the regional economic and • ensuring that people have access to a wide range transportation strategy, and the Yorkshire and of services, including shopping, leisure and Humberside Regional Strategy which is the first community facilities; and economic development strategy for the region. It has • making the best use of Humberside’s been prepared by a partnership of local authorities, environment, taking account of the need to government departments, commerce and industry, and conserve and enhance it. trade unions. 2.43 Applying these aims to the CityPlan, overall Humberside Structure Plan guidance can be summarised as: 2.40 The strategic planning framework for the Hull • promoting economic growth; Area is set by the Humberside Structure Plan approved • revitalising the main urban area; and in 1987 and Alteration No. 1 approved early in 1993 • conserving and enhancing the countryside, and (HSP). The main features are shown in figure 2.5 ‘Hull the urban heritage. Urban Structure’. In March 1994, the County Council published a consultation draft of the Humberside Objectives and main provisions Structure Plan Replacement. The Structure Plan was 2.44 Key topics for the HSP include the environment, not progressed to final adoption due to Local economic growth, housing and settlement, and Government reorganisation in 1996. Future strategic retailing. The County Council’s Greater Hull planning on the north bank of the Humber will be Transportation Study (approved in 1992), provides a

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

27 Context and strategy

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

28 ContextTourism and Strategy new strategy for movement and mobility in the Hull Yorkshire Borough of Beverley in its Deposit Draft Urban Area. It is reflected in the Replacement Local Plan, September 1993, and by the City Council Structure Plan Consultation Draft and is an important both as a local planning authority and as a major owner element of strategy to be reflected in the CityPlan. of land in the strategic open areas adjacent to the City Environment boundary. 2.45 The HSP stresses that environmental quality Economic growth has an important part to play in attracting new 2.49 The focus of economic development is on development, encouraging regeneration and improving revitalising older industrial parts of urban areas. The the quality of life. Conserving and enhancing the Structure Plan recognises the Hull Urban Area as one natural environment is encouraged and promoted. of the County’s major centres for employment. Furthermore, the City must play its part in tackling Proposals for employment uses are encouraged, global environmental and pollution problems. providing there are no unacceptable environmental or 2.46 Changes in agriculture, the possible traffic consequences. establishment of woodlands and other structural 2.50 Structure Plan Policy E2 identifies four strategic measures to reduce surplus production all influence locations for employment use within Hull: North Hull – Plan preparation. The best and most versatile 60 ha; Dairycoates – 45 ha; Disused Dockland (West) agricultural land should not be built upon. Undeveloped – 35 ha; and Disused Dockland East – 60 ha. These countryside in and around the City, including Figure 2.6: HSP Strategic employment agricultural land, presents a positive, high quality locations (available land in 1987 and 1995) in image. and adjoining the Hull Urban area

2.47 The HSP notes that planning policies over Area (to nearest 5 ha) several decades have maintained significant green 1987(HSP) 1995 areas between settlements. Retaining these areas is (estimated available land) a major element of the strategic planning framework Sutton Fields 60 35 (1) and of the emerging development plans of local Priory Park 45 60 *(2) planning authorities in the Hull Area. The HSP West Hull Docklands 35 less than 20ha supports proposals to increase attractiveness, accessibility and public use of the open areas on the East Hull Docklands 60 85 + (1) urban fringe. It seeks to balance agricultural functions Kingswood - 50 (2) with improving facilities for the public to enjoy the Hedon Haven** 80 80 (2) countryside. The City Council is in partnership with Saltend** 45 45 (2) neighbouring local authorities and the Countryside Locations shown in HSP, 1987 (except Kingswood) and Commission in the North Humber Countryside Replacement Structure Plan 1994. Initiative, which includes among its aims enhancing urban fringe areas. * part in East Yorkshire Borough of Beverley 2.48 Established HSP policy seeks to control the ** in Holderness Borough growth of the urban area and to retain two strategic + includes port related uses open areas between settlements to the west of the (1) various available plot sizes

City. This concept is supported by the former East (2) could provide for a larger single user

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

29 Context and strategy sites were identified on the basis of 1984 estimates. development is permitted. Outside these Settlements Two of these sites are no longer, in practice, strategic in open countryside, housing is not permitted except employment locations. These are Disused Dockland for agricultural or forestry purposes. (West) where different uses have been developed and 2.53 For some years, future housing requirements in Disused Dockland (East) which has been redeveloped the Hull Area have been the subject of joint working for housing and ancillary uses. The other two Structure by the County and City Councils and the two adjacent Plan strategic employment locations remain as such districts. This group – the Hull Area Joint Housing in this Plan. They are North Hull (called Sutton Fields Study – has aimed to ensure that, in meeting their in this Plan) and Dairycoates (now called Priory Park). agreed targets, the first priority for providing new This Plan also puts forward two further strategic housing will be within the Hull Urban Area. employment locations: they are Kingswood and East 2.54 In his decision on the Humberside Structure Hull Docklands the latter lying to the east of the Plan Alteration No. 1, the Secretary of State Structure Plan Disused Dockland (East) site. The determined, for the period 1989 – 2006, the following current position about strategic locations in the requirements for new dwellings: adjoining Hull Urban Area is shown in figure 2.6 Hull 11,900 Strategic employment locations. Beverley Borough 9,000 Housing and settlement Holderness 5,250 2.51 The HSP emphasises the importance of retaining Total Hull Area 26,150 the increasing population in Hull, encouraging renewal initiatives and making the best use of existing stocks 2.55 Within the Hull Area, there are currently stocks of housing land. Strategic planning policies aim to of housing land for about 25,000 new homes. There ensure that the first priority for providing land for new is an adequate range of different sizes and types of housing in the former East Yorkshire Borough of site. At the current building rate of some 1,700 Beverley will be within the Hull Urban Area. dwellings a year, this stock of housing land should last about 15 years. In line with the overall strategy, most 2.52 Outside the Hull Urban Area, the settlement of this land is within the City of Hull. hierarchy sets guidelines for the appropriate level of housing development. The Urban Centres are 2.56 The proposal to provide some 26,000 new generally medium sized towns or large villages with a dwellings compares with an existing housing stock of range of services, which can accommodate a about 166,000 dwellings, of which 109,000 are within reasonable amount of new development. In the Hull the City. With virtually no planned clearance, the great Area, the five Urban Centres are Beverley, Elloughton, majority of the housing stock for the year 2006 already Brough, Hedon, Hornsea and Withernsea. The level exists. below Urban Centres is Selected Settlements which 2.57 The HSP identifies as a key issue, improving are generally larger villages helping to meet housing the environment and condition of the existing stock of needs in the rural areas. These usually have some dwellings. In particular, the environmental quality of spare capacity allowing scope for some housing many of the outer estates and the older housing areas development compatible with the size and character in the inner city is below acceptable standards. of the settlement. In all there are 26 Selected 2.58 The HSP refers to the availability of affordable Settlements in the Hull Area. In the smallest villages, and social housing as an issue to be dealt with in the Non-selected Settlements, only very limited development plans.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

30 ContextTourism and Strategy

Shopping Transport 2.59 The HSP recognises Hull City Centre’s role as 2.62 The HSP identifies good links with the rest of the main retail and commercial centre and that diversity the region and Europe as a key factor to ensure future and activity need to be maintained if it is to retain and prosperity. Improving the transport system should enhance its vitality. Despite recent improvements, the assist urban regeneration, encourage investment, City Centre needs further measures including better enhance the environment and improve mobility for all parking, improved access and further environmental sections of the community. Improvements to the main enhancements if it is to compete with other locations. trunk and principal road networks are supported. 2.60 The HSP confirms the role of the important Electrifying the rail links between the Humber Ports district centres of North Point, Hessle Road, and and East Coast Main Line and developing an East Holderness Road. These centres provide accessible Coast dual carriageway road, linking the Humber concentrations of shops and local services. Bridge and the A15 to the M11 and North East are projects advocated in the Humberside Structure Plan. 2.61 The HSP notes that the Local Planning However, the East Coast route is not included in the Authorities in the Hull Area have recognised the need National Roads Programme and is unlikely to be built. for new shopping development where it is beneficial in reducing congestion and providing variety. 2.63 In 1992 the County Council, as highway authority, Reference is made to the contribution that retail agreed the ‘Greater Hull Transportation Strategy’ investment and development can make to urban (Greater Hull has a similar boundary to the Hull Urban regeneration and by bringing derelict or under-used Area with the addition of the built up area of Beverley) sites into use, generating jobs and providing facilities which looks ahead to 2006 and aims to promote a accessible by public and private transport. significant shift of journeys from private car to public transport. The strategy’s main features, providing important new guidance for preparing the Hull CityPlan, include: • improving a series of public transport (bus) corridors based on the main radial roads linking the suburbs to the City Centre, including bus priority measures, improved infrastructure and environmental enhancements; • implementing Park and Ride facilities justified by potential demand and improvements in bus journey times; • developing three ‘guided bus’ routes to link Park and Ride sites at Kingswood, North Hull and Willerby, and areas along the route corridors to the City Centre; • further development of parking policies in the City Centre to discourage commuter long-stay car parking; Beverley Road bus lane

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

31 Context and strategy

• providing traffic calming on an area basis related Council’s limited resources to where they are most to the provision of public transport priority needed, thereby forming effective anti-poverty measures; strategies; • abandoning most major highway schemes with • a commitment to initiatives to foster community no further plans for new major roads except a participation, community enabling and empowerment; Hedon Road to Ganstead Lane link and those • promoting equal opportunities and helping to fight schemes committed in the current programmes racism; (further new highway schemes will only be • improving the physical environment of the City to promoted if they can improve public transport); contribute towards inward investment and • developing a cycleway network; and economic confidence and to provide a high quality • providing new stations and halts on the existing setting for all the City’s activities; and passenger railway lines related to Park and Ride • ensuring that the development and use of the built and, in the longer term, introducing passenger environment respects and is in harmony with the services and stations on the currently freight-only natural environment, and that the relationship line to King George Dock and Saltend. between the two is designed to be one of balance 2.64 The City Council supports the new strategy in and mutual enhancement. principle. The City Council has also supported further 2.67 The City Council is committed to a strategic joint studies of public transport options and the approach to resource management and to corporate increasing role of rail passenger services and facilities. working across a wide range of its activities. The The City Council has promoted constructing a tunnel management system is being reformed to encourage to take the A63 trunk road under the River Hull. decentralisation and more effective decision making. Corporate policies The CityPlan reflects these aspirations. It will play a 2.65 The CityPlan must also be consistent with, and part in helping to achieve these aims and objectives indeed form a vital part of, the City Council’s corporate and in improving communications between the City strategy and sense of direction. While the CityPlan is Council, other public bodies, the private sector, interest required by law to be a land use policy document, groups and residents. considerations of land use are inevitably inter-related Unitary status with the City Council’s housing, social, economic and 2.68 The 1996 national review of local government people based concerns and aspirations. structures included the whole of the County of 2.66 The City Council has agreed a statement of the Humberside and some adjoining areas. The CityPlan’s aims and objectives as a necessary move Government had earlier made clear its intention that towards establishing a corporate strategy based upon: the establishment of single all-purpose ‘unitary’ • improving the quality of life of Hull’s citizens; authorities for the major cities was one of the primary • a confident and outward looking approach in line objectives of the review. with its role in community leadership; 2.69 The Government recommended that Hull • promoting inward investment in the City to protect becomes an all purpose authority on its existing and create new jobs and increase the local boundary, but that Strategic Planning is jointly prepared resources available for growth and for social justice; by successor authorities of Hull and the East Riding of Yorkshire Council on the north bank of the Humber. • alleviating poverty and deprivation by targeting the

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

32 ContextTourism and Strategy

Northern Gateway • ethnic minorities; 2.70 The City’s position in Europe as the major port • those on low incomes; on the United Kingdom’s East Coast, north of London, • young people; and is likely to be the most important single factor in its • carers. future economic development. The City is being 2.73 The strategy has six basic aims: promoted as the Northern Gateway, a key port with trading links across northern Europe stretching from • maximising disposable income; Ireland to the Baltic States. Developing this role, with • improving employment prospects; the implications for land uses and transportation, is a • enhancing access to education, social, housing key strategic element for the CityPlan. and leisure opportunities; Community needs • countering the growing trend towards increasing 2.71 Hull has been an Urban Programme Authority ill health among poorer people; since 1979, recognising its particular urban problems. • improving access to and information about Although its bid for City Challenge in 1992 was not services; and successful, the work undertaken in preparing the bid • lobbying on poverty issues at national and has helped to build on the achievements of the Urban European levels. Programme in creating a real partnership of interest 2.74 The CityPlan, its aims, objectives and policies between local people, employers, voluntary and has regard to the aims of the Anti-Poverty Strategy in statutory organisations and the City Council. terms of land use and transportation matters. Continuing this partnership will generate a clearer Single Regeneration Budget understanding of community needs and the extent to which the City Council and other agencies are able to 2.75 In November 1993, the Government announced respond. Further discussion of the Council’s current a package of measures designed to encourage urban regeneration priorities and approach to regeneration and economic development in England. partnership is given in the Urban regeneration chapter. This included setting up a Single Regeneration Budget The CityPlan will reflect these aspirations and, where (SRB) to combine the resources from 20 different practicable, provide for them with appropriate land use programmes, including Estate Action, Housing Action policies. Trusts, Urban Programme, Task Forces, Training and Enterprise Councils and English Partnerships (Urban Hull’s Anti-Poverty Strategy Regeneration Agency). The SRB commenced in April 2.72 The City and County Councils, the Health 1994 on the basis of ongoing schemes, but, to gain Authority and the voluntary sector have established a finance for future schemes, bids were submitted in partnership to develop and implement an Anti-Poverty September 1994 within the context of an overall City Strategy for the City. The strategy will be directed Regeneration Strategy. The City has now been primarily at the needs of : awarded £25.3 million from the first round of the Single • the unemployed; Regeneration Budget to fund projects which are • the elderly; priorities in the City Regeneration Strategy(1994). The • lone parents; CityPlan forms a fundamental part of the City Regeneration Strategy(CRS) by showing how its aims • those with disabilities; and objectives can be achieved in land use terms.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

33 Context and strategy

River Hull Lock Sustainable development 2.76 The River Hull Corridor has been identified as a 2.80 The most widely quoted and accepted definition Regeneration Priority Area in the Urban regeneration of sustainable development is: chapter. A River Hull locking scheme has been put ‘Ensuring that the needs of the present are met without forward by the City Council as an imaginative solution compromising the ability of future generations to meet promoting the regeneration of the City’s industrial their own needs.’ (*) heartland and easing road vehicle traffic congestion 2.81 There is a corporate commitment to sustainability and delay arising from bridge openings. and sustainable development, the City Council 2.77 The concept of the scheme is that of a lock to subscribing to the UK Local Government Declaration form a barrier to impound the River Hull, close to where on Sustainable Development (**). Through this the it joins the Humber. It would ensure a relatively high City Council has endorsed the objectives of level of river water enabling vessels inside the River sustainable development, which means: Hull to use, move and berth at all times, subject to • staying within the capacities of the natural avoiding peak road vehicle traffic periods. environment while improving the quality of life; 2.78 Initial discussions with key interest groups are • offering our children opportunities at least as good reasonably encouraging, but a series of feasibility as those available to us; studies will need to be undertaken into: • ensuring that the poorest and most disadvantaged traffic and transport; • in society are not, by reason of their poverty, • engineering and construction; forced to ignore the obligations of sustainable • economic and development implications; development; and • environmental and water quality assessments; and • integrating environmental policy objectives with • costs and benefits. social and economic polices. If these studies demonstrate acceptable benefits and 2.82 At the local level, authorisation to progress a identify the project as feasible, then appropriate policies comprehensive Environmental Action Plan (EAP) for promoting a lock and allocating a site area will be Hull was given by the City Council in February 1994. incorporated in a future review of the CityPlan. This will ultimately be Hull’s Local Agenda 21 and will comprise a detailed action plan to halt and reverse Other corporate policies the effects of environmental degradation and promote 2.79 Preparing the CityPlan is one of the City Council’s environmentally sound and sustainable development. main priorities, recognising not only the Council’s 2.83 Development Plans are identified as having a statutory duties as a Planning Authority, but also the key role in ensuring that development and growth are CityPlan’s key place in relation to a wide range of sustainable because they are at he heart of the corporate policies and strategies. These include planning system. The strengthening of the plan-led corporate policy documents such as the Housing Strategy, the City Economic Development Strategy (*) World Commission on Environment and Development and the Environmental Charter. Other important ‘The Brundtland Report – Our Common Future’ 1987. related areas include the work of the Humberside (**) Local Government Management Board (LGMB) 1993. Training and Enterprise Council (TEC) and the Local Agenda 21, Principles and Practice: A Step by Step Regional Economic Strategy. Guide.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

34 ContextTourism and Strategy system, together with the requirement that local plan making process. planning authorities need to take account of the Strategy themes environment, in its widest sense, means that 2.87 In partnership with Hull’s People, the City Council development plans are now being prepared with a view is developing a clearer vision of the kind of city Hull towards long term trends and global issues; an can become over the plan period, and of the ways this approach which has potentially enormous benefits for might be achieved. This vision addresses the City’s the environment. strengths and weaknesses. It sees Hull as a city 2.84 The City Council, in line with Government providing an improving standard and quality of life guidance given in PPG12 Development Plans and accessible to all citizens, with an improving Regional Planning Guidance(1992), carried out an environment and a diverse and successful economy environmental appraisal of the Deposit Draft of the adaptable to change. CityPlan (***) to ensure that the policies and proposals 2.88 To focus more clearly on the CityPlan and to would result in sustainable development. The purpose help formulate aims and objectives, strategic main of this initial appraisal is to lay the foundations for themes have been defined considering Hull as a: patterns of development, urban form and transport • Historic Maritime City; which embody the principles of environmental protection and enhancement, and energy efficiency. • Green City; This will help to achieve the wider environmental, social • Business City; and economic objectives of sustainable development. • Social City; and • Academic City. STRATEGY 2.89 The City’s origins and its changes in fortune Strategy approach and growth have always been linked to its location. Key features are its proximity to the deep water channel 2.85 The CityPlan cannot be a blueprint. The forces and access to its hinterland. Hull is now the Northern changing a large urban area over a 10 to 15 year period Gateway to Europe with regular scheduled freight and are too complex to allow precise forecasting. However, passenger services to Europe and beyond. the CityPlan must provide a guide for managing Connections to its hinterland are good and improving environmental and land use change. The CityPlan and some 20 million people live within three hours drive seeks to take a systematic and balanced view of the of the Port. The Port is the fastest growing in the UK pressures for change and to promote beneficial and new investment and increased trade with Europe development and regeneration while protecting and offer exciting opportunities. The City must find ways enhancing environmental quality. of ‘adding value’ to goods passing through the Port to 2.86 The City’s pattern of land use, built form and create more quality jobs in processing and facilities is the product of generations of effort and manufacturing as well as handling. The CityPlan helps continual change. The CityPlan will help to meet the to realise the potential to become a major European challenges and opportunities over the plan period and City and growth centre in the emerging North Sea will be flexible enough to accommodate change that trans-national region. cannot be precisely predicted at this early stage of the Historic Maritime City (***) Hull CityPlan Environmental Appraisal, September 1995. 2.90 Hull’s long and often turbulent history has left

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

35 Context and strategy the City with a fine legacy of buildings, street pattern wide ranging and good quality education for students and built form. The City has a unique maritime heritage from the locality, the United Kingdom, continental and character and a wide range of artistic and cultural Europe and worldwide. The City has two universities attractions for both residents and visitors. The CityPlan and a further education establishment. Hull University will try and ensure that this character, making Hull and the University of Lincolnshire and Humberside, in unique, is conserved, enhanced, and added to as part particular, have a major role to play in terms of of the changes occurring as the City adapts to new generating income, creating jobs and promoting the challenges and opportunities. social and cultural development of the City. The Green City CityPlan encourages opportunities to develop a modern academic City providing quality vocational 2.91 Medium sized compact cities, like Hull and its learning and pure and applied research to stimulate wider urban area, are a good basis for a more economic and social development. sustainable future in which consumption and waste are reduced and recycling is increased. All the The City in the year 2006 – strategic choices CityPlan’s policies and proposals will support these 2.95 Most areas of the City will not, over the period to aims. The CityPlan protects and enhances Hull’s 2006, be the subject of comprehensive and natural and built environments and seeks to help the fundamental land use changes, although the lifestyle City play its part in ensuring the living standard of future of residents and the operation of businesses will generations is not compromised. continue to be changed by economic, social and Business City demographic factors beyond the scope of any land use based plan. Relatively small areas of the City, 2.92 Hull is one of the region’s foremost economic notably the City Centre, Docklands and Kingswood, centres, providing goods and services for a wide area. will be the subject of comprehensive development The CityPlan directs investment and fosters pressures. The CityPlan provides land use guidance regeneration to strengthen Hull’s role as a regional for these areas. For the rest of the City, the CityPlan centre. It encourages business development proposes policies to shape incremental change and consistent with the City’s needs. The City Centre and to maintain and enhance the standard of amenity of major employment areas have always served large established housing, open areas and shopping areas beyond the City boundary. The CityPlan directs centres. Established industrial and commercial areas investment to expand the City’s wider role as the sub- are encouraged to adapt and improve their efficiency regional centre. and attractiveness for further development. Social City 2.96 The draft RPG and the HSP incorporate a ‘policy 2.93 Above all, the CityPlan is a plan for people. It led’ approach based on encouraging population growth will help all sections of the community to get the in the City and Hull Urban Area. housing, facilities and services they need. The 2.97 This can only be achieved if all sectors of the CityPlan strives to tackle the fact that too many of Hull’s community see the City as an attractive place in which people are disadvantaged by poverty, discrimination, to live and work, and other planning authorities in the disability, and lack of mobility. Hull Area can, in the long term, limit development to Academic City Structure Plan targets and commitments (particularly 2.94 Hull is an important academic centre providing housing) as set out in the Development Plan.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

36 ContextTourism and Strategy

2.98 The CityPlan contains a large number of detailed average car ownership levels. Over the Plan period, policies, guidance and land allocations. Strategic car ownership could possibly increase at a greater rate choices about the level of demand for the main urban than the national rate. Unless car use is constrained, land uses have provided the overall context for all much of the environmental fabric of the City will be matters of detail. Such choices are constrained by: degraded. Providing options to private car use by • the policies and targets handed down by national promoting attractive public transport services and and local strategic guidance and plans; providing for much safer and convenient cycle use is increasingly vital. • the physical form of the City and the administrative boundary; and 2.104 The number of economically active residents is unlikely to increase because of the general ageing of • a realistic view of development pressures and the City’s population. This trend has significant public and private resources available over the implications for many of the CityPlan’s policies and period of the CityPlan. proposals. The need for dwellings partially reflects 2.99 National and local strategic guidance and plans population increase, but mainly arises because of the promote regenerating larger urban areas and, in increasing number of one and two person households. particular, point to making the best use of under-used The main areas of development and land use change or derelict urban land, while retaining and improving in the period up to the year 2006 are shown in figure valuable open areas. In Hull, the built form of the City 2.5 ‘Hull’s Urban Structure’. Figure 2.7 shows the ‘Key is well established and the City’s administrative components of hange in the CityPlan period’ up to boundary is tightly drawn in places. Only to the north 2006. of the built up area is there open land suitable for 2.105 Within the City the main strategic areas of new development to meet the need for new houses, development are focused at three key locations. employment areas and social and community facilities. 2.100 Over the Plan period the CityPlan identifies: City Centre sites for some 10,000 dwellings to meet needs; and 2.106 The City Centre is the main focus for the community and the location for major new shopping, about 300 ha of employment land to assist in creating commercial, leisure and cultural developments in the new jobs and alleviating unemployment. Hull area. The CityPlan identifies about 20 key 2.101 These provisions include both ‘commitments’ development sites for a variety of uses. and new ‘allocations’. The provision of housing is slightly greater than the requirements of the HSP, this Docklands is justified to offer both choice and flexibility. 2.107 An overall strategy for Docklands is already 2.102 The CityPlan contains important provisions for being implemented and development is well underway. sites for new shopping, other social and community Extending some 12 km from west to east along the facilities and open spaces. Routes for new transport whole estuary frontage, new development includes: schemes are protected. • Priory Park – about 65 ha of employment in the 2.103 Transport is likely to be a main issue over the City and the former Beverley Borough, including CityPlan period. Car ownership in the City is relatively a business park; low, compared with the UK average, although the • Summergroves – 900 dwellings and related surrounding suburban and rural areas have above facilities;

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

37 Context and strategy

Figure 2.7: Key Components of Change in the CityPlan Period 1981 1991 2001 2006 Total Resident Population 273,700 265,600 269,000 273,000 No. of Cars available to 48,000 63,000 75,000 85,000 residents No. of households 101,000 103,200 108,000 111,000 No. of dwellings 105,000 107,500 113,000 117,000

Source: Office of Population, Census & Statistics and Kingston upon Hull City Council

• St Andrew’s Dock – about 15 ha of employment 50 ha of employment land including a business/science land, further retail, leisure and heritage park, new shopping and local centre uses, community developments; facilities and major new parks and open spaces are • Victoria Dock/Sammy’s Point – some 1500 planned. A Planning Obligation between the City dwellings and a wide range of community facilities; Council and the principle landowner has been agreed. and This requires, and establishes, a link between selling and occupying houses and completing a town park, • Alexandra Dock/King George Dock/Queen other areas of green space and physical and social Elizabeth Dock and Hedon Road – about 165 ha infrastructure. Kingswood is the largest single of port related and employment land is available development site in the Greater Hull area. The for new development. development of Kingswood is the subject of a later 2.108 Hull Docklands is considered further in a later chapter of the Hull CityPlan. The land use proposals chapter of the Hull CityPlan, which identifies Key and programme for development of Kingswood are Dockland Areas as: the subject of a number of inter-related policies • Priory Park/Summergroves throughout the CityPlan. • Western Docks Rest of the City • Victoria Dock 2.110 As well as these strategic locations, the CityPlan • Alexandra Dock provides for adapting and expanding key health, • King George/Queen Elizabeth Docks educational and community facilities in a variety of sites • Marfleet across the City. The CityPlan also provides a number An analysis of current issues, opportunities, of sites for housing and employment uses in a variety appropriate land uses and guidance is set out by area. of sizes and locations spread across the City. The Policies by area provide guidance for appropriate River Hull corridor area is an area where a number of development and environmental improvements. regeneration initiatives are likely to be focused. Kingswood 2.109 Kingswood is a greenfield site in the northern part of the City where development is likely to extend beyond the Plan period. About 5,000 new dwellings,

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

38 ContextTourism and Strategy

CITYPLAN AIMS Aim 2 To foster sustainable development and urban living. 2.111 CityPlan aims to provide the vital link between national and strategic planning guidance, the Plan’s main themes, City Council corporate policy and the Urban regeneration CityPlan objectives. Aims set out the general directions 2.114 The CityPlan not only fosters urban regeneration the CityPlan should take and are usually expressed of the physical environment, but also promotes policies, as broad aspirations. Objectives are more specific proposals and patterns of land use, helping to break and provide a standard or target against which cycles of poverty and deprivation. It identifies areas implementing policies and proposals can be monitored of need to assist a wide range of agencies to target and measured. their services most effectively. Specific areas for Quality of life and the environment focusing regeneration initiatives will be identified 2.112 Improving the quality of life for the City’s throughout the plan period. residents and visitors is an overall aim of the CityPlan. Aim 3 To promote urban regeneration and anti- It promotes a safe, healthy, attractive and accessible poverty strategies. environment. It protects and enhances those elements of the City’s built and natural environments, promoting personal development, prosperity, equal opportunity and social harmony. It aims to meet the travel needs of all sectors of the community while minimising environmental damage. The CityPlan’s first aim helps to shape all the other aims. The broad range of community services and the unique character of the City will be maintained and safeguarded.

Aim 1 To maintain and enhance the quality of life for residents and visitors.

Managing the environment 2.113 Compact cities like Hull, avoiding urban sprawl, can help to minimise damaging local and global environmental impacts. The CityPlan promotes more sustainable development to meet our short term needs, while not unduly compromising the needs of future generations. Using non-renewable resources will be Post-war development - Thornton area minimised, recycling encouraged, and waste products Natural environment reduced and properly disposed of. Reducing the need 2.115 Because Hull is a flat City with few natural to travel and promoting public transport and safe and constraints to development, existing open areas have convenient cycling helps to save non-renewable a key role in serving community needs and contributing resources.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

39 Context and strategy to its character. To protect open areas, the CityPlan Housing defines types of Urban Greenspace to meet amenity, 2.118 Most residents in the City are adequately recreation and nature conservation needs. The City’s housed, but significant sections of the community do pattern of Urban Greenspace is to be retained, not have housing which meets their needs. The enhanced and developed. Protecting the natural CityPlan assists improving the existing stock of environment of the Humber Estuary is a key issue. dwellings and allocates sufficient land for new dwellings. Policies will make sure that new Aim 4 To promote the City’s natural development is properly planned and well designed. environment and to protect and improve Urban Providing affordable and special needs housing are Greenspace. key issues.

Built environment Aim 7 To provide for the housing needs of the whole community. 2.116 The CityPlan tries to protect and improve the City’s built environment and conserve the historic character of the City and the amenity of its housing Employment and public areas. Areas of the City where the quality 2.119 The strengths of the local economy and its of the built environment is of particular importance are ability to sustain jobs and services are major elements protected. However, the City needs new development in the quality of life. The City is well placed to take to help it adapt to meet new pressures. New advantage of the Single European Market and develop development is required to add to the quality and its role as the Northern Gateway to Europe, but variety of the urban area. unemployment levels are too high. The CityPlan seeks to help maintain existing economic activity and create Aim 5 To ensure that development and change new jobs. improves the existing built environment and conserves the historic character of the City. Aim 8 To support and develop the local economy. Movement 2.117 The local economy, environment and the quality Shopping of life of the City’s residents are influenced by the 2.120 The familiar range of shops and services in nature and performance of the City’s transport established centres provides a valued resource for the systems. The CityPlan seeks to improve the efficiency whole community as well as being an important part of strategic links to the rest of the UK and to Europe. of the local economy. The CityPlan encourages Within the City, it promotes transport policies and existing centres to adapt to meet changing needs and proposals improving accessibility and safety, and establishes exacting criteria for any large scale out- minimising adverse environmental effects. Public of-centre shopping. transport, cycling and walking are encouraged. Aim 9 To provide a range of shopping facilities Aim 6 To improve accessibility and encourage to meet the needs of the whole community. the efficient and safe movement of people and goods.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

40 ContextTourism and Strategy

Community Facilities Europe and regenerating Dockland areas for 2.121 The range of health, education, sports, leisure, employment, housing, community and other social and cultural facilities is an important part of the appropriate uses. urban fabric and the quality of life. The CityPlan Aim 13 To promote the growth of the Port and acknowledges that these facilities need to be available further regeneration of Docklands. and accessible to all sections of the community.

Aim 10 To maintain and improve the range and Kingswood accessibility of community facilities. 2.125 Kingswood is the largest development site in the Humberside area and during the CityPlan period Tourism will provide up to 5,000 homes, 4,000 jobs and a wide 2.122 The CityPlan recognises that tourism benefits range of shopping, leisure and community facilities. the local economy and improves the quality of life for The CityPlan stresses the importance of Kingswood residents by widening the range of leisure facilities and for urban regeneration, sustainable development and improving the built environment. other community benefits for a wide area.

Aim 11 To promote the development of tourism. Aim 14 To promote the development of Kingswood, meeting community needs. City Centre 2.123 The City Centre is a focus for the whole community and an expression of community identity and civic pride. It provides the City and its region with a range of functions and services, such as commerce, shopping, administration, educational and cultural services. It is also the focus of the road and public transport systems. The CityPlan emphasises that the City Centre’s prosperity is important to the economic health of the Hull area. Its environmental quality is also important to the quality of life of residents, workers and visitors and for attracting investment to the City.

Aim 12 To protect, support and develop the role of the City Centre.

Docklands 2.124 The Port and former dock areas are vital for the future development of the City. The CityPlan encourages development taking advantage of the Port’s location as the Northern Gateway to mainland

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

41 Context and strategy

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

42 General policies, implementation, monitoring and review ‘To maintain and enhance the quality of life for residents and visitors’ General policies, implementation, monitoring and review

CONTENTS

47 Introduction 47 General policies 47 G1 Deciding development proposals 47 G2 Detailed planning considerations 48 G3 Development briefs 48 G4 Protecting existing areas 49 G5 Planning obligations 49 Types of policy 50 Promotion policies 50 Control policies 50 Information policies 50 Implementation 51 Finance 51 Land 51 People 51 Putting policies into practice 51 Control over development 52 Liaising with others 52 Promoting development opportunities 52 Public and voluntary resources 52 Private resources 52 Supplementary Planning Guidance 52 Monitoring and review 53 Implementing general policies

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

44 General policies, implementation,Tourism monitoring and review

DEFINITION OF TERMS RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) Community needs NOTES Assessment in relation to whether development is SPG Note 1 – Development briefs necessary or desirable in the interests and for the needs of local people.

Development brief A statement of development opportunities and constraints for a particular site, prepared to guide potential developers. It will generally give details of favoured land uses for the site and development standards.

Development Plan The Development Plan for Hull comprises relevant parts of the 1987 Humberside Structure Plan and subsequent Alteration (1993) and the CityPlan.

Material considerations Comprises anything relevant to controlling, developing or using land or buildings in the public interest.

Monitoring and review The process used to check the CityPlan’s effectiveness. Information is collected and analysed to assess how well the CityPlan’s policies have been implemented. Consideration is then given to changing policies if necessary.

Plan provisions Refers to relevant criteria within policies, policies themselves or proposals of the CityPlan.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

45 General policies, implementation, monitoring and review

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

46 General policies, implementation,Tourism monitoring and review

INTRODUCTION associated with the benefits of the development and those associated with its disbenefits, together 3.1 General policies of the CityPlan are applicable to with other material considerations. all types and forms of development. This chapter • A proposal not complying with relevant CityPlan emphasises the importance and status of the Plan and provisions will not be allowed unless material the main criteria for evaluating development. It also considerations indicate otherwise. describes how policies and proposals of the plan are to be put into practice and stresses the importance of 3.4 Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) Notes monitoring and review. are additional to the CityPlan Written Statement and Proposals Map. SPG Notes: GENERAL POLICIES • include an expanded justification or amplification for certain policies; Deciding development proposals • provide design guidance; and 3.2 When making planning decisions the City Council • set out planning guidance for development at a endeavours to achieve a balance between competing greater level of detail than appropriate in the needs and interests. The needs of the whole City are Written Statement or Proposals Map. balanced with the separate interests of particular areas and groups. Hull’s future development will be decided 3.5 Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes contain by a variety of people and agencies based on their important considerations in the way development personal, social and economic decisions. The purpose proposals are determined. The weight accorded to of the CityPlan is to guide development to maximise SPG Notes in determining planning decisions is benefits while minimising costs to the wider community. significant, as they have been prepared in full consultation with those interested in development. 3.3 The CityPlan is of central importance to planning in the City providing the main basis for planning G1 Unless material considerations indicate decisions. Section 54A of the Town and Country otherwise, development: Planning Act 1990 states that applications for (i) complying with all relevant CityPlan development must be decided in accordance with the provisions will be allowed; Development Plan, unless material considerations support an alternative approach. Once adopted the (ii) complying with some but conflicting with other CityPlan provisions will be CityPlan will form part of the Development Plan. The approved Structure Plan forms the other element of allowed if the relevant CityPlan this. Decisions on development proposals will be provisions associated with its benefits outweigh those associated with its judged accordingly. The importance of the CityPlan in deciding development proposals is demonstrated disbenefits; and below. (iii) not complying with relevant CityPlan • A proposal complying with relevant CityPlan provisions will not be allowed. provisions will be allowed if material Detailed planning considerations considerations do not clearly indicate otherwise. 3.6 Development complying in principle with specific • If a proposal complies with some but not all CityPlan policies must also satisfy detailed planning relevant provisions, a decision will be made based considerations. All factors relating to the development on a balanced view of those CityPlan provisions

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

47 General policies, implementation, monitoring and review and use of land and buildings are considered. They approved before a planning application is considered include the effect on the amenity of the locality, the and is the subject of consultations appropriate to the design of buildings and landscaping, including the nature and scale of development. Further details on relationship to the locality, parking, servicing and development briefs are set out in SPG Note 1 – access arrangements, traffic generation and road Development briefs. safety, danger to health or life, and the risk of pollution. Specific policies and SPG Notes provide design G3 (a) A development brief for a site or area standards and detailed planning considerations. will be required if: (i) it is of significant size; G2 Development complying with specific (ii) the local surroundings or settings are policies of the CityPlan will be allowed if its environmentally important; location and detailed planning considerations (iii) there are complex constraints; or are acceptable. Detailed planning considerations include: (iv) CityPlan policies require specific interpretation. (i) impact on local amenity; (b) A development brief for a site or area will (ii) impact on the built and natural contain an appraisal of: environment; (i) its context; (iii) design; (ii) physical characteristics; (iv) parking, servicing and access; (iii) community needs; (v) traffic generation and road safety; (iv) constraints and opportunities; (vi) danger to health or life; and (v) land uses and options for development; (vii) risk of pollution. and (vi) design. Development briefs (c) A development brief can be prepared by 3.7 A development brief provides guidance on either a landowner, developer or by the City developing an important site or area. A development Council and will generally involve close co- brief is normally required if: operation by all interested parties. • a site is large and involves phased development; (d) A development brief will be the subject of • there are complex constraints; public consultation. Responsibility for • the setting of the site is environmentally important; consultation and its analysis will be with the or author of the brief. • the policies of the CityPlan require specific interpretation. Protecting existing areas 3.8 A brief should include an appraisal of the context 3.9 Many policies and proposals of the CityPlan relate and physical characteristics of a site including the to areas that are likely to change during the Plan period. natural and built environment, constraints and However, most parts of the City will not change. The opportunities, community needs and development predominant existing land uses in those areas are options. A development brief should normally be indicated on the Proposals Map.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

48 General policies, implementation,Tourism monitoring and review

3.10 The standard of amenity and general character 3.14 Examples of community benefit that the City of all areas will be protected. The City Council Council may seek through Planning Obligations are: discourages development likely to cause harm to the • conserving, and providing land for nature amenity of residents. In the case of predominantly conservation and amenity purposes; employment or shopping areas, development likely to • providing recycling facilities; impair the efficiency or viability of such areas will be • improving and providing community buildings and discouraged. open spaces for social, education, recreation, G4 (a) Areas of existing predominant land use leisure or health purposes; are designated on the Proposals Map. • conserving buildings, structures or features of (b) The amenity, efficiency and viability of historic, architectural or archaeological interest; existing areas of a predominant land use will • resources and time for archaeological be protected. Development within these areas investigation; must be compatible with the existing • improvements for people with impaired mobility; predominant land use. • providing public art; • improving public transport, roads, cycleways, Planning Obligations footpaths or utilities; and 3.11 Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning • providing an element of low cost affordable Act 1990 allows the City Council to enter a Planning housing or special needs residential Obligation with any person interested in development accommodation. for restricting or regulating the use of land. Planning Obligations may be used to: G5 If appropriate, the City Council will seek • restrict the development or use of land; to use Planning Obligations to achieve: • require specified operations or activities to be (i) the appropriate use of land or buildings; carried out; (ii) an improved range of facilities; and • require land to be used in a specified way; or (iii) a properly planned environment. • require a sum to be paid to the Council on a specified date or periodically. Types of policy 3.12 Planning Obligations can be positive, requiring 3.15 Development proposals will be judged against a developer to do a specific thing, or negative, all relevant provisions of the CityPlan (see paragraphs restricting the developer or any successors from 3.2 to 3.6). Policies from different chapters rether than developing or using land in a specified way. Planning one chapter or one policy, will normally apply. The Obligations may be enforced against the original first general policies for most chapters also apply in developer and anyone subsequently acquiring an determining development proposals interest in the land. 3.16 The three main types of policy in the CityPlan 3.13 Obligations may seek: are those that promote, control or inform. The form • a specific community benefit or facility; or and wording of policies varies, as shown in figure 3.1. • a financial contribution to such a benefit.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

49 General policies, implementation, monitoring and review

Figure 3.1: Types of policy Policy CC2 encourages a range and mix of uses within the City Centre. Policies that co-ordinate go further Type of policy Words used in policy still. The CityPlan provides an opportunity for the City Promote support, encourage, Council to co-ordinate other public sector agencies, co-ordinate or will seek. private and voluntary sector bodies. Control allowed, allowed if, not be Control policies allowed, not be allowed unless, will be protected, must 3.19 The CityPlan contains many policies, which seek be acceptable, have regard to, to control development by either encouraging or take into account, will be discouraging it. A relatively small number of policies considered, will be seek to limit or prevent certain types of development compatible, will require or to protect the character, amenity or environment of a will make provision for. particular area. A limited number of policies refer to criteria or standards used in deciding planning Inform Allocated, committed, applications. Certain policies are explained more fully designated, standards in table, in the Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes. shown on, be produced, will use, will make or will be Information policies provided. 3.20 A major function of the CityPlan is providing information on land available for development. Promotion policies Information policies particularly identify housing and 3.17 Promotional policies have a particular role in employment sites citywide and Key Development Sites the CityPlan. Policies may be used to reinforce control in the City Centre. Another type of information policy policies but will not normally be used as a reason for sets out planning standards, for example parking refusing planning permission on their own. These standards. These policies can be used as a basis for policies also relate directly to overall aims such as determining planning applications, but unlike urban regeneration, improving environmental quality promotional policies they may justify refusing and reducing social and economic inequalities. Figure permission if development does not conform with 3.2 shows how the form and wording of promotional CityPlan policies. policies should be considered in terms of weight or force. IMPLEMENTATION

3.18 There are three varieties of promotional policy. 3.21 The Plan’s policies will only be successful if A number of policies support the actions or approaches they lead to appropriate development and of other agencies. For example, Policy S3 supports environmental changes. Many people and local shopping centres in certain major housing organisations have a part to play in making this developments. Policies that encourage are similar, happen. The Plan needs the support of the whole but promote a particular sort of action. For example, community and the assistance of a wide variety of

Figure 3.2: Promotional Policies public and private sector bodies, business interests and voluntary organisations. support encourage co-ordinate

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

50 General policies, implementation,Tourism monitoring and review

3.22 Those involved in implementing the CityPlan implementing the Plan. Private firms, individuals and are: interest groups are the main implementers of change • the City Council; and development in the City. • the Government; Putting policies into practice • private companies; 3.27 The main ways CityPlan policies are • public agencies; implemented are set out below, although these measures are not intended to be comprehensive. A • specialist bodies; quick reference guide in the form of a table at the end • voluntary and community organisations; of every chapter indicates how individual policies of • utility services; and the plan will be implemented and identifies the main • individuals. agencies involved. 3.23 Resources are ultimately needed to implement Control over development policies. The three categories of resource are finance, 3.28 The main way the Plan is put into practice is by land and people. Implementing some of the policies using planning powers. The principal powers include requires using only one category of resource, while those for : others, being more complex, may involve a mix of granting or refusing planning permission; resources. • • development affecting a building of special Finance architectural or historic interest and its setting; 3.24 The availability and use of private finance is a • development affecting a Conservation Area or site key factor. The CityPlan provides certainty for people of archaeological interest; making private sector investment decisions. It is not advertisements; intended that policies should raise expectations that • will not be fulfilled. Public sector finance is controlled • remedying breaches of planning control; by the Government and is likely to remain restricted • acquiring land and buildings by compulsory over the Plan period. purchase securing development necessary to Land achieve the proper planning of an area; entering into Planning Obligations (a legal 3.25 Land is a finite resource and should be used • agreement) with developers; and carefully if Hull’s environment is to be protected and enhanced. The majority of policies will be implemented • making Tree Preservation Orders. by controlling land use change. The CityPlan allocates The City Council will use these powers to promote sufficient land for expected development needs over development and improve the quality of the the Plan period. Open land is protected in the CityPlan environment and life for the City’s residents and if it has value in amenity, recreational, or nature visitors. conservation value and where open land forms part of 3.29 The City Council can also control development the Green Network. Agricultural land has in addition by negotiating with applicants seeking planning economic value. permission. Negotiations can take place before People planning decisions are taken, to improve the standard of development or quality of design. 3.26 The whole community will be involved in

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

51 General policies, implementation, monitoring and review

3.30 The development control system considers the effect. These include highways, education and social views of a wide range of individuals, groups, and services. Other bodies provide infrastructure and organisations. Advice may be sought from technical services and carry out development, for example Rail experts. In deciding planning applications the City Track and the Health Authority. Council seeks other peoples’ views that may be 3.35 Finance is not the only significant resource. affected by, or have an interest in, a proposal. By Some policies may be implemented by making publicly consulting or liaising in this way the City Council can owned land or buildings available for development. make properly informed and considered planning Using human resources from the public and voluntary decisions. sectors plays a vital role. The voluntary sector Liaising with others contribution to improving the environment and other aspects of the quality of life in local communities is 3.31 Outside the development control process, Plan particularly important. policies can be implemented by co-ordinating resources. This can only be achieved through effective Private resources liaison between organisations interested in 3.36 The essential feature of the CityPlan is that it development. Certain sites will be developed by provides a context for decisions to be made by others. partnership arrangements between the public and The private sector has a major role to play in realising private sectors. Most of the large scale proposals and the objectives of the Plan. The CityPlan encourages opportunities of the Plan are likely to require this form private sector investment bringing lasting benefits to of liaison. the City. Those involved in the private sector range Promoting development opportunities from the individual householder to large scale private developers. 3.32 The Plan has a positive and promotional role. Some policies provide information for developers by Supplementary Planning Guidance showing land for particular uses on the Proposals Map. 3.37 Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) Notes Potential development sites are identified in the City are additional to the CityPlan Written Statement and Centre chapter. Other policies encourage particular Proposals Maps. SPG Notes: forms of development. The CityPlan refers to • include an expanded justification or amplification development briefs for important sites, which can be for certain policies; used to promote its use. • provide design guidance; and Public and voluntary resources • set out planning guidance for development at a 3.33 The CityPlan brings together decisions made by greater level of detail than appropriate in the other public sector organisations. Their decisions are Written Statement or Proposals Maps. influenced by many factors, in particular by Government controls over public expenditure and grant MONITORING AND REVIEW aid. The City Council, as a landowner, has powers to develop sites for its own purposes or provide land for 3.38 The CityPlan is intended to give a firm and clear others. policy statement guiding Hull’s development up to the year 2006. However, circumstances change. New 3.34 The City Council carries out a number of services legislation, development opportunities or economic and and functions that will put certain CityPlan policies into social forces will emerge and develop over the Plan

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

52 General policies, implementation,Tourism monitoring and review period. These changes may affect the Plan’s aims • Environment Agency; and objectives. It is important therefore, to keep a • Health and Safety Executive; check on how well the CityPlan is working and to keep • Highway Authority; it up to date. A formal update to the CityPlan may be • Home Office; necessary as a result of major changes or the cumulative effect of a large number of smaller changes. • House Builders Federation; 3.39 It is expected that the CityPlan will be completely • Housing Associations; reviewed in the year 2002. This will include an • Housing Corporation; assessment of the contribution development has made • Hull Access For The Disabled; to the overall quality of the environment and well-being • Hull Access Improvement Group; of the community. This will be in line with Local Agenda • Hull CityVision Ltd; 21 and the sustainable development objectives • Hull Council For Voluntary Services; subscribed to by the City Council. Working with other departments and agencies, an environmental audit of • Hull and District Chamber of Trade; the City will be undertaken to provide the baseline • Hull and East Riding Community Health NHS information necessary to setting standards and targets Trust; for monitoring and reviewing policies and proposals. • Hull Federation of Community Organisations; • Hull Sports Advisory Council; IMPLEMENTING GENERAL • Hull Incorporated Chamber of Commerce and POLICIES Shipping; 3.40 Policies will be put into practice in a number of • Humberside Ambulance NHS Trust; ways. The following table is a quick reference guide • Humberside Training and Enterprise Council; showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to • Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food; be implemented. Most agencies and consultees • National Playing Fields Association; involved in policies relating to all areas of the City and particular types of land use, specific sites or areas are • Rail Track concerned with implementing these general policies. • Yorkshire and Humberside Council for Sport and These agencies and consultees include: Recreation; • Associated British Ports; • Yorkshire and Humberside Tourist Board; • City Centre Conservation Area Advisory • Yorkshire Water Services Limited; Committee; • amenity organisations; • City Museums Service; • cycle interest groups; • Countryside Commission; • universities and colleges; • Department of the Environment, Transport and • emergency services; the Regions; • religious groups; • English Heritage; • utility companies; and • English Nature; • other voluntary organisations. • English Tourist Board;

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

53 General policies, implementation, monitoring and review p

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

54 Managing the environment ‘To foster sustainable development and urban living’ Managing the environment

CONTENTS

59 Introduction 59 Sustainable development 59 Environmental appraisal 60 Trends 60 Atmospheric pollution 60 Water pollution 61 Noise pollution 61 Recycling 61 Public awareness 61 Policy context 61 National guidance 62 Strategic guidance 62 City Council policy 62 Objectives 62 Topics and policies 62 ME1 Sustainable development 63 ME2 Pollution 64 ME3 Development near pollution sources 65 ME4 Removing contamination 65 ME5 Hazardous installations 65 ME6 Development near hazardous installations 66 ME7 Energy conservation 66 ME8 Renewable energy 67 ME9 Waste management 67 ME10 Protecting the Flood Defence Line 68 ME11 Improving the Flood Defence Line 69 ME12 Waste water treatment plant development 70 ME13 Development near to a waste water treatment plant 70 ME14 Trees, woodlands and hedgerows 70 Environmental education 70 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

56 ManagingTourism the environment

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Contaminated land A site where use or development is limited because of hazardous substances found.

Hazardous industry An industrial or related installation presenting a potential threat to the safety of employees or the general public because of the nature of its processes, or the raw materials used, and which has been notified as such by the Health and Safety Executive.

Landfill site A method of waste disposal involving controlled tipping and covering of waste, which then decomposes by bacterial action.

Smoke Control Area An area in which only authorised fuels may be used.

Sustainable development Development meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) NOTES

SPG Note 3 - Trees and development SPG Note 25 - Designing for noise generating development SPG Note 26 - Designing for energy efficiency

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

57 Managing the environment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

58 ManagingTourism the environment

INTRODUCTION from the Earth Summit was the concept of sustainability. Sustainable development can be 4.1 Managing the environment is a key theme running defined as ‘development which meets the needs of throughout the CityPlan. Increasingly it is recognised the present without compromising the ability of future that insensitive development can have a damaging generations to meet their own needs’*. Assessing effect on the environment. This damage is often development involves striking a balance between irreversible. At a global level, problems such as acid protecting the environment and promoting economic rain, the greenhouse effect and ozone layer depletion development. Any development is likely to have an are known to be threatening the future of the planet. adverse effect on the environment and therefore the Local environmental issues such as pollution, loss of crucial role of planning is to minimise that effect. In open space or the increasing risk of flooding are also certain circumstances it may be necessary to insist recognised as significant problems affecting the quality that the environmental consequences of a of life of the City’s residents. Particularly important is development are the most critical factors and that these the realisation that global problems are often the direct cannot be traded off against any other benefits. result of numerous local actions. Development will not be allowed in these cases. 4.2 There is now a consensus of opinion between all 4.5 Sustainability can only be achieved through the levels of Government, both nationally and co-ordinated actions of national and local government, internationally, and with local people, that the other public organisations, businesses, community environment is under threat and urgent action is groups and local people. The CityPlan, although only required. This consensus was demonstrated at the one of the instruments available, has a crucial role to 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment and play in co-ordinating action at the local level. The Plan Economic Development, also known as the ‘Earth can improve the quality of the local environment by Summit’. ensuring that development is sustainable. In particular 4.3 This chapter considers how to manage the local the Plan will control the location, type, scale and design environment in a sustainable way, not only to improve of development. These considerations affect all the the quality of life for local people, but also to contribute main land uses and therefore the concept of positively to the environment in its widest sense. sustainability is reflected throughout the whole Inevitably there are links with other chapters and in document. particular with Movement, Natural environment and Environmental appraisal Built environment. Policies in this chapter deal with 4.6 Recent Government guidance requires the reducing the effects of development on the Council to environmentally appraise the content of the environment, reducing the risk of pollution and hazard, CityPlan. This is to ensure that the policies and removing contamination, energy conservation, proposals contained in the Plan result in sustainable renewable energy, waste management and flood development. The main objectives of this appraisal defence. Such policies are concerned with promoting are: environmentally sustainable and acceptable forms of development and helping to minimise adverse impacts • ‘characterising the environment’ (defining what the on the environment. City’s environment consists of), to provide a

Sustainable development * World Commission on Environment and Development “The 4.4 One of the most significant issues to emerge Brundtland Report - Our Common Future” 1987.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

59 Managing the environment

context for considering the environmental effects of policies; • ensuring that the Plan covers the appropriate range of environmental concerns; and • evaluating the policies of the Plan to establish their environmental effects. 4.7 An Environmental Appraisal of the Deposit Draft CityPlan was prepared and is available on request.

TRENDS

Atmospheric pollution 4.8 Air quality, and in particular the presence of smog and sulphur dioxide, used to be a significant problem in the City. Figure 4.1 show the progress that has been made in improving air quality. The whole of the Vehicle emissions - increasingly seen as a major City is now a Smoke Control Area. Pollution from cause of pollution. industry and domestic heating has declined in recent bearing in mind the anticipated growth in car years. Emissions from vehicles, in particular nitrogen ownership, that pollution caused by vehicle emissions oxides, are increasingly seen as causing significant will increasingly become a significant problem at both pollution problems. Monitoring by the City Council in a local and global level. The Council’s ability to monitor 1994 found that of fourteen testing sites, ten exceeded air quality benefited from a new ‘Air Quality Monitoring the EC guide level and, of those, two also exceeded Station’ in the City Centre. This station, which was the EC limit value. Although there is some uncertainty provided by the Department of the Environment, gives about the accuracy of this form of monitoring it is clear, an accurate and continuous measurement of the City’s air quality.

re Water pollution 4.9 The quality of drinking water has obvious implications for the health of the community. However, in general, there are no significant problems in the City. The Humber Estuary has been polluted by a variety of industrial processes for many years. This has seriously affected both its ecological and recreational value. The pollution problem is now being tackled with many of the industrial concerns taking a more responsible attitude to their emissions. Similar trends can be seen in both the River Hull and in the City’s agricultural drains. Despite these improvements, a significant pollution problem still exists.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

60 ManagingTourism the environment

Noise pollution how sustainability can help. 4.10 In all urban areas, noise pollution has always 4.15 The Planning and Compensation Act 1991 existed in various forms. In recent years industrial requires that an Environmental Impact Assessment is noise has reduced as a major pollution problem. Traffic undertaken for certain types of development that are movement is now a major cause of noise pollution in likely to have a major impact on the environment. the City. 4.16 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 12 – Recycling Development Plans and Regional Planning Guidance (1992) advises that the CityPlan should: 4.11 Increasing awareness about the benefits of recycling waste materials has resulted in a growing • take account of the environment in its widest demand for conveniently located collection points. sense, including issues such as global warming Recycling facilities such as paper, can and bottle banks and the consumption of non-renewable resources; have been provided in major shopping centres and • ensure that development and growth are next to superstores for many years. A Civic Amenity sustainable; Site at Wilmington meets increasing public and trade • closely relate development to public transport demand for disposal and recycling facilities. networks, reducing the need for car journeys and Neighbourhood recycling centres and the increasing encouraging public transport, walking and cycling; involvement of voluntary groups have characterised • encourage the re-use of contaminated or derelict the latest trends in recycling policy. land; Public awareness • protect ground-water resources; and 4.12 Public awareness and concern about a wide • take into account the location of hazardous range of environmental issues has continued to grow installations. over the last decade. This trend has been mirrored PPG Note 12 also introduces the requirement for by an increasingly positive response from both local Development Plans to be ‘environmentally appraised’. and central government and by significant increases 4.17 PPG Note 13 – Transport (1994) recognises in the membership of conservation organisations. the inter-relationship between transport and land use and stresses the need to co-ordinate planning and POLICY CONTEXT transport policies in order to tackle the growing problems of environmental pollution and traffic National guidance congestion. 4.13 Department of the Environment’s White Paper 4.18 PPG Note 20 – Coastal Planning (1992) advises ‘This Common Inheritance’ 1990 (updated in 1992), that plan preparation should take into account coastal endorses the Government’s view that development protection and flood defence. plans have an important role in ensuring that development and growth is sustainable. 4.19 PPG Note 22 - Renewable Energy (1993) advises that plan preparation should provide for 4.14 Sustainable development: The UK Strategy society’s need for energy but be consistent with (1994) sets out, by environmental resource and by protecting the local and global environment. economic sector, the current position and the likely position in 20 years given current policies. It 4.20 PPG Note 23 – Planning and Pollution Control investigates problems and opportunities and suggests (1992) advises that planning interest must focus on

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

61 Managing the environment any potential for pollution, but only to the extent that it OBJECTIVES may affect the current and future uses of land. 4.25 To foster sustainable development and urban 4.21 PPG Note 24 – Planning and Noise (1994) living by: advises on how the planning system can be used to promoting a safe and healthy environment; minimise the adverse impact of noise without placing • unreasonable restrictions on development or adding • reducing the need to travel; unduly to the costs and administrative burdens of • promoting energy conservation; business. • minimising waste production and ensuring proper Strategic guidance disposal; 4.22 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and • assessing the impact of development on the subsequent Alteration (1993) advises that: environment; • proposals for development will be considered with • encouraging recycling and reusing materials; a view to minimising adverse effects on the • controlling the location of hazardous installations; environment; • increasing public awareness of environmental • proposals for hazardous developments, or issues; and development near hazardous installations will not • encouraging higher standards of environmental normally be considered without advice from the management. Health and Safety Executive; and • proposals will only be considered if the likely level TOPICS AND POLICIES of pollution associated with the development is Sustainable development acceptable. 4.26 All development has an impact on the City Council policy environment. In its widest sense, the environment 4.23 The City Council’s Environmental Charter (1990) includes human beings, buildings and other man-made supports: features, flora, fauna, geology, land, water, air and climate. All development must be assessed to ensure • the improvement of air and water quality; that the principles of sustainability are followed. The • energy conservation; and environmental impact of development, at both a local recycling materials. • and global level, must be considered carefully. If the 4.24 The Council is currently preparing an development is likely to have a serious adverse effect Environmental Action Plan as part of its commitment on the environment, the development will be resisted. to Local Agenda 21. This will be a strategy initiated Normal development control procedures should help by the Council and based on a consensus with industry, to minimise the effects of development on the trade unions, local residents and interest groups on environment. However, environmental considerations the future ways of working continuously together have to be balanced against other factors such as the towards sustainable development. need for employment. Regulations made under the Planning and Compensation Act (1991) identify major developments for which an Environmental Impact Assessment is mandatory (such as a waste disposal installation) and those for which impact assessment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

62 ManagingTourism the environment would be advisable (such as the manufacture of are the direct result of air pollution. In addition to the vegetable or animal oils or fats). There will be global impact, air pollution can harm the health of the instances where development is unacceptable community and the appearance of the City. because of the extent of harm to the environment. Water

ME1 Development complying with the 4.29 Rivers, drains and ground-water supplies of principles of sustainability and respecting drinking water can easily be polluted from a variety of environmental constraints will be supported. activities, for example, seepage of pesticides. Ground- water can be difficult or impossible to restore once contaminated. Close liaison with the Environment Pollution Agency is needed to ensure that development does 4.27 Pollution arises from many of our daily activities. not present an unacceptable risk to ground-water The most common forms of pollution are discussed supplies. Contact with the Environment Agency is below: recommended at the earliest stage of any development Atmospheric proposal so that any water resource issues are considered at the beginning of the project. Waterways 4.28 Emissions from industrial operations and can offer both a valuable recreational and wildlife asset increasingly from motor vehicles, are major to the City. Once polluted these values are drastically contributors to air pollution. Global problems such as reduced. acid rain, ozone depletion and the greenhouse effect, Noise 4.30 This form of pollution can come from a wide variety of sources including low flying aircraft, traffic movement, industrial processes and domestic activities. Noise pollution can cause considerable stress for people living and working nearby. Further guidance on this form of pollution is included in SPG Note 25 - Designing for noise generating development, and within Policy BE17 in the Built environment chapter.

Land 4.31 Land pollution has been caused primarily by past or current industrial processes. Identifying contaminated land and its subsequent treatment is both a difficult and costly exercise.

Light 4.32 New development increasingly uses high intensity external lighting. Although in many cases this helps to create a safer environment and can often be used to enhance the appearance of significant Foredyke Stream - one of the City’s polluted drains buildings, there is growing concern about the effect it

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

63 Managing the environment has on the night sky and wildlife bio-rhythms. Much Environmental Impact Assessment to be prepared. external lighting is poorly designed and misdirected, ME2 (a) Development will not be allowed if it in some cases it is unnecessary and it is often wasteful has an unacceptable pollution impact. and intrusive. (b) Proposals for development will take into 4.33 The control of pollution is not a principle planning account the following: function. It is also the responsibility of the Environment Agency. The Local Planning Authority does, however, (i) location, design and layout; have an important role to play, particularly in (ii) impact on local amenity; determining where potentially polluting development (iii) adequate facilities to store and dispose should be located and ensuring that new development of waste materials safely; does not locate next to an existing pollution threat. (iv) measures to reduce the level of 4.34 When considering development proposals that pollution; and are thought to have a risk of pollution, the City Council (v) hours of operation will need to be satisfied that the impact on the amenity and health of local people and the likely effect on the Development near pollution sources natural and built environment are acceptable. In many 4.38 There are areas in the City where industrial cases, the likely impact of pollution will have to be operations already cause significant pollution considered in a much wider sense as the cumulative problems. Proposals for development in close effect of many decisions can have a direct bearing on proximity to these areas will only be allowed if the global pollution problems. pollution risk is considered to be acceptable. In such 4.35 Other considerations will include assessing the cases the City Council will assess the nature of the sensitivity of a particular area, for example will there existing pollution source, including the extent of any be an effect on an archaeological designation or on off-site problems and the amount of land affected. This the local road network. Transport requirements arising assessment will often involve consultation with the from the need to move polluting substances or waste Environment Agency. The sensitivity of different types will also be a relevant issue. of development will also be an important consideration 4.36 The levels and risk of pollution can often be when judging the appropriateness of new development minimised by encouraging ‘green technology’, for next to an existing pollution source. Proposals for example technology that effectively uses waste sensitive types of development, such as housing, products. Consideration should also be given to would not be allowed because of the potentially ensuring that any waste can be stored or disposed of damaging effect on public health. in a safe way. Simple measures such as controlling the hours of operation can be an affective way of ME3 Development near to a known or potential minimising pollution and protecting quality of life. source of pollution will not be allowed unless 4.37 The potential risk of pollution will always be a it can be clearly demonstrated that the level of significant factor when determining a planning risk is acceptable. In such cases the City application. If appropriate this will be done in full Council will take into account: consultation with the Environment Agency. In certain (i) an assessment of the existing pollution cases, for example due to the scale or nature of the continued... particular proposal, it will be appropriate to require an

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

64 ManagingTourism the environment

source and the extent of any off-site provide a site investigation before considering problem; and a development proposal on land that is known (ii) the sensitivity of the proposed or suspected to be contaminated. If the site development. investigation demonstrates that treatment is necessary, then the City Council will require Removing contamination an agreed programme of work to prevent the site being a hazard. 4.39 Many land uses involve or create substances that can present a hazard to the well-being of the public and the local environment if left untreated. The Hazardous installations potential for such contamination is great, ranging from 4.42 Many industrial operations involve the use of a variety of industrial processes, such as the potentially hazardous materials. The dangers manufacture of chemicals and metals, to the treatment associated with these operations, for example and disposal of human, domestic and other waste. The leakages of chemicals and gases or explosions, can historical development and present land use in Hull is directly affect the health or lives of the local community. likely to have created a legacy of contaminated land It is essential that potentially hazardous installations in certain parts of the City. are not located next to areas of housing or any other 4.40 The presence of contaminants does not mean use putting people at risk. The criteria listed in policy that development cannot go ahead, provided that ME2 are relevant when considering proposals for appropriate works are carried out. The extent, or the development next to an existing hazardous installation. need, for these works depends upon the nature of 4.43 In addition to controls over development, the proposed development and the type of contaminants City Council can require (in liaison with the Health and involved. In cases where the City Council suspect a Safety Executive) a Hazardous Substances consent problem of contamination, a decision about the future where the hazardous substance is present in an use of the land will not be taken before the developer amount at or above its controlled quantity. carries out a full site investigation. 4.41 Re-using contaminated land is a sustainable form ME5 A hazardous installation will not be of development and therefore proposals that tackle allowed if: problems of contamination will normally be supported. (i) it creates an unacceptable hazard to The aims of re-using contaminated land are to: health and life; or • deal with actual or perceived threats to health, (i) it severely prejudices nearby safety or the environment; development. • keep or bring back such land into beneficial use;and • minimise pressures on greenfield sites. Development near hazardous installations 4.44 Proposals for development adjacent to an ME4 (a) Development on contaminated land existing hazardous installation will have to be carefully will be supported. assessed with regard to the likely level of risk. In such (b) The City Council will require a developer to cases the City Council will investigate the nature of continued... the existing hazard including the extent of any off-site

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

65 Managing the environment problems and the amount of land affected. This will Developments generating large volumes of traffic, such often involve close liaison with the Health and Safety as superstores or major employment uses, should be Executive. The sensitivity of different types of located on public transport routes, thereby reducing development will also be an important consideration the need to use private transport. This issue is when judging the appropriateness of new development discussed further in Policy M2 of the Movement chapter. next to an existing hazardous installation. Proposals 4.47 The design of development can also help reduce for sensitive types of development, such as housing, the amount of energy used in the City. Simple will not be allowed because of the potentially damaging measures such as increased use of insulation, natural effect on public health. lighting and more efficient heating/cooling systems can result in considerably lower heating and lighting bills ME6 Development near to a hazardous and, more significantly, in reduced energy installation will not be allowed unless it can consumption. Improvements such as these can often be clearly demonstrated that the level of risk be made at little additional cost to the developer and is acceptable. In such cases the City Council can often prove to be attractive selling features. The will take into account: layout and orientation of buildings, together with the (i) an assessment of the existing hazard materials used, can also have an effect on energy and the extent of any off-site problems; conservation. All new development will be expected and to meet the minimum standards set out in the Building (ii) the sensitivity of the proposed Regulations, and if appropriate, higher standards will development. be encouraged. Further guidance on this subject is included in SPG Note 26 - Designing for energy efficiency. Energy conservation 4.45 Society is dependent on fossil fuels such as ME7 Development achieving a high standard gas, coal and oil for its primary sources of energy. of energy efficiency will be supported. This dependence has two disadvantages, firstly fossil fuels are a finite resource and secondly their use can Renewable energy have serious environmental effects. The continued 4.48 The term ‘renewable energy’ covers those dependence on fossil fuels as a source of energy will resources occurring and recurring naturally in the have severe long term effects on society and the environment. Such resources include heat from the ecology of the planet. It is necessary to reduce the earth or sun, power from wind and water, energy from use of fossil fuels and their environmental effects by plant material and from recycling domestic, industrial conserving energy and encouraging greater use of or agricultural waste. Renewable energy sources offer renewable energy sources. increased diversity of supply, a more secure and 4.46 Appropriately located development can sustainable form of supply, and the environmental significantly reduce energy consumption. In a compact benefit of reduced gaseous emissions. In particular, city such as Hull, the need to travel to reach many renewable energy sources can play a part in reducing facilities is already relatively low. Further reductions emissions of greenhouse gases such as carbon in travel distances can be achieved by ensuring that dioxide and methane. The City Council supports the new facilities are close to where people live. development of renewable energy schemes that

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

66 ManagingTourism the environment contribute to energy needs in a significant and 3. recovery (including material recycling, sustainable way. The benefits of renewable energy energy recovery and composting) sources still have to be judged against any 4. safe disposal environmental disbenefits, for example visual intrusion 4.52 Further guidance on waste management is or noise generation. The City Council will need to included in the City Council’s Waste Recycling Plan. consider both the immediate impact of renewable Furthermore, the City Council is preparing a waste local energy projects on the local environment and their plan jointly with the East Riding of Yorkshire Council wider contribution to reducing emissions of greenhouse for the combined area of the two authorities. This will gases. In some cases, renewable energy development include detailed land use policies and proposals on will have a locational constraint in that the resource the subject. can only be harnessed where it occurs. ME9 Development involving efficient waste ME8 Proposals for renewable energy schemes management practices will be supported. will be supported if they do not have an Priority for waste management will be in the adverse: order of reducing, re-using, recovering or (i) impact on local amenity; safely disposing of materials. (ii) effect on public health and safety; and

(iii) impact on the natural and built Protecting the Flood Defence Line environment 4.53 Sea levels in the Yorkshire Region could rise by approximately 240mm between 1990 and 2030, Waste management according to the former National Rivers Authority’s 4.49 Currently, 90% of the waste generated in the estimates. A breach in tidal and river defences could United Kingdom is deposited in landfill sites in its lead to significant flooding in areas of low lying land untreated state. In addition to being expensive, this often well away from the breach. Such an incident form of disposal can create serious environmental could put significant numbers of people and properties, pollution problems including the build-up of methane and the environment, at risk. gas and contamination of water courses. 4.54 The City’s Flood Defence Line consists of 4.50 There is growing pressure from Central structures specifically designed to prevent flooding Government and local people to reduce the amount of (such as the Tidal Surge Barrier and the defence wall waste entering the ‘waste stream’ for disposal. A more at Victoria Dock) and other structures not specifically sustainable approach to waste management can help designed, but performing the same function (for to reduce pollution and the long term financial costs of example buildings on the edge of the River Hull). disposal. Significant energy savings and reduced 4.55 The Flood Defence Line, shown in figure 4.2 demand for finite resources are also positive benefits. and designated on the Proposals Map, is the City 4.51 The following methods of waste management Council’s preferred defence line. It is the line that best should be adopted, with priority being given to the protects the whole City, including areas of dockland options at the top of the hierarchy: and undeveloped areas of land, both of which are vital 1. reduction in sustaining the City’s regeneration. 2. re-use 4.56 New development should not be located too

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

67 Managing the environment

close to the Flood Defence Line as it could be affected Improving the Flood Defence Line by spray from wind and water action. Altering 4.57 Merely protecting the Flood Defence Line may structures that form part of the Flood Defence Line not be sufficient. Certain parts of the City, for example may also result in a greater risk of flooding. land to the south of Clive Sullivan Way, are Developments posing a threat to the integrity and insufficiently protected and require improving as a continuity of the Flood Defence Line require the matter of urgency. To compensate for the estimated consent of the Environment Agency, in addition to rise in sea levels, it is likely that improvements will planning permission. also be needed to some of the City’s most recently provided defences, for example at Victoria Dock. ME10 Development adversely affecting the 4.58 Where development near to, or involving, flood Flood Defence Line as designated on the defences is permitted, the City Council will, in Proposals Map will not be allowed. consultation with the Environment Agency, require appropriate measures to be incorporated to ensure

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

68 ManagingTourism the environment that the stability and continuity of the defence is Waste water treatment plant development maintained. Developers will be expected to cover any 4.61 Most of the City’s sewage goes directly into the costs incurred. Humber Estuary. This waste water is screened to 4.59 The Environment Agency is currently remove large solids but is otherwise untreated. The investigating the City’s Flood Defence Line as part of Bransholme area is the only part of the City that is a wider sea and tidal defence strategy for the Humber served by a waste water treatment plant. Estuary. Improving the City’s flood defences is 4.62 The EU’s Directive on Urban Waste Water regarded as a priority because of the large population (1991), translated into law in England and Wales by and the City’s important economic role. the Urban Waste Water (England and Wales) 4.60 The City Council supports improving the Flood Regulations 1994, requires all waste water discharging Defence Line and urges the Environment Agency to from Kingston upon Hull into the Humber Estuary to adopt the line designated on the Proposals Map. be subject to treatment. Following a decision by the Improvements will have to be carefully assessed to High Court, the waste water will be subject to both ensure that the problem is not just being ‘shifted’ along primary and secondary treatment. Primary treatment the coast and that any effects on nature conservation comprises the settling of solids out of the water, and are acceptable. secondary treatment substantially removes its biological load. ME11 Proposals improving the City’s Flood 4.63 The effect of the EU Directive is that by the year Defence Line will be supported. 2000, Yorkshire Water Services Limited will have to provide new waste water treatment works to serve the Hull area. The Company is currently undertaking a site selection process which involves the consideration of potential sites not only in Hull but also in adjoining districts. Identifying such a site is now a priority for Yorkshire Water Services Limited. 4.64 The provision of waste water treatment works for the Hull area will create major environmental improvements particularly to the water quality of the Humber Estuary. However, waste water treatment plants can have adverse local environmental impacts, including noise and smell. The location of such plants should take into account the quality of life of nearby residents and the restraints that could be placed on future development opportunities.

ME12 (a) Waste water treatment plant development will be supported if it does not have an unacceptable: Tidal Surge Barrier - an important feature of the City’s continued... Flood Defence Line

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

69 Managing the environment

(i) risk of odour and other adverse Guidance on the protection of trees and woodlands is environmental effects; included in SPG Note 3 – Trees and development. (ii) impact on amenity; and ME14 Protecting and managing trees, (iii) effect on future development. woodland and hedgerows will be encouraged. (b) In considering whether the impacts of development are unacceptable, regard will be given to the urgent need for such works. Environmental education 4.68 Environmental education is a vital element in achieving the various objectives and policies set out Development near to a waste water in this, and subsequent chapters. Although public treatment plant awareness of green issues has increased considerably 4.65 Proposals for development close to a waste in recent years, there is still a great deal to be done to water treatment plant should consider the amenity of improve people’s knowledge and understanding of the future residents or users of the development. As a environment. general rule, Yorkshire Water Services Limited should 4.69 Involving schools, voluntary groups, youth be consulted about any development within 400 m of groups and the public in general in a variety of practical a waste water treatment plant. conservation projects, such as tree planting or tidy-up ME13 Development near a waste water schemes, can produce significant environmental treatment plant will not be allowed unless a benefits that demonstrate the importance of a healthy satisfactory standard of amenity can be and sustainable environment and encourage further achieved. public interest and involvement.

Trees, woodlands and hedgerows IMPLEMENTATION

4.66 Careful management and conservation of trees, 4.70 Policies will be put into practice in a number of woodlands and hedgerows can offer substantial ways. The following table is a quick reference guide benefits, not only to the appearance of the City, but showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to also to the health and social well-being of local people. be implemented. A broad explanation of each feature Trees, woodlands, and hedgerows improve the local is given in the General policies, implementation, climate and can also help to reduce pollution, for monitoring, and review chapter. example by absorbing carbon dioxide and by producing 4.71 Key agencies and consultees involved in oxygen (the effect of this natural process is referred implementing the policies are listed below: to as ‘CO2 fixing’). Planting native trees and shrubs in Environment Agency; landscaping schemes can increase wildlife potential. • Opportunities for further tree planting will be • Yorkshire Water Services Limited; encouraged and the provision of community woodlands • Health and Safety Executive; will continue to be investigated. • Department of the Environment, Transport and 4.67 Tree planting schemes and protecting trees and the Regions; and woodlands are considered in more detail in the Natural • Interest groups. environment and Built environment chapters.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

70 ManagingTourism the environment

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

71 Managing the environment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

72 Urban regeneration ‘To promote urban regeneration and anti-poverty strategies’ Urban regeneration

CONTENTS

77 Introduction 77 Trends 77 Policy context 77 National guidance 77 Strategic guidance 78 City Council policy 78 Objectives 78 Topics and policies 78 UR1 Urban regeneration 80 UR2 Regeneration Priority Areas 81 Sustainable development 81 Coordinating urban regeneration resources, initiatives and community involvement 81 Simplified Planning Zones 82 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

74 UrbanTourism regeneration

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Urban regeneration All activity designed to combat urban obsolescence and improve social and environmental conditions, including development, redevelopment and improvement. Regeneration Priority Areas Areas with a concentration of major urban regeneration activities where substantial public and private investment is underway, or proposed, over the CityPlan period. New Regeneration Priority Areas are likely over the period of the CityPlan as new needs, opportunities and priorities are identified.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

75 Urban regeneration

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

76 UrbanTourism regeneration

INTRODUCTION schemes have been aided. 5.6 More recently, as a result of new initiatives and 5.1 Urban regeneration has long been a key theme in national priorities, the Urban Programme was required planning the City. Regeneration is concerned with to have a more focused approach based on Target improving the economic, social and environmental Areas. Target Areas are identified by neighbourhoods vitality of the City. It describes a wide range of whose social, economic, housing and environmental activities, bringing new vitality and viability to previously problems could be aided by the inter-related policies run down areas, refurbishing buildings, infrastructure and priorities of a variety of agencies. and the built environment, and redeveloping buildings that have reached the end of their useful life. 5.7 Since April 1995, the City has received funding from the Government’s Single Regeneration Budget 5.2 Declining public resources mean a new approach (SRB). The SRB replaces other initiatives including is needed to target resources to specific areas. the Urban Progamme, Derelict Land Grant, Estate However, a key concern is regeneration in its broadest Action and City Grant. The City has been awarded sense – fostering the well being of the whole City and £25.3 million between 1995 – 2002 from the SRB to its people. fund projects which are priorities in the City TRENDS Regeneration Strategy. 5.3 Regenerating the City is a complex process and POLICY CONTEXT the post war period has been characterised by different 5.8 National and strategic guidance seeks broad approaches. Up to the late 1970s, comprehensive approaches to local regeneration strategies. A wide redevelopment took place in areas of extensive bomb range of guidance, advice notes and terms of reference damage and then in areas of unfit housing. of regeneration agencies stress the interdependence Comprehensive redevelopment continues on derelict of public and private bodies and the need for and vacant sites, particularly on former dock and partnership and public consultation. railway land. 5.9 Common themes emphasise the need to: 5.4 Since the late 1970s, within most large urban areas, including Hull, there has been a shift to • secure the effective use of buildings and land; regeneration by improving and gradually renewing the • foster the retention and development of economic existing urban fabric and environment. Gradual activity; renewal and regeneration is generally considered to • create attractive and safe environments; and be less socially and economically disruptive than • help to provide for the housing, social and comprehensive redevelopment. recreational needs of the local community. 5.5 From 1979, the Inner Area Programme (IAP) later National guidance known as the Urban Programme, developed into the 5.10 The majority of Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) principal tool of renewal and regeneration for Notes stress that development plan policies should transforming older areas. Initially concentrated on the promote urban regeneration as a means of overcoming City Centre and adjoining areas, the IAP later environmental, social and economic problems. expanded in scope and area to take in a number of outer estates. Since 1979, some £60 million has been Strategic guidance spent on about 1360 projects and many more smaller 5.11 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

77 Urban regeneration subsequent Alteration (1993) supports: • fostering the involvement of local communities in • regenerating older industrial and commercial regeneration; and areas; and • bringing vacant and derelict land into effective use. • development within the urban areas to reduce the pressure on the countryside and to make the most TOPICS AND POLICIES effective use of resources. Urban regeneration City Council policy 5.15 Many areas of the City suffer from economic, 5.12 City Council urban regeneration policies are social, housing and environmental problems. Urban incorporated in the City Regeneration Strategy (CRS). regeneration is considered an essential element in The CRS has been prepared by a Citywide partnership improving the quality of life and reducing imbalances comprising representatives from the private sector, between areas of the City. public sector, voluntary sector and the local 5.16 Regeneration usually seeks to provide jobs, new st community. The CRS vision of Hull for the 21 Century leisure or community facilities and better homes, but is that of a dynamic European maritime City which is also looks at the opportunities to provide new open prosperous, attractive, healthy and safe, possessing space or enhanced environmental conditions. a strong sense of community pride. The strategy has However, the needs are large scale and resources four aims. These are: are limited. Consequently, not all problems can be • to achieve prosperity through a successful tackled early in the Plan period. economy; 5.17 Hull’s first CRS identified six Geographical • to increase the levels of learning, aspiration and Priority Areas (GPA’s)(see figure 5.1). These GPAs achievement and to match skills with employers’ formed the basis of the Short Term Action Plan, 1995 needs; to 1998. The CRS partners take joint comprehensive • to achieve social justice by ensuring that the integrated action in these areas, with progress being benefits of prosperity and an improved quality of monitored and reviewed annually. With completion of life are available to all citizens of Hull; and the planned works, new GPAs are likely to be declared as resources allow. • to ensure a good standard of housing and high quality urban environment. 5.18 The City Council will seek to promote and help to co-ordinate regeneration through partnership during 5.13 There is a close inter-relationship between the the whole period of the CityPlan. Maximum use will CRS and the CityPlan. As the CRS and the partnership be made of grant regimes which assist projects such approach develops, it will be reviewed alongside the as land reclamation for forms of Urban Greenspace, statutory processes involved in updating the CityPlan. such as recreation and open space, and for social OBJECTIVES projects and community development, particularly where private sector led partnerships, to produce 5.14 Promoting urban regeneration and anti-poverty schemes with commercial returns, are not feasible. strategies by: • encouraging the improvement of employment, UR1 Development assisting urban social housing and the built and natural regeneration will be encouraged. environment;

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

78 UrbanTourism regeneration C ro

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

79 Urban regeneration

Regeneration Priority Areas prospects of the whole River Hull Corridor will be 5.19 Regeneration Priority Areas are where major investigated. Sutton Fields has considerable urban regeneration activities are, or will be, scope for increased economic activity. Kingswood concentrated and where substantial public and private will be the largest single development site in the investment is underway or proposed in the CityPlan Hull area. period. Actions must be planned and implemented in • As well as the GPAs and River Hull Corridor and partnership with private initiatives, key agencies and adjoining areas, there are many other Strategic community and amenity groups. Proposals must have Regeneration Sites where large-scale regard to commercial and economic considerations, development and land use changes are to community aspirations and to the need to achieve anticipated over the CityPlan period. They include sustainable development. There are three types of large parts of the City Centre, Docklands areas, Regeneration Priority Areas: public sector housing estates like Gipsyville and • Geographical Priority Areas (GPAs) where the Derringham where major regeneration initiatives CRS partners have agreed that resources will be are either underway or will be promoted, and the targeted and comprehensive integrated action will former YDG site at Bransholme, where land be undertaken. Actions include improvement, reclamation will be followed by the development renewal, community development and local of the site for a mixture of Urban Greenspace, economic initiatives. GPAs include predominantly leisure and housing. public sector housing areas at The Garths, Old Bilton Grange, the North Hull Housing Action Trust area and the Thornton area. Other GPAs include Sammy’s Point and St. Andrew’s Dock, which has the potential to become a vibrant waterside community. • The River Hull Corridor/Kingswood/Sutton Fields area has been identified in the CRS as a priority for further investigation. South of Sutton Fields the River Hull Corridor forms part of the City’s industrial heartland and contains many small and medium sized firms. Despite improvements, the environment, infrastructure and fabric of the area is in need of modernisation. Traffic circulation is an important issue. Within the City Centre, the River Hull has considerable potential and is identified as an ‘Area of Potential Change’. Key issues here will be retaining traditional activities and attracting new City Centre and educational uses to regenerate the area. The possibility of a River Hull Lock to benefit road and river users Part of the River Hull Corridor and boost the economic and environmental

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

80 UrbanTourism regeneration

City which have undergone a complex array of UR2 Regeneration initiatives will be co- changes arising from economic decline and the ordinated primarily by the City Council in consequent social deprivation and environmental consultation with the relevant key agencies problems. In these areas, problems are tackled by and consultees. Regeneration Priority Areas combining economic investment solutions with careful are designated on the Proposals Map as conservation and land use planning policies. This need follows: to balance economic development with the state of (i) City Regeneration Strategy Geographical the environment is at the heart of the principle of Priority Areas: sustainable development. This is reflected in the CRS • The Garths; document’s objective for the Environment and • Old Bilton Grange; Infrastructure: • North Hull Housing Action Trust area; “To improve the environment of the City through • Thornton area; achieving sustainable development, reclamation of • Sammy’s Point; and derelict land, and the conservation and enhancement of the built and natural environment”. • St Andrew’s Dock. Co-ordinating urban regeneration resources, (ii) River Hull Corridor/Kingswood/Sutton initiatives and community involvement. Fields area. 5.22 Urban regeneration is a complex process and (iii) Strategic Regeneration Sites: to achieve the maximum benefits for the community it • Priory Park/Summergroves; is necessary to ensure that there is close co-ordination • Victoria Dock; of resources and initiatives between the public, private • King George, Queen Elizabeth and and voluntary sectors. Alexandra Docks; 5.23 The City and County Councils, the Health • Hedon Road area (north of A1033); Authority and the voluntary sector, recognising that • St Andrew’s Dock (West); no agency can tackle the problem of poverty alone, • Gipsyville; have formed a partnership to work within an agreed ‘Anti-poverty Strategy’. Those elements of the Anti- • Derringham; and poverty Strategy relating to land use changes and YDG site at Bransholme. • transportation policies are reflected in the policies and proposals of the CityPlan. Sustainable development 5.24 The success of most urban regeneration 5.20 Sustainable development and urban initiatives will depend on understanding and meeting regeneration are concepts, which start from very the needs of the community. It is therefore important similar premises. Both deal with long term issues, have to increase the participation of local residents, workers, to resolve the problems of competing interests and, in interest groups and businesses in the regeneration each case, their success depends upon the support process. and involvement of local people. Simplified Planning Zones 5.21 Urban regeneration is concerned with bringing 5.25 Simplified Planning Zones (SPZs) give rights back new life and economic success to areas of the for specified kinds of development within a defined

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

81 Urban regeneration area. The designation of an SPZ has been considered as a means of fostering economic regeneration. To date, no area has been considered suitable or necessary for designation. However, the need for SPZ’s will be kept under review.

IMPLEMENTATION

5.26 Policies will be put into practice in a number of ways. The following table is a quick reference guide showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to be implemented. A broad explanation of each feature is given in the General policies, implementation, monitoring and review chapter. 5.27 Key agencies and consultees involved in the implementation of the policies are listed below: • East Riding of Yorkshire Council; • Hull Incorporated Chamber of Commerce and Shipping; • Hull and District Chamber of Trade; • Hull Council for Voluntary Service; • Humberside Training and Enterprise Council; • Sports Council – Yorkshire and Humberside Region; • Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions; • English Partnerships; • Associated British Ports; • Orchard Park and North Hull Enterprises Ltd; • North Hull Housing Action Trust; • North Humber Countryside Initiative; • Humberside Education Business Partnership; • Hull and East Riding Community Health Authority; • Royal Hull Hospitals NHS Trust; • Hull and Holderness Community Health NHS Trust; • Humberside Ambulance NHS Trust; and • other voluntary organisations.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

82 UrbanTourism regeneration p

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

83 Urban regeneration

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

84 Natural environment ‘To promote the City`s natural environment and to protect and improve Urban Greenspacce’ Natural environment

CONTENTS 89 Introduction 89 Trends 89 Policy context 89 National guidance 90 Strategic guidance 90 City Council policy 90 Objectives 91 Topics and policies 91 NE1 Protecting Urban Greenspace (0.25 hectares and above) 92 Sport and recreation 93 Nature conservation 93 Green corridors 93 Amenity value 93 NE2 Protecting Urban Greenspace (below 0.25 hectares) 95 NE3 Replacing Urban Greenspace 95 NE4 Open Areas of Strategic Importance 96 NE5 Locating Urban Greenspace 96 NE6 Urban Greenspace in housing development 98 NE7 Urban Greenspace in non-housing development 98 NE8 Outdoor sport and recreation facilities 100 NE9 Protecting agricultural land 100 NE10 Agricultural diversification 100 NE11 Protecting river corridors and other waterside areas 101 NE12 Culverting watercourses 101 NE13 Protecting and improving the Green Network 101 NE14 Sites of Nature Conservation Interest 104 NE15 Nature conservation and development 104 NE16 Statutory sites of nature conservation importance 105 NE17 Protecting statutory sites of nature conservation importance 106 NE18 Protecting trees and woodland 106 NE19 Planting trees and woodland 106 NE20 Species protection 107 NE21 Managing and improving Urban Greenspace 107 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

86 NaturalTourism environment

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Amenity The quality of an area or local environment that makes it pleasant; a way of describing a combination of factors that makes up that quality.

Culverting Covering over (for example, a road over an agricultural drain).

Habitat The natural environment of an organism; the place where it lives.

Nature conservation Planned and sustainable use and/or management of natural resources.

Site of Nature Conservation Interest (SNCI) A vegetated area, of value for City wildlife and/or people.

RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) NOTES

SPG Note 2 – Providing and designing Urban Greenspace and play areas in new housing development SPG Note 3 – Trees and development SPG Note 24 – Nature conservation and development

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

87 Natural environment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

88 NaturalTourism environment

INTRODUCTION TRENDS

6.1 The environment of the City includes not only 6.3 The pattern of Urban Greenspace in the City has buildings, but also the formally laid out or naturally evolved over many years in a largely unco-ordinated occurring spaces between buildings. The majority of way as a consequence of the natural geography of these areas are green spaces. Collectively known as the area and as a result of the development process. Urban Greenspace, they comprise many types of open Increased leisure time and growth of real disposable areas including parks, playing fields, play areas, income for most sectors of the community have amenity areas, cemeteries, allotments, educational resulted in a greater use of, and demand, for Urban grounds, golf courses, and other less formal areas Greenspace. such as woodland, agricultural land, mudflats, drains, 6.4 Over the last ten years, there has been a gradual embankments, areas of derelict or vacant land, loss of Urban Greenspace, primarily with the wetlands and areas of semi-improved grassland. development of agricultural land, school grounds and These areas are a valuable and finite resource and private playing fields. The pressure for its development require careful management. has continued as open land is often accessible and 6.2 Urban Greenspace has considerable value for cheap to develop. Some new development has sport and recreation, for visual amenity, as a setting incorporated Urban Greenspace elements, for for the City’s built environment and for nature example play areas and amenity areas in new housing conservation. It is essential to the well being and developments. Because the City is largely flat and quality of life of the community. Protecting and has few natural features which inhibit development, enhancing the natural environment is a key feature of many of the remaining areas and landscape features the CityPlan. are potentially vulnerable to development. 6.5 In recent years greater attention has been given to a wide range of nature conservation issues. Protecting areas of land with an identified conservation value or ensuring that endangered species are protected are increasingly regarded as important planning considerations.

POLICY CONTEXT

National guidance 6.6 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 17 – Sport and Recreation (1991) advises: • recognising the importance of sport and recreation for the individual’s health and well-being; • encouraging the allocation of land and water resources for organised sport and informal recreation; Pearson Park play area - a well used Urban • attaching great importance to the retention of Greenspace

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

89 Natural environment

recreation and amenity open spaces which and Recreation Strategy – Principles, Partners and contribute to the quality of urban life; and Players (1994) supports: • encouraging the provision of a wide range of • promoting equality of opportunity in sport; opportunities for all, including the elderly and those • protecting and developing the moral and ethical with disabilities. basis of sport and all those involved in it; and 6.7 PPG Note 9 – Nature Conservation (1994) • working in partnership and maximising the explains : resources available. • the main statutory nature conservation obligations City Council policy under both domestic and international law; and 6.12 The Interim Open Space Policy (1988) states that nature conservation objectives should be • that developing open areas will not normally be reflected in development plans. allowed. If, in exceptional circumstances, development 6.8 PPG Note 7 – The Countryside and the Rural is allowed, account must be taken of the need to Economy (1992) advises : provide compensatory open space. The policy • protecting the best and most versatile land; requires that between 20 – 25% of the total area of • encouraging appropriate diversification of the rural housing development is retained and laid out as open economy; and space. 3 sq. m of play area per child bed space in all schemes with 10 or more child bed spaces is normally • safeguarding the countryside for its own sake. required as part of the overall provision. 6.9 PPG Note 3 – Housing (1992) emphasises: 6.13 The Council’s Nature Conservation Strategy – • the importance of conserving and enhancing the NaturePlan was prepared in 1995. This non-statutory urban environment; and document sets out the City Council’s aims and • the need to avoid town cramming, providing a intentions towards nature conservation in the City and balance between development and the need for explains how it will implement its duties to wildlife. open space. NaturePlan identifies various sites in the City which Strategic guidance have a particular nature conservation value. 6.10 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and subsequent Alteration (1993) advises that: OBJECTIVES

• development should be considered with a view to 6.14 To promote the City’s natural environment and minimising adverse effects on the environment; to protect and improve Urban Greenspace by: • conserving and enhancing both the natural • protecting Urban Greenspace as an integral part environment and the landscape should be of the City’s environment; encouraged and promoted; and • defining, conserving and enhancing a strategic • providing recreation facilities within built up areas, pattern of Urban Greenspace, which helps form in areas of need and in accessible locations, which the character of the City, strengthening local increases the range and choice, especially by the identity; multiple use of resources and facilities, should be • promoting nature conservation; supported. • protecting sites of known nature conservation 6.11 The Yorkshire and Humberside Council for Sport significance;

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

90 NaturalTourism environment

• meeting expressed, latent and future outdoor Greenspaces are managed to enhance their recreation demands by retaining, enhancing and recreation, nature conservation and public providing Urban Greenspace; amenity value; and • seeking as equitable a distribution of Urban • providing an appropriate setting for the City’s built Greenspace as possible, both in terms of amount environment. and type, with particular attention paid to improving the provision, quality and accessibility of Urban TOPICS AND POLICIES Greenspace where there is a deficiency; Protecting Urban Greenspace (0.25 hectares requiring that proposed development provides • and above) appropriate areas of Urban Greenspace serving 6.15 Various types of Urban Greenspace have been the needs of the development; identified within the City. These include public parks, • ensuring that Urban Greenspace is as accessible public playing fields/play areas, private playing fields, to the public as possible, without sacrificing nature amenity areas, allotments, educational grounds, conservation objectives or unduly prejudicing the cemeteries, private grounds, golf courses, and other amenity of adjoining uses; less formal areas such as woodland, agricultural land, • increasing tree planting in the built up area; mudflats, drains, embankments, areas of derelict or • ensuring that trees and woodlands and Urban vacant land, wetlands and areas of semi-improved grassland. All sites of 0.25 ha and above are listed in Tables NE1, NE2 and NE3, and are designated on the Proposals Map. Figure 6.1 shows the distribution of Urban Greenspace throughout the City. 6.16 Policy NE1 seeks to protect this Urban Greenspace from harmful development during the Plan period to 2006. The City Council accept that development may need to take place on some of this land after 2006, and this will be assessed in reviews of the Plan. 6.17 Urban Greenspace within the City has four basic functions: • sport and recreation; • nature conservation; • green corridor; and • amenity value. 6.18 Sites of over 0.25 ha which have green corridor value are designated by both policies NE1 and NE13. No distinction, for any individual site, is drawn in the Plan between the green corridor value for policy NE1 One of the city’s well used allotment gardens purposes and the corresponding value for policy NE13

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

91 Natural environment

purposes. Similarly, sites over 0.25 ha which have account of each of these values is given below. nature conservation value are designated by both Sport and recreation policies NE1 and NE14. No distinction, for any 6.20 Sports pitches and other less formal recreation individual site, is drawn in the Plan between the nature areas account for a significant proportion of the City’s conservation value for policy NE1 purposes and the identified Urban Greenspaces. They provide an corresponding value for policy NE14 purposes. important resource for the health and leisure needs of 6.19 Most types of Urban Greenspace fulfil a variety all age groups in the community. These facilities are of these functions. For example, the surroundings of increasingly coming under pressure for development, a sports pitch may serve a useful nature conservation for example as employers and landowners seek to role or be an important amenity feature, in addition to dispose of unwanted sports grounds. Without careful the main recreational value of the pitch. The Urban management, this process will result in the gradual Greenspace value or values that are ascribed to any erosion of the City’s supply of sport and recreation particular Urban Greenspace do not necessarily apply facilities. This in turn will inevitably result in a shortage to the whole of that Urban Greenspace. A detailed

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

92 NaturalTourism environment of facilities, greater pressure on existing facilities and 48, and 50 have an additional value in that they form an overall reduction in quality of life for the City’s part of the strategic open spaces between the City residents and visitors. Indoor sport and recreation and the settlements of Cottingham, Willerby, Anlaby facilities are also vital to the local community. These and Hessle. are covered in more detail in the Community facilities 6.25 Urban Greenspace is an integral part of the chapter. environment of the City, essential to its character and Nature conservation the quality of life of its residents, workforce and visitors. As a finite resource, which is easy to develop but which 6.21 119 Sites of Nature Conservation Interest cannot readily be replaced, its protection is essential. (SNCI), originally identified in the Council’s NaturePlan, Given the choice and amount of land allocated or are designated on the Proposals Map. The purpose proposed for development, such as housing and of protecting these sites is to encourage a greater employment, there is a strong argument for resisting abundance and diversity of wildlife in the City and to the loss of any additional Urban Greenspace. foster a greater awareness, understanding and enjoyment of urban wildlife. NE1 Development on Urban Greenspace 0.25 Green corridors hectares and above designated on the 6.22 The pattern of Urban Greenspace within the Proposals Map and listed in Tables NE1, NE2 City includes a network of green corridors along which and NE3 will not be allowed if this results in the movement of wildlife is possible. These corridors, any of the following: which include the river, the estuary, drains, cycle paths, (i) a loss of sporting or recreation facilities; and railway lines, also perform a valuable recreational (ii) an adverse effect on nature role. Figure 6.2 shows how these corridors link conservation; together with other areas of Urban Greenspace to (iii) the loss of a link between other areas of create a Green Network. This Network is also Urban Greenspace; or designated on the Proposals Map. Development on (iv) an adverse effect on the amenity or any of the areas of Urban Greenspace forming the character of an area and in particular the Green Network is likely to have an adverse effect on loss of an important view or sense of its continuity and therefore should be resisted. openness. Amenity value

6.23 Most areas of Urban Greenspace will have some Protecting Urban Greenspace (below 0.25 degree of amenity value. This can include the sense hectares) of openness which they provide or the contribution 6.26 Areas of Urban Greenspace that are too small which they make to the built environment. Urban to be shown on the Proposals Map can also have Greenspace need not be on a grand scale to justify significant enough value to justify their protection. having amenity value. Small and otherwise relatively insignificant areas may have an important amenity 6.27 On a City wide basis small sites will often be value for local people. The amenity value of any area regarded as having little value, for example they do of Urban Greenspace will be a significant factor in not allow formal sporting activities to take place and deciding a planning application. their amenity value is often restricted to a limited number of people. However, at a local level they can 6.24 Urban Greenspace site numbers 14, 15, 16, 47,

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

93

Natural environment

Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council City Hull upon Kingston Source: DIAGRAMMATIC

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

94 NaturalTourism environment have just as significant a value as other larger areas. 6.29 In these exceptional circumstances, it will be They are often more convenient for local people, necessary to replace the Urban Greenspace with a particularly young children who can use them as similar or enhanced area of equivalent community informal play space – without the need to cross main benefit. It may, however, be difficult to find a suitable roads to reach more formal play areas. Because of replacement. In such circumstances, it may be their proximity they can also provide a safer play acceptable for an existing facility in the locality to be environment, close at hand to family and friends. The improved as an alternative to replacement. Once again proximity of these small sites is also an advantage to this should be of equivalent community benefit. In other members of the community with restricted certain cases it may be acceptable to replace the area mobility. Small areas of Urban Greenspace can add of Urban Greenspace with an indoor facility. A considerably to the appearance of an area, in particular developer would have to clearly demonstrate that this helping to create individual identity and character. type of replacement is of acceptable equivalent Without these areas, a bland, monotonous townscape community benefit. can easily be created. The value of protecting small 6.30 Acceptable improvement might consist of pockets of Urban Greenspace is particularly significant improving public access to an Urban Greenspace that in densely developed parts of the City, where the itself remains unimproved, subject to the access majority of houses only have small private gardens or improvement providing equivalent community benefit. in employment areas where there is little relief from A legitimate financial contribution instead of the working environment. Small areas of Urban replacement or improvement might sometimes be Greenspace also form part of a network of connecting acceptable. footpaths and spaces giving off-road access to local 6.31 Any replacement or improvement should be facilities. Various sites are also likely to display local located as close as possible to the actual development nature conservation values, which will warrant to ensure that the benefits of such provision can be protection. Development will be resisted on Urban shared by the existing users of the Greenspace. Greenspace below 0.25 hectares that has a significant local value. NE3 The development of Urban Greenspace will be allowed if an overriding justification is NE2 Development of Urban Greenspace below demonstrated. In such cases it will be 0.25 ha will not be allowed if that development necessary to: would have a significant adverse effect on (i) replace it within the locality with a site Urban Greenspace value. of equivalent community benefit; or (ii) if this is not possible, improving an Replacing Urban Greenspace existing Urban Greenspace within the 6.28 In certain circumstances the development of locality to provide equivalent Urban Greenspace may be acceptable, community benefit. notwithstanding an assessment of the adverse impact on Urban Greenspace made in accordance with Policy Open Areas of Strategic Importance NE1 or Policy NE2, for example if a proposed 6.32 The open areas between Hessle and Anlaby/ development has overriding environmental, social or Willerby/Kirkella/City of Hull and the open area economic benefits. between Cottingham/Anlaby/Willerby/Kirkella/and City

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

95 Natural environment of Hull are recognised in the Structure Plan as new Urban Greenspace of an appropriate type or to substantial open areas worthy of strategic protection. upgrade existing areas. These two areas lie largely outside the City, but there NE5 New Urban Greenspace serving the needs are certain areas where the local authority boundary of the community will be supported. The cuts across the open areas leaving areas with strategic following standards will be used as guidelines: protection within the City. The adjoining areas of strategic importance in the East Riding of Yorkshire Category Maximum walking distances are protected by a policy which only permits (measured on a straight development of an open nature. A similar policy is line basis) justified in adjoining areas of the City. Uses of an open play areas* 250m nature require extensive areas of land around them to public playing areas 800m accommodate the activity or use and which retains the open character of the land. Such uses should not *without the need to cross any physical barrier be significantly different in appearance from farm land or park land, with very few buildings ancillary to the main development. Urban Greenspace in housing development 6.36 Providing new Urban Greenspace is important NE4 Developing Open Areas of Strategic to the community both as part of new housing Importance between the built up areas of development and for existing areas. The following Hessle and Anlaby/Willerby/Kirkella/City of Hull standards produce a satisfactory level of Urban comprising site 16 and parts of sites 14 and Greenspace. 15, and between the built up areas of • 60 sq. m of publicly accessible Urban Greenspace Cottingham and Anlaby/Willerby/Kirkella/City per unit of residential accommodation (in addition of Hull comprising sites 47, 48 and 50 will not to private gardens), plus be allowed unless it is of an open nature. • 3 sq. m of Urban Greenspace per child bed space. This will help to ensure that an adequate supply and Locating Urban Greenspace distribution of Greenspace is made for all sections of 6.33 If possible, a range of different types of Urban the community. This standard is a refined version of Greenspaces should be within a short walking distance both the National Playing Field Association (NPFA) 6 from where people live. This is particularly important Acre Standard and the City Council’s Interim Open for children or disadvantaged groups. Space Policy. The CityPlan standard takes into 6.34 Standards for providing children’s play areas, account density of housing and is sensitive to the public playing fields and parks are set out below to number of children likely to live in the area. The number ensure that Urban Greenspace is provided within of child bed spaces in any one dwelling is calculated reasonable distance of potential users. In considering by subtracting one bedroom (the parent(s) room) from new provision, these standards should only be used the total number of bedrooms. The standard only as a guide, for example, the needs of toddlers are includes publicly accessible areas of the Urban obviously different from older children. Greenspace, for example play areas, public parks and 6.35 In areas of the City where shortages of Urban amenity areas. Greenspace exist, efforts will be made to either provide

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

96 NaturalTourism environment

Figure 6.3: Urban Greenspace Standard The following worked example shows how the Urban Greenspace standard (as set out in Policy NE6) should be applied for different densities of development and for different site sizes. For each example the requirement is: • 60 sq m Urban Greenspace per unit of accommodation; plus • 3 sq m per child bed space for a childrens play area (these examples are all based on an average of 1.5 child bedspaces per dwelling).

Net Housing Density Site area 25 dwellings per ha 37 dwellings per ha 50 dwelling per ha

1 ha 22 dwellings (0.86 ha) 30 dwellings (0.81 ha) 38 dwellings (0.75 ha) 0.13 ha Urban Greenspace 0.19 ha Urban Greenspace 0.23 ha Urban Greenspace 0.01 ha play area 0.01 ha play area 0.02 ha play area

3 ha 65 dwellings (2.58 ha) 90 dwellings (2.43 ha) 113 dwellings (2.26 ha) 0.39 ha Urban Greenspace 0.54 ha Urban Greenspace 0.68 ha Urban Greenspace 0.03 ha play area 0.03 ha play area 0.06 ha play area

5 ha 108 dwellings (4.3 ha) 150 dwellings (4.05 ha) 188 dwellings (3.77 ha) 0.65 ha Urban Greenspace 0.95 ha Urban Greenspace 1.13 ha Urban Greenspace 0.05 ha play area 0.05 ha play area 0.10 ha play area

10 ha 215 dwellings (8.6 ha) 300 dwellings (8.1 ha) 375 dwellings (7.50 ha) 1.30 ha Urban Greenspace 1.80 ha Urban Greenspace 2.30 ha Urban Greenspace 0.10 ha play area 0.10 ha play area 0.20 ha play area Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

6.37 Figure 6.3 explains how this standard is applied provided in any development depends on the size, the and gives examples of the different amounts of Urban availability of existing facilities in the locality and the Greenspace required for various densities of needs of the users of the space. The design of Urban development. Greenspace and further guidance on the provision of 6.38 If new development is of a size where it is children’s play equipment is included in SPG Note 2 – impractical to provide Urban Greenspace provision in Providing and designing Urban Greenspace and play accordance with this standard, then the improvement areas in new housing development. SPG Notes are of an existing nearby Urban Greenspace or the not part of the adopted Local Plan. creation of a new area of Urban Greenspace related 6.40 Various new areas of Urban Greenspace are to the development will be considered as an alternative. shown as committed or proposed on the Proposals 6.39 The amount and type of Urban Greenspace Map. These are mainly related to sites with planning

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

97 Natural environment permission for housing developments within the City. NE7 Urban Greenspace will, if appropriate, A complete list of these sites is included as part of this be required in non-housing development. policy within Tables NE2 and NE3. Outdoor sport and recreation facilities NE6 (a) Publicly accessible Urban Greenspace 6.42 The importance of protecting outdoor sport and in housing development will be required at the recreation facilities has already been outlined in following standards: paragraph 6.20. The most effective way to protect (i) Urban Greenspace - 60 sq. m per unit such facilities is to demonstrate that there is a of accommodation; plus deficiency within the area (or that a deficiency would (ii) children’s play area (including play exist if a site was developed) and that adequate and equipment) - 3 sq. m per child bed space. realistic provision for development has been made (b) If Urban Greenspace standards cannot be elsewhere. This second point is covered in other achieved on site, improving an existing nearby sections of the Plan, notably the Housing and Urban Greenspace or creating a new area of Employment chapters, which clearly demonstrate that Urban Greenspace related to the development sufficient land is either allocated or committed to more will be required. than provide for the needs of the City over the plan period. (c) Areas committed as Urban Greenspace are 6.43 The National Playing Field Association’s (NPFA) shown on the Proposals Map and listed in 6 Acre Standard is regarded as a valuable target for Table NE2. assessing the adequacy of existing outdoor sport and (d) Areas proposed as Urban Greenspace are recreation provision and therefore has been adopted allocated on the Proposals Map and listed in for the purposes of this Plan. The standard Table NE3. recommends a minimum of 2.43 ha (6 acres) outdoor playing space per 1,000 population. This overall target breaks down into the following categories: Urban Greenspace in non-housing Category A - Adult use sport and recreation facilities development such as pitches, greens, courts and miscellaneous 6.41 Proposals for development other than housing areas such as putting greens and training areas. will also normally be expected to provide Urban minimum standard (1.6 – 1.8 ha) (within this category Greenspace. Publicly accessible Urban Greenspace it is recommended that the minimum standard for and children’s play areas will probably not be sports pitch provision should be 1.2 ha). appropriate in commercial or industrial development Category B - Children’s play space including and therefore the priority will normally be to improve equipped and casual or informal areas. minimum the appearance of the area or safeguard or strengthen standard (0.6 – 0.8 ha). the nature conservation value of part of the site. In many cases, Urban Greenspace fronting onto the main 6.44 Of particular relevance to this section are the road would therefore be appropriate. Tree planting Category A sites which are all identified in Table NE1 and associated landscape treatment can significantly with an asterisk. In 1994, the City Council carried out help a new development blend into its surroundings. a detailed survey of all land in the City used for outdoor Suitably landscaped areas will normally be required sport and recreation activities. The results of this on all non-housing developments. survey (summarised in figure 6.4) clearly indicate that

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

98 NaturalTourism environment

Figure 6.4: NATIONAL PLAYING FIELDS ASSOCIATION STANDARDS APPLIED TO HULL

Population* Area of land for Area of land for Area of land Area of land for outdoor sport outdoor sport per for pitch sport pitch sport per (hectares) 1000 population (hectares) 1000 population (hectares) (hectares) West Hull 140342 129.58 0.92 122.01 0.87 East Hull 128858 96.81 0.75 90.76 0.70 Kingston upon Hull 269200 226.39 0.84 212.77 0.79 NPFA standard 1.6 – 1.8 1.20

* Population figures are derived from the Registrar General’s1994 mid-year estimate and the 1991 census Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council the City has a severe deficiency of outdoor sport and of the Plan. recreation facilities. The NPFA 6 Acre Standard 6.47 The ability to increase the amount of land demonstrates a significant shortage of outdoor sport available for outdoor sport and recreation is extremely and recreation facilities in the City and therefore further limited. However, because of the shortfall identified losses should be resisted. However, there are other above, measures to increase the current supply will important considerations that will also be taken into normally be supported. It is also important to maximise account, including the location of facilities and ease of the use of existing facilities. This can be done by access to them together with the range and quality of improving existing facilities such as the provision of facilities. all-weather surfaces and floodlighting (subject to 6.45 Another important consideration involves the protecting the amenity of adjoining areas), by improving current usage of a playing field. In some cases the drainage or by increasing public access to private level of usage may be very low and the facility may facilities such as school playing fields and private have been allowed to deteriorate into a derelict sports pitches. condition. Circumstances such as these will often be 6.48 There is considerable scope in the City for used by potential developers as a reason for encouraging water-based sport and recreation. This developing an area of land. The City Council will could range from a safe canoeing area to the provision always take into account the ‘potential’ sport and of berthing facilities for yachts. However, since many recreation value of an area before considering any of the City’s watercourses form part of the Green development. It will also look beyond the main ‘sport Network, and in some cases are identified as Sites of and recreation’ value of a playing field and will take Nature Conservation Interest, careful consideration will into account other important local community values have to be given to any adverse environmental effects. such as amenity or nature conservation interest. NE8 (a) Development resulting in the loss of 6.46 The City Council is currently working on a more outdoor sport and recreation facilities will only detailed sport and recreation survey. This will provide be allowed if: a more accurate picture of local supply and demand patterns and will be included in a separate policy (i) there is an excess of sport and statement that will be incorporated in the first review continued...

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

99 Natural environment

recreation facilities in the area; Development proposals should be designed to minimise the opportunity for trespass and other forms (ii) redeveloping a small part of the site is of disturbance. the best way of retaining and improving the remainder; or (iii) alternative provision of equivalent NE9 (a) Development adversely affecting the community benefit is provided. best and most versatile agricultural land will not be allowed unless there is no other suitable (b) Providing new, and improving existing site available for the particular purpose. outdoor sport and recreation facilities will be encouraged. (b) Other agricultural land is protected by Policy NE1.

Protecting agricultural land Agricultural diversification 6.49 The City’s agricultural land is limited to a total area of approximately 304 ha on the eastern boundary. 6.52 To support the rural economy, it may be The majority of this land is in arable use (principally appropriate to allow certain types of development on cereals and oilseed rape). Although much of this land agricultural land. Agricultural diversification should has very limited public access, it is still regarded as maintain the open appearance of the area. This type being closely related to the urban area. It provides of development could help to make up the shortfall in important views out of the City and creates a soft edge NPFA Category A type Urban Greenspace referred to between the built-up area and open countryside. For in paragraph 6.44. Land for a new golf course is these reasons it is regarded as being an important identified on the Proposals Map. feature in the City’s overall Urban Greenspace resource. Agricultural land is protected by Policy NE1. NE10 Appropriate agricultural diversification 6.50 Government guidance advises that special will be supported. protection should be given to agricultural land that is considered to be the ‘best and most versatile’. Land Protecting river corridors and other included within this category falls within Grades 1, 2, waterside areas and 3a of the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and 6.53 In many cases, water features are an important Food Agricultural Land Classification for England and source of open space in their own right. The estuary, Wales. An agricultural land quality survey carried out River Hull and the land drains act as green corridors, in August 1994 indicated that only a small proportion linking other areas of Urban Greenspace within the of the City’s agricultural land actually falls within this City and creating routes in and out of the City. Water category. Land with this added value has a special features can make a significant contribution to the importance for agriculture and should not be built upon character of the landscape and can be of great unless there is no other suitable site for that particular importance for both nature conservation and purpose. recreation. The Council, in conjunction with the 6.51 In cases where development is allowed near to Environment Agency has a crucial role to play in agricultural land it will be necessary to consider any ensuring that areas of water are protected and, potential conflict with remaining farm land. wherever possible, enhanced.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

100 NaturalTourism environment

NE11 Urban Greenspace forming river acceptable in certain circumstances but only if the corridors and other waterside areas will be continuity and value of the Network is not seriously protected from development and their adversely affected. It will also be necessary to show improvement supported. that the proposed development will not adversely affect any other Urban Greenspace value identified in Policy NE1. Culverting watercourses 6.58 It is vital that the Green Network is as continuous 6.54 Culverting of watercourses can cause a major as possible and that breaks are resisted. Where threat to both the nature conservation and amenity breaks have occurred or where the routes are weak, value of Urban Greenspace. In can also lead to environmental improvements will be necessary. significant problems in times of high rainfall. Culverting 6.59 The Urban Greenspace requirements set out in of watercourses will therefore be resisted unless there policies NE3, NE6 and NE7 will often be used as an are particular public safety issues. effective means of improving the Green Network. This NE12 Development involving culverting of will be particularly relevant if the proposed watercourses will not be allowed unless there development is close to the Green Network. In other is an unacceptable risk to public safety. cases, subject to the availability of resources, the City Council will consider buying land or entering into management agreements to retain links and secure Protecting and improving the Green Network improvements. 6.55 Hull is dissected by a network of linear, semi- natural habitats providing an important refuge for NE13 The Green Network designated on the wildlife and connecting City wildlife areas with the open Proposals Map and listed in Table NE1 will be countryside. These include the river, estuary, drains protected from development seriously and railways together with adjoining areas of Urban adversely affecting its continuity and value. Greenspace. The Network is shown on figure 6.2 and The improvement of the Green Network will be on the Proposals Map. All areas of Urban Greenspace supported. which form part of the Green Network are listed in Table NE1. The Green Network is not only necessary to urban wildlife, but also has the potential in many Sites of Nature Conservation Interest cases to provide pedestrian/cycle routes into and out 6.60 Urban nature conservation is concerned with of the City. In some cases, these link into long distance wildlife, wildlife habitats and their importance to and routes such as the Trans-Pennine Trail. interaction with people. In densely developed urban 6.56 The operational railway network forms an areas, protecting and enhancing areas of wildlife important part of the Green Network. Verges, significance takes on particular importance. embankments and, in particular, old pockets of land 6.61 The City’s Nature Conservation Strategy – created where lines converge are havens for wildlife. NaturePlan – demonstrates that there are many wildlife It is accepted, however, that the railways have special sites of local importance in the urban area. Sites of operating requirements and that access to them is Nature Conservation Interest (SNCIs) have been governed by strict safety rules. identified including various housing and employment 6.57 Development on the Green Network may be sites listed in Policy NE15. These sites are not only

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

101 Natural environment valuable to plant and animal life, but also serve an national/international level. important recreational, scientific, cultural, educational • Locally distinctive habitat type. and amenity role. All SNCI’s are listed in Table NE1 (5) Fragility and are designated on the Proposals Map. Designation as an SNCI does not necessarily imply Biological interest easily damaged by: that the entire Urban Greenspace has nature • lack of appropriate management; and/or conservation value. In some cases the identified value • pressure of public use. may relate to a particular feature, for example a (6) Position in ecological/geographical unit hedgerow, a pond or group of trees. Details of the • Part of Green Network. particular values given to individual sites can be obtained Adjacent to other SNCI. from the City Council’s Urban Ecologist. The criteria • and factors used in deciding whether an area should • Adjacent to other open space. be designated as an SNCI are shown in Figure 6.5. (7) Potential Value

Figure 6.5: SNCI Criteria: • Wildlife value readily enhanced by appropriate management. Factors for consideration: • Links to other SNCIs/open space readily (1) Diversity established. • Aids maintenance of biodiversity at City/ • Recreational value/access readily improved. regional/national/international level. • Environmental educational value readily • Supports key species/habitats identified as part capitalised. of UK Biodiversity Action Plan. • Appearance of site readily enhanced. • Number of species present. (8) Replaceability • Number of (broad) habitats present. Biological interest of site difficult to recreate due (2) Naturalness to: • Remnant ‘natural’ system. • lack of suitable alternative sites; and/or • Remnant rural landscape. • scientific feasibility • Naturally seeded urban areas/industrial sites. (9) Cultural/historic values • Managed greenspace. • Historic site with natural history interest. (3) Rarity • Locally distinctive features/character. • Contains species rare (unusual) at City/regional/ • Within ‘Conservation Areas’. national/international level. (10) Recorded history • Contains habitats rare (unusual) at City/regional/ national/international level. • Biological history recorded for a number of years. (4) Representativeness • Records of past management of site. • Good example of habitat type at City/regional/ national/international level. (11) Intrinsic appeal • Unusual (rare) habitat type at City/regional/ • High landscape quality/attractive features. • Provides diversity in landscape.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

102 NaturalTourism environment

• Gives area local character. • if appropriate, replacing/recreating on site • Frequently used for informal recreation. landscape features important to wildlife when restoration is not feasible; (12) Community value • protecting existing species and habitats by • Close to residential areas. ensuring that plants and landscaping materials • Close to schools. introduced are not alien or harmful; • Provides access out of City. • providing for maintaining and managing existing • Provides links with other open space. features to be retained on site; • Frequently used for informal recreation. • if appropriate, imposing restrictions on the use • Provides opportunities for contact with nature. of the site or particular operations to certain parts of the year; and 6.62 The presence of an identified nature • if appropriate, relocating the habitat/wildlife conservation value is a significant material feature to an alternative nearby site and consideration when considering a development providing for its maintenance and management. proposal. However, in certain cases it will be possible to develop part of a site without damaging its nature Damage caused to wildlife sites by construction and conservation value. In such cases, it may be maintenance operations can be kept to a minimum necessary to use conditions or planning obligations to by: ensure that the site’s value is protected. Examples of • careful site preparation and supervision the types of condition used are given in Figure 6.6. A throughout the operation; developer will still be required to show that the proposal • fencing off to provide a buffer zone around the satisfies the requirements of Policy NE1. Development area to be protected, carefully locating adversely affecting a site’s nature conservation value associated buildings such as site compounds will be resisted. and offices and the responsible use of plant and machinery; and Figure 6.6: Planning conditions for development • avoiding spillages of toxic substances from affecting Sites of Nature Conservation Interest. vehicles, including petrol and tar. Sites of Nature Conservation Interest may be protected through the use of the following types of 6.63 Protecting SNCIs should be regarded as an planning conditions: important starting point. In addition, there is a need to • requiring habitats/land features to be adequately carefully manage and enhance the value of such sites. protected during development; This can involve negotiating with landowners, securing • ensuring that the timing of the development of financial assistance and seeking to involve voluntary the site is in harmony with the natural wildlife conservation organisations. In some cases, it could cycle, for example it does not disturb periods of simply involve allowing an area of land to naturally hibernation or rearing of young; regenerate. • ensuring development harmonises with its 6.64 The number, size and diversity of sites is likely surroundings – in scale, layout and the use of to increase as a result of further ecological surveys. building/construction materials; New sites may be created by improving existing open

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

103 Natural environment areas or by providing new Urban Greenspace. Further NE15 (a) Development maintaining and information on this subject is included in SPG Note 24 improving the nature conservation value of a – Nature conservation and development. site will be supported. (b) The City Council will expect a developer to NE14 (a) Sites of Nature Conservation Interest demonstrate how nature conservation is taken designated on the Proposals Map and listed in into account on land allocated or committed Table NE1 will be protected from development for development and designated a Site of adversely affecting their identified nature Nature Conservation Interest on the Proposals conservation value. The improvement of these Map and listed below: sites will be supported. (i) Employment land (committed): (b) New Sites of Nature Conservation Interest will be identified, if appropriate. •Site 18 Sutton Fields, plots 105 – 118; •Site 34 Haller Street/Grindell Street;

Nature conservation and development •Site 37 Somerden Road, east side; and (ii) Employment land (allocated): 6.65 Nature conservation value is not only restricted to SNCIs – these are the sites where a particular value •Site 39 Greatfield Lane, north side; has been identified. The needs of nature conservation •Site 55 Littlefair Road, east side; should be considered when any development is (iii) Housing land (committed): proposed. Developers should have regard to •Site 24 Princes Royal Hospital, land to maintaining, improving or creating wildlife habitats. east; and Special attention should be given to existing trees, (iv) Housing land (allocated): hedgerows, watercourses and other natural features. •Site 35 Summergroves B; 6.66 Many sites in the City that are already allocated or committed for development also have an identified •Site 36 Woldcarr Road allotments; and nature conservation value. These sites are listed •Site 57 Westwood Close, land to south of. below and are designated or allocated on the Proposals Map. When considering proposals for these Statutory sites of nature conservation sites the City Council will require a developer to show importance that this value has been taken into account. This could 6.68 Statutory sites of nature conservation importance involve sensitive landscaping or incorporating the such as Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) give particular value into the overall site design and layout. added protection to an area and improve the 6.67 It will often be appropriate to consider this opportunities for appropriate management practices. requirement in relation to the Urban Greenspace Such designations are only made for areas of land or standards set out in Policies NE6 and NE7. New Urban water containing species-rich habitats, plants, animals, Greenspace should be planned to complement the geological features or landforms of special interest. existing nature conservation value of sites. Further There are currently no statutory designated sites of guidance is again included in SPG Note 24 – Nature nature conservation importance within the City. conservation and development. 6.69 Certain areas of Urban Greenspace in the City have a particularly high local nature conservation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

104 NaturalTourism environment value, for example abandoned allotments or disused Areas of Conservation (SACs), which will also be industrial land. Although these areas are already declared under the Directive, the Natura 2000 series locally designated as SNCI’s there may, in some will represent the best nature conservation sites in cases, be the opportunity to offer a greater degree of Europe. protection by creating a Local Nature Reserve. This 6.72 Development within the City likely to have an formal designation would allow greater opportunity for adverse effect on an existing or potential statutory site careful management to be carried out to maintain and of nature conservation importance will only be increase the nature conservation value. The creation considered once all other options have been explored, of a Local Nature Reserve on land like this would and if it can be demonstrated that there are imperative provide an opportunity for local people to experience reasons of overriding public interest for allowing it. and benefit from contact with nature within the urban Further restrictions apply if the site hosts a priority area. Good public access will, therefore, be a major habitat or species (these are listed in the EC Habitats factor when identifying a Local Nature Reserve. Directive). In such cases, development will only be 6.70 The Council in conjunction with the appropriate allowed if it is for reasons of human health and public statutory agencies will continue to monitor the need to safety. These restrictions are likely to significantly designate statutory sites of nature conservation affect future development opportunities on the estuary importance. Further guidance is included in SPG Note – particularly on the eastern docks. Regulations 24 – Nature conservation and development. contained within the Habitats Directive also suspend Permitted Development Rights where the proposed NE16 Statutory sites of nature conservation development is considered to be potentially damaging, importance will be identified if appropriate. and restrict the City Council’s power to give planning consent to cases where the integrity of the SPA is not Protecting statutory sites of nature affected. In such cases, the City Council will wish to conservation importance see the need for port-related development given appropriate weight in view of its importance in the City. 6.71 Although there are no SSSIs within the City boundary, the inter-tidal mud flats and marshes of the 6.73 Decisions will only be made after close liaison Humber Estuary are of both national and international with English Nature and, in certain cases, after an importance for wildlife. The estuary includes a total of Environmental Impact Assessment has been carried seven SSSIs. Of particular importance is the SSSI out. adjoining the City’s eastern boundary. These SSSIs 6.74 Further guidance on this subject is included in are also the basis for an existing international SPG Note 24 – Nature conservation and development. designation – Wetland of International Importance or NE 17 (a) Development resulting in a ‘Ramsar Site’. They are also the basis for a Special significant adverse effect on sites that are Protection Area (SPA) under the EC Directive on the designated as, or are potential SSSIs, Ramsar conservation of wild birds (1979) – only Phase I of this Sites, Special Protection Areas or Special has so far been designated. Under the Habitats Areas of Conservation, will only be allowed if: Directive (1992), the Humber Flats, Marshes and Coast Special Protection Area (SPA) forms part of the (i) there are imperative reasons of European Natura 2000 Network. Together with Special overriding public interest; and continued...

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

105 Natural environment

(ii) there is no other alternative. (b) The City Council will make Tree (b) Development of a site hosting a priority Preservation Orders, if appropriate. habitat or species, will only be allowed if required for reasons of human health and Planting trees and woodland public safety. 6.76 The planting of new trees, woodland and Protecting trees and woodland hedgerows and their effective management is important to the environmental quality of the City. 6.75 Individual trees and areas of woodland can make Carefully planned planting can help to soften the impact a valuable contribution to the environmental quality of of a development on its surroundings. Trees can be the City in terms of visual amenity and nature used to screen unsightly structures and activities, can conservation. The City Council has the power to make provide colour, shelter and shade and can help to Tree Preservation Orders – 61 trees and groups of define and structure spaces. The type of trees planted trees in Hull are already protected in this way. Trees should be carefully considered to ensure that the in Conservation Areas are also given special existing and future nature conservation value of the protection. Before any work can be carried out to them, site is not damaged. Further guidance on tree planting the City Council must be notified and given the is included in SPG Note 3 – Trees and development. opportunity to comment on the proposal. If it is considered to be unacceptable then a Tree NE 19 Tree planting initiatives will be Preservation Order may be served. The Council must supported if they do not adversely affect the make its decision within six weeks or the work can be nature conservation value of a site. carried out without consent. It is important that remaining trees of significant amenity value are protected and development adversely affecting or Species protection destroying such trees is resisted. In certain parts of 6.77 The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 lists over the City, hedgerows add significantly to the overall 100 species of plants and wild creatures which receive quality of environment. In addition they tend to act as special protection. Some species are also protected a valuable habitat for a wide range of small mammals, by the more recent Habitats Regulations 1994. On birds and insects. The City Council will seek to retain any site that may be supporting wildlife protected by hedgerows of acknowledged importance by imposing legislation, a site survey should be carried out by an conditions on development, by including them within expert on the relevant protected species. This survey adoptable areas of open space or, if appropriate, by should suggest how to: identifying individual trees within them and protecting • assist the survival of individual members of the them by Tree Preservation Orders. Further guidance species; on the protection of trees and woodland is included in • reduce disturbance to a minimum; and SPG Note 3 – Trees and development. • provide adequate alternative habitats to sustain, NE18 (a) Development resulting in the loss at least, the current levels of population. of, or damage to, a tree or group of trees of 6.78 If, in the opinion of the City Council, the above significant amenity value will not be allowed. criteria cannot be achieved and it appears that the continued... proposal would adversely affect the protected species,

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

106 NaturalTourism environment then the development will not be allowed. Close liaison IMPLEMENTATION with English Nature will often be required. Further 6.80 Policies will be put into practice in a number of guidance on species protection is included in SPG Note ways. The following table is a quick reference guide, 24 – Nature conservation and development. which shows the main features of how the policies of this chapter are likely to be implemented. There is a NE20 Development adversely affecting a broad explanation of each feature in the ‘General species protected by legislation will not be policies, implementation, monitoring and review’ allowed. chapter. 6.81 Key agencies and consultees involved in Managing and improving Urban Greenspace implementing the policies are listed below: 6.79 Urban Greenspace is a valuable resource to • English Nature; the community. Simply protecting such areas, • National Playing Fields Association; although going some way towards maintaining the • Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food; City’s overall resource, will not maximise its interest • Yorkshire and Humberside Council for Sport and in the long term. Some degree of management is Recreation; required to maintain and enhance current values and • Countryside Commission; to sustain a wide range of different habitat types across the City. The North Humber Countryside Initiative, • Environment Agency; and which is funded by a number of bodies including the • interest groups. City Council, has an important role to play in managing the City’s Urban Greenspace. It does this by encouraging landowners to make effective use of existing grant schemes. On other sites, simple measures such as tree planting, frequent litter clearance, the provision of dog toilet facilities, or leaving areas of uncut grass around the edge of playing fields can greatly enhance the nature conservation and amenity value of an area.

NE21 Managing and improving Urban Greenspace for the benefit of both the community and wildlife will be supported.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

107 Natural environment p

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

108 NaturalTourism environment

TABLE NE1 – POLICIES NE1, NE4, NE13 AND NE14

Existing areas of Urban Greenspace (0.25 ha and above)

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

1 Mudflats south of Clive Sullivan Way Other ✓✓(✓) 19.1 2 Land north of railway line Other ✓✓✓1.0 3 Plantation east of Priory Way Other ✓✓1.8 4 Land surrounding Fire Brigade HQ, Summergroves Way Other ✓ 1.0 5 Land south of Hull Road Amenity area ✓ 1.1 6 Land south of Benedict Road Amenity area ✓ 0.3 7 Land opposite Fire Brigade HQ Amenity area ✓ 0.5 8 Land south of Tilbury Road Amenity area ✓ 1.1 9 Land north of Tilbury Road Amenity area (✓) ✓ 3.6 10 Land south of Burnham Road Amenity area ✓ 0.4 11 Land north of Burnham Road * Amenity area ✓ 3.7 12 Land east of Gower Road Amenity area ✓ 0.7 13 Gower Road playing field * Public playing field /play area ✓✓3.9 14 Strip south of Boothferry Road, west of Anlaby Park Road South Amenity area ✓ 2.2 15 Strip north of Boothferry Road, west of Anlaby Park Road North Amenity area ✓ 1.7 16 St. Thomas More Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.0 17 Rokeby Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.8 18 Costello Park * Public Park ✓✓25.7 19 Land north of Boothferry Road, west of Anlaby Park Road North Amenity area ✓ 1.7 20 Land south of Boothferry Road, east of Anlaby Park Road South Amenity area ✓ 2.3 21 Land at Fiveways roundabout Amenity area ✓ 0.7

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

109 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

22 Pickering Road allotments Allotment ( ✓) ✓ 4.3 23 Kingston Lower School * Educational grounds ✓✓5.1 24 Kingston Upper/Bethune School Educational grounds ✓✓9.7 25 Pickering Park * Public park ✓ ( ✓) 24.3 26 Gipsyville allotments Allotment ( ✓) ✓ 2.2 27 Land surrounded by The Greenway Amenity area ✓ 0.5 28 Francis Askew Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 8.9 29 Amy Johnson School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 7.8 30 Hull City F.C. training ground, rear of Sledmere Grove Private pitch ✓ (✓) ✓ 0.7 31 Land surrounded by Coxwold Grove Amenity area ✓ 0.3 32 Hull City F.C. ground Private pitch ✓ 0.9 33 Land west of Hamlyn Drive Allotment ( ✓)(✓)1.0 34 Eastfield Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓2.0 35 Anlaby Park library grounds * Amenity area (✓) ✓ 0.9 36 Lee’s Rest House grounds Amenity area ✓ 0.9 37 Land at the junction of Anlaby Road and Calvert Lane Amenity area ✓ 0.4 38 Front of Trinity House Rest Homes Amenity area ✓ 1.4 39 Smith and Nephew playing field * Private pitch ✓✓1.4 40 Rear of Trinity House Rest Homes Private pitch ✓✓4.5 41 Trinity House playing field * Private pitch ✓✓3.6 42 Dismantled railway junction, east of Calvert Lane Other ✓✓✓4.1 43 Dismantled railway west of Calvert Lane Other ✓✓✓3.3 44 Dunston Road playground Public playing field /play area ( ✓) ✓✓ 1.1 45 Ainthorpe Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.6 46 Springhead playing fields, pumping station and adjoining land* Other ✓ ( ✓) ✓ 3.4

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

110 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

47 Land between Springhead golf Public playing course and Willerby Road field/play area ✓✓3.8 48 Springhead golf course/ bowling greens * Golf course ✓ (✓) ✓ 10.0 49 Wold Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓3.5 50 Education Centre Coronation Road North * Educational grounds ✓ 1.3 51 Land to rear of Coventry Road Amenity area ✓ 0.3 52 Land to east of Bristol Road Amenity area ✓ 0.5 53 Land surrounded by Bristol Road Amenity area ✓ 1.0 54 Land to the north of Bristol Road Amenity area ✓ 0.9 55 Land to the rear of Danube Road and south of Hove Road Amenity area ✓ 0.4 56 Willerby Road allotments Allotment (✓) ✓ 3.5 57 Calvert Road allotments Allotment (✓) ✓ 1.9 58 Land south of County Road North Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.3 59 Derringham School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 3.0 60 Land to the north of Clive Sullivan Way Other ✓ 4.2 61 Newington Primary School * Educational grounds (✓) ✓ 1.0 62 Playground north of Swanella Public playing Grove and Onyx Grove field/play area ✓ 0.7 63 Land between Westbourne Public playing Street and Burne Street field/play area (✓) ✓ 0.4 64 Edinburgh Street Community Centre grounds Amenity area ✓ 0.4 65 Land between St. George’s Road Public playing and Conway Close * field/play area ✓✓6.2 66 Chiltern Primary School Educational grounds ✓✓0.4 67 Hull Rugby Football Club ground Private pitch ✓ 1.1

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

111 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

68 Land between Massey Close and Public playing Dorado/Sirius Close field/play area ✓ 0.5 69 Land east of Wellsted Street Public playing field/play area (✓) ✓ 0.3 70 Constable Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.5 71 Adelaide Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.0 72 Villa Rugby Club, Walker Street * Private pitch ✓✓0.5 73 Land north of the Coxswain P.H., Walker Street Amenity area ✓ 0.3 74 Great Thornton Street playground Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.8 75 Hull Royal Infirmary, land fronting onto Anlaby Road Private grounds ✓ 0.4 76 Land north of railway line between St. Georges Road and Walliker Street Amenity area ✓✓ 0.5 77 Arthur Street playground Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.3 78 Land between Wheeler Street/ Public playing Hawthorn Avenue (north end) field/play area ✓ 0.5 79 Hull College, Riley Centre grounds (south) Educational grounds ✓✓3.3 80 Priory cycle track, south of Spring Bank West Other ✓✓ ✓✓1.2 81 Land to rear of Spring Bank West/Alliance Avenue Allotment (✓) ✓✓ 1.0 82 Pulman Street play area Public playing field/play area ✓ 0.3 83 Land north of West Park Other (✓) ✓ 4.1 84 West Park * Public park ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 14.8 85 Circle cricket ground * Private pitch ✓ (✓) ✓ 7.4

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

112 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

86 Land to the east of the Circle cricket ground Allotment (✓) ✓✓ 4.1 87 Strip of land north of Circle cricket ground Other ✓✓✓1.5 88 Hymers College grounds * Educational grounds ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 12.8 89 Land to rear of Hymers Avenue Allotment ✓✓✓1.1 90 Land to the north of Alexandra Street Amenity area ✓ 1.4 91 Collingwood Primary School Educational grounds ✓✓0.6 92 Land to the east of Freehold Street Amenity area ✓ 0.2 93 Vane Street playground Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.8 94 Land south of Liddell Street Amenity area ✓ 0.9 95 St Charles Roman Catholic Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.4 96 Land south of Brunswick Avenue Amenity area ✓ 0.7 97 Clifton Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.1 98 Waterloo Street play area Public playing field/play area ✓✓1.1 99 Land north of Hutt Street Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.9 100 General Cemetery, Spring Bank West Cemetery ✓✓✓9.8 101 Western Cemetery, Chanterlands Avenue Cemetery (✓) ✓✓ 7.9 102 Land surrounded by railway, east of Woodgate Road Other ✓✓✓1.1 103 Priory cycle track, north of Spring Bank West Other ✓✓ ✓✓1.1 104 Stelrad Ideal Grounds * Private pitch ✓✓0.3 105 Perth Street allotments Allotment (✓) ✓✓ 2.9 106 Richmond Street allotments Allotment (✓) ✓ 0.7

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

113 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

107 Land to the south of Ella Street and north of Victoria Avenue Amenity area ✓✓0.7 108 Pearson Park * Public park ✓ (✓) ✓ 9.8 109 Land to the south of Queens Road Amenity area (✓) ✓ 0.4 110 Land north of Fenchurch Street Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.9 111 Dismantled low level railway line Other ✓✓ ✓1.0 112 Newland St. John’s C.E. Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓ ✓✓3.0 113 Hull Grammar School * Educational grounds ✓ 1.6 114 Newland and Edgecumbe Street allotments Allotment ✓✓8.8 115 Goddard Avenue, land to south Amenity area ✓✓✓0.9 116 British Rail sports ground, off Chanterlands Avenue * Private pitch ✓✓2.8 117 Hull and East Riding sports ground * Private pitch ✓✓2.4 118 Land to the west of Ella Street Cemetery (✓) ✓ 0.6 119 Land to the rear of Huntley Drive Other ✓✓✓1.4 120 Golf driving range, National Avenue Golf course ✓✓5.4 121 National Avenue allotments Allotment (✓) ✓ 2.6 122 Ideal Standard playing field, Bontoft Avenue * Private pitch ✓✓3.6 123 Bricknell playing field, Public playing south of Cropton Road * field/play area ✓ (✓) ✓ 5.4 124 Land to rear of Cropton Road Other ✓✓✓3.3 125 Appleton Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 2.1 126 Cycle track adjacent to William Gee School Other ✓✓✓1.1 127 William Gee School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 6.0

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

114 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

128 Kelvin Hall School/ Wyke 6th Form College grounds * Educational grounds ✓✓6.6 129 Bricknell Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.6 130 Y.P.I. Recreation Centre, Chanterlands Avenue * Private pitch ✓✓5.6 131 Kenilworth Avenue playing fields* Public playing field/play area ✓✓1.1 132 Public footpath west of National Avenue Other ✓✓ ✓0.5 133 Albert Cottage allotments Allotment (✓) ✓ 2.4 134 Northern Cemetery, Chanterlands Avenue Cemetery (✓) ✓ 22.1 135 Land to the rear of Linkfield Road Amenity area ✓ 0.4 136 Golf Links Road allotments Allotment (✓)(✓)3.6 137 Hall Road School * Educational grounds ✓✓3.0 138 King George’s playing field, Public playing Cottingham Road * field/play area ✓✓5.2 139 University of Humberside, Cottingham Road Educational grounds ✓ 1.5 140 Newland Girls/Teskey King & Frederick Holmes School playing fields* Educational grounds ✓✓9.0 141 University of Hull grounds Educational grounds ✓ 2.1 142 University of Hull, land fronting onto Cottingham Road Educational grounds ✓ 0.6 143 Newland Homes grounds Private grounds ✓ 0.7 144 Endsleigh Convent grounds Educational grounds ✓ 0.5 145 St Nicholas Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ 2.0 146 University of Humberside, Inglemire Avenue Educational grounds ✓✓1.0 147 St Mary’s College grounds, Inglemire Avenue Educational grounds ✓ 0.6

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

115 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

148 St Mary’s College grounds, Cranbrook Avenue * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 9.7 149 Marist playing fields * Educational grounds ✓✓4.2 150 University of Hull sports ground * Educational grounds ✓✓15.4 151 Humberside Police sports ground * Private pitch ✓✓4.7 152 Fifth Avenue Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓2.4 153 Ada Holmes Circle, south side Amenity area ✓ 0.4 154 Ada Holmes Circle, north side Amenity area ✓ 0.4 155 Land surrounded by Green Close Amenity area ✓ 0.4 156 Holy Name Roman Catholic Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.5 157 Court Park Primary School grounds Educational grounds ✓✓1.5 158 Land to the south of Quillcourt Amenity area (✓) ✓ 0.8 159 Land to the east of Axdane, Bondane, Caldane, and Dibsdane Amenity area ✓ 2.1 160 Danepark Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.5 161 Land to the south of Isledane Amenity area ✓ 1.5 162 Land south of Ashthorpe Amenity area ✓ 0.8 163 Land south of Dodthorpe Amenity area ✓ 1.6 164 Thorpepark Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.4 165 Shaw Park Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.3 166 Land to the north of Palmcourt Amenity area ✓ 0.6 167 Foredyke Stream cycle track – south of Chapman Street Other ✓✓ ✓1.1 168 River Hull (including banks) Other ✓✓ ✓✓45.3 169 Beverley and Barmston Drain ✓✓✓19.6 170 Needlers sports ground, Stepney Lane * Private pitch ✓✓✓1.2 171 Land south of Sculcoates Lane, west of Air Street Cemetery ✓✓1.2

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

116 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

172 Dismantled railway south of Sculcoates Lane Other ✓✓✓0.3 173 Dismantled railway west of disused Sculcoates Power Station Other ✓✓✓0.8 174 Land east of Bournemouth Street Cemetery ✓✓1.7 175 Land north of the junction of Air Street and Bankside Cemetery ✓✓0.4 176 Land south of Ashendon Drive and Brackley Close Amenity area (✓)(✓) ✓✓ 1.6 177 Foredyke Stream cycle track – south of Chamberlain Road Other ✓✓ ✓✓2.5 178 Reckitts Sports ground, Chamberlain Road * Private pitch ✓✓✓7.9 179 Foredyke stream cycle track – north of Chamberlain Road Other ✓✓ ✓✓2.5 180 Land off Mayville Avenue Amenity area ✓ 0.6 181 Lamorna Avenue Allotments Allotment (✓) ✓✓ 2.1 182 Rockford Fields Public playing field/play area (✓) ✓✓ 10.6 183 Land to north of Rix Road Amenity area ✓ 0.7 184 British Gas playing fields * Private pitch ✓✓2.2 185 Oak Road/ Clough Road allotments Allotment (✓) ✓✓ 6.0 186 Land to south of Oak Road playing fields Other ✓✓✓3.2 187 Oak Road playing fields * Public playing field/play area ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 28.5 188 Endike School * Educational grounds (✓) ✓ 3.7 189 Princess Elizabeth playing fields * Public playing field/play area ✓ (✓) ✓ 11.4 190 Land north of Coronet Close Amenity area (✓) ✓ 0.3

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

117 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

191 Strip of land north of Evergreen Drive Amenity area ✓ 0.2 192 Strip of land between Train and Tarran Avenues Amenity area ✓ 0.9 193 Parkstone Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.9 194 Haworth Park playing fields, Wadsworth Avenue * Private pitch ✓✓4.0 195 Land east of Oxenhope Road Public playing field/play area ✓✓✓0.3 196 Haworth Hall, Wadsworth Avenue Private grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 4.2 197 Yorkshire Water balancing reservoir Other ✓✓✓4.2 198 Poplar Plantation Other ✓✓4.6 199 Ennerdale playing fields * Public playing field/play area ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 11.4 200 Land east of Ennerdale Link Road Amenity area ✓ 2.0 201 St Andrews C.E. Primary School * Educational Grounds ✓✓1.5 202 Land north of The Croft, Ennerdale Other ✓✓11.0 203 Bude Road allotments Allotment (✓) ✓✓ 2.4 204 Foredyke Stream (west) Other ✓ (✓) ✓✓ 3.4 205 Bude Road playing fields (north) * Educational grounds ✓✓10.0 206 Bude Road playing fields (south) * Public playing field/play area ✓✓6.7 207 Bude Road Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.5 208 Land to south of Padstow Close Amenity area ✓ 0.4 209 Northcott School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.2 210 Land west of Holwell Road Amenity area ✓✓ 9.6 211 Land at the junction of Bude Road and Wawne Road Other (✓) ✓✓✓3.3 212 Land east of Cumbrian Way Amenity area (✓) ✓✓ 12.0 213 Broadacre Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.8

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

118 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

214 Land to the west of Moorfoot Close Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.9 215 Land to the south of Grampian Way shopping centre Amenity area ✓ 0.7 216 The Dales Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓4.0 217 Land south of Aberdovey Close Amenity area (✓) ✓ 1.1 218 Ash Plantation Other ✓✓1.7 219 Highlands Primary School Educational grounds ✓✓3.3 220 Land north of Foredyke Stream Agricultural ✓ 71.1 221 Foredyke Stream (east) Other ✓✓✓4.2 222 Perronet Thompson School * Educational grounds ✓✓8.8 223 Land to the west of Perronet Thompson School Amenity area ✓✓✓1.0 224 Noddle Hill playing fields*, Public playing Noddle Hill Way field/play area ✓✓9.7 225 Land south of Bransholme Road Agricultural (✓) ✓ 95.4 226 Noddle Hill Way allotments Allotment (✓) ✓ 1.9 227 Land to east of Wawne Road Amenity area (✓) ✓ 2.3 228 Cleeve Primary School Educational grounds ✓✓1.9 229 Land west of Whitstone Close Amenity area ✓ 0.3 230 Land to north of Sutton Road, east of Ennerdale Amenity area ✓ 7.0 231 Sutton Park Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ 0.9 232 Coleford Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓✓0.9 233 Land to the east of Coleford Primary School, Coleford Grove Amenity area ✓✓ 2.3 234 Land between Holwell Road and Stroud Crescent East Amenity area ✓✓ 2.5 235 St Oswald’s/St Anne’s R.C. Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓2.2

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

119 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

236 Strip running west of Holwell Road Amenity area (✓) ✓✓ 3.8 237 Land to the south of Dorchester Road Amenity area (✓) ✓ 8.3 238 St James C.E. Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.4 239 Leads Road/Sutton Road allotments Allotment (✓)(✓) ✓ 2.1 240 Midmere Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.4 241 Dorchester Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ 1.5 242 Winifred Holtby School * Educational grounds ✓✓9.0 243 Land south west of Sutton Gardens, Barnstaple Road Amenity area ✓ 0.6 244 Land adjacent to South Bransholme Community Centre Amenity area ✓✓1.2 245 Land east of North Point Shopping Centre Amenity area ✓ 0.3 246 Lambwath Field, Wawne Road Public playing field/play area (✓) ✓ 3.9 247 Kinloss Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.9 248 Land to the east of Biggin Hill Primary School Amenity area (✓)0.3 249 Biggin Hill Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.1 250 Land east of Wawne Road, south Public playing of Castle Hill Road field/play area (✓)1.1 251 Land north of Astral Way, west of Lagoon Drive Amenity area ✓ 0.5 252 Land to the rear of the Fire Station, Noddle Hill Way Amenity area ✓ 0.2 253 Highfield House grounds, Wawne Road, Sutton Private grounds ✓ 0.9 254 Land to the south of Highfield House, Wawne Road, Sutton * Private pitch ✓ 1.4 255 Mudflats to south of Sammy’s Point Other ✓✓(✓)1.2

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

120 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

256 Land east of Victoria Dock Amenity area ✓ 2.7 257 Land south of Garrison Road, Victoria Dock Amenity area ✓ 1.2 258 Land west of Mount Pleasant Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.5 259 Land east of Abbey Street Amenity area ✓ 0.7 260 Strip of land east of Mount Pleasant Amenity area ✓ 0.6 261 Dansom Lane Playing Field Public playing field/play area (✓) ✓ 1.4 262 Buckingham Street playground Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.5 263 Land east of Barnsley Street Public playing field/play area ✓ 0.3 264 Buckingham Primary School Educational grounds ✓ 0.3 265 Land adjacent to Buckingham Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.3 266 Victor Street recreation ground Public playing field/ play area ✓✓✓1.4 267 Estcourt Primary School * Educational grounds (✓) ✓ 0.4 268 Land to the south of Sweet Dews Grove Allotment ✓✓✓0.4 269 Hedon Road Burial Ground Cemetery ✓ 0.9 270 Hedon Road Cemetery Cemetery (✓) ✓ 11.2 271 Land south of Bilsdale Grove, ‘The Lozenge’ Other ✓✓✓6.3 272 Land to west of Southcoates Lane Amenity area (✓) ✓ 1.4 273 Land east of Rosmead, Estcourt and Public playing Belmont Streets field/play area ✓ (✓) ✓ 2.2 274 David Lister School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.6

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

121 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

275 Land to the north and south of Kedrum Road Amenity area ✓ 0.7 276 Van Leer playing fields * Private pitch ✓✓1.1 277 Sacred Heart Convent, Southcoates Lane Private grounds ✓ 0.3 278 Land south of Reeds Lane * Educational grounds ✓✓1.8 279 Alderman Cogan Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓3.3 280 Holderness House Private grounds ✓✓3.5 281 The Oval, Garden Village Amenity area ✓ 0.6 282 Land to rear of Elm Avenue, Lime Tree Avenue and Lilac Avenue Amenity area ✓ 0.4 283 Dismantled railway west of Dansom Lane Other ✓✓ ✓✓1.8 284 Westcott Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓3.1 285 Dismantled railway between Sutton Road and Chamberlain Road other ✓✓ ✓✓1.5 286 Pelican Recreation Ground, Public playing Lambwath Road * field/play area ✓✓3.9 287 Cavendish Primary School* Educational grounds ✓✓2.5 288 Malet Lambert School * Educational grounds ✓✓8.8 289 East Park * Public park ✓ (✓) ✓ 48.5 290 Dockers Club, Holderness Road * Private pitch ✓✓1.2 291 Maybury Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 2.3 292 Holderness Grange Amenity area ✓ 0.8 293 Church grounds west of Sperrin Close Private grounds ✓ 0.6 294 Bellfield Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.5 295 Bellefield Avenue playground Public playing field/play area ✓✓2.6 296 Ings Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.3

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

122 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

297 Ings playing fields, Ings Road * Public playing field/play area ✓✓4.8 298 Land to the south of Westwood Close Other ✓✓✓2.4 299 Dismantled railway between Tweendykes and Sutton Road Other ✓✓ ✓✓0.4 300 Dismantled railway to the west of Highfield Other ✓✓ ✓✓1.1 301 Land to the north of the church, Church Street Private grounds ✓✓1.0 302 Barbara Robson playing fields, Public playing Robson Way * field/play area (✓)(✓) ✓ 4.2 303 Dismantled railway between Kestrel Avenue and Robson Way Other ✓✓ ✓✓0.7 304 Land to the north of Howdale Road Amenity area (✓)(✓) ✓ 4.4 305 Dismantled railway south of Castle Hill Other ✓✓ ✓✓1.2 306 Land south east of Castlehill Road Agricultural (✓) ✓ 52.0 307 Land to the north of Langsett Road Amenity area ✓✓0.5 308 Land to the west of Stromness Way and Dressay Grove Amenity area (✓) ✓ 1.8 309 Land to south of Dunbar House grounds, Saltshouse Road Amenity area ✓ 6.5 310 Lambwath Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.2 311 Land north of Barra Close Public playing field/play area ✓✓1.1 312 Sutton Park Golf Course, Saltshouse Road Golf Course ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 47.8 313 Land to rear of Princess Royal Hospital Amenity area (✓)(✓) ✓ 1.8 314 Tilworth Grange Hospital Grounds, Saltshouse Road Private grounds ✓ 4.9

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

123 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

315 Wilberforce 6th Form College, Saltshouse Road Educational grounds ✓✓3.2 316 Holderness Drain Other ✓✓✓21.4 317 Mudflats east of Queen Elizabeth Dock Other ✓✓(✓)8.4 318 Jewish Burial Ground, north of Hedon Road Cemetery (✓) ✓ 0.5 319 Fenners recreation ground, Marfleet Lane * Private pitch ✓✓4.8 320 Marfleet Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.4 321 St Giles Burial Ground Cemetery/ Private grounds ✓✓3.3 322 Land south of former Withernsea railway line Other ✓✓✓0.5 323 Flinton Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 6.4 324 St Richards R.C. Primary School* Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 7.3 325 Marfleet Lane allotments Allotment ✓✓2.8 326 Land to the south of Preston Road Other ✓✓0.9 327 Hull Kingston Rovers F.C. Craven Park, Preston Road Private pitch ✓ 1.1 328 Land to the south of Craven Park, Preston Road * Private pitch ✓ (✓) ✓ 0.6 329 Greatfield School, Annandale Road * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 7.0 330 Stockwell Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 1.5 331 Former Withernsea railway line Other ✓✓ ✓✓3.8 332 Land east of Falkland Road Other ✓ (✓) ✓ 3.0 333 Land east of Greatfield Estate Agricultural (✓) ✓ 39.9 334 Strip of land to east of Oldfleet Primary School Other ✓✓✓1.0 335 Oldfleet Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 1.5

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

124 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

336 Greatfield playing field * Public playing field/play area ✓✓13.8 337 Eastern Cemetery, Preston Road Cemetery (✓) ✓ 10.1 338 Archbishop Thurston C.E. School * Educational grounds ✓✓4.9 339 Land east of Mickley and Birkby Groves Public playing field/play area ✓✓1.2 340 Mappleton playing field, Public playing Mappleton Grove * field/play area ✓✓2.4 341 East Hull allotments Allotment (✓)(✓) ✓ 6.8 342 Land north of Portobello St., east of Holderness Drain Allotment (✓)(✓) ✓ 1.2 343 Land west of Marfleet Lane, east of Bilton Grove Allotment (✓) ✓ 1.2 344 Land surrounded by Burdale Close Amenity area ✓ 0.3 345 Griffin Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.0 346 Mountbatten Primary School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓) ✓ 2.0 347 Land north of Wivern Road Other ✓ 0.6 348 Alderman Kneeshaw, recreation ground * Public park ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 18.2 349 Andrew Marvell School * Educational grounds ✓ (✓)(✓) ✓ 13.2 350 Land east of Grenville Bay Amenity area ✓ 0.3 351 Land to the west of Ark Royal Public playing field/play area ✓ 1.5 352 Thanet Primary School, Tedworth Road * Educational grounds ✓✓1.4 353 Longhill Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.7 354 Wansbeck Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓1.8 355 Wansbeck Road allotments Allotment ✓✓1.0 356 Land to east of Weaver Grove Amenity area ✓ 0.3

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

125 Natural environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

357 East Mount Recreation Centre, Public playing Waveney Road field, play area ✓ (✓) ✓ 4.7 358 Longhill playing field * Public playing field/play area ✓ (✓) ✓ 4.6 359 Spring Cottage Primary School * Educational grounds ✓✓0.9 360 Land to the west of Neasden Public playing Primary School * field/play area ✓ 1.5 361 Neasden Primary School* Educational grounds ✓✓2.2 362 Land to north of Neasden Primary School Other ✓✓0.6 363 Foredyke Stream cycle track – north of Sutton Road Other ✓✓✓1.4 364 Land to the west of Northumberland Avenue almshouses Allotment (✓)(✓)(✓)0.9 365 Land south of Bean Street Public playing field/play area ✓✓0.4 366 Land south of Cullen Close Public playing field/play area (✓) ✓ 0.6 367 Land south of Annandale Road* Public playing field/play area ✓ 1.7 368 Dunbar House grounds Private grounds ✓ 1.1 369 Trinity Burial Ground, Castle Street Cemetery ✓✓0.7 370 St Peters Street Amenity area ✓ 0.3 371 Queens Gardens Public park ✓ 3.2 372 Land to the north of Little Mason Street Cemetery ✓ 0.2 373 Land to the east of Hymers College grounds Other (✓) ✓✓ 1.0 374 Land on Newbridge Road Amenity area ✓ 0.6

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

126 NaturalTourism environment

Urban Greenspace Value Site No. Site Name Type Sport & Recreation Site of Nature Conservation Interest Green Network Amenity Area (Ha)

375 Noddle Hill Way Community Other ✓✓3.9 Woodland 376 Land to the north of Wadsworth Amenity area ✓✓ 0.5 Avenue

Notes NPFA Category ‘A’ ‘Youth and adult use sport and recreation facilities’ (see Policy NE1) sites are indicated with a *. Ticks included within brackets indicate that the particular value affects less than half of the site. Shaded areas in this table denote areas which are protected under the provisions of Policy NE4 as Open Areas of Strategic Importance. Site 46 is part of a larger open area straddling the City boundary. The area in East Riding is defined in the local plan as being of local importance performing a valuable role as a gap in the built up area. Site 197 may be required by Yorkshire Water Services Limited to allow the expansion of the existing treatment works.

TABLE NE2 – POLICY NE6(c) COMMITTED NEW URBAN GREENSPACE

Site No. Site Name Type Area (Ha) 1 Land at rear of Birds Eye Walls Factory, Hessle Road Public playing field/play area 2.8 2 Land south of Garrison Road, Victoria Dock Amenity area 5.2 3 Land east of Plimsoll Way Public playing field/play area 3.7 4 Land adjacent to River Hull, Kingswood Amenity area 6.2 5 Land adjacent to Ings Road Amenity area 3.5 6 Town Park, Kingswood Public park 14.9 7 Engine Drain, Kingswood Amenity area 4.1 8 Land north of Kingswood Amenity area 4.6 9 Land north of Wawne Road, Kingswood Public playing field/play area 15.4 10 Land east of Princess Royal Hospital Amenity area 3.7 11 Sammy’s Point Amenity area 0.3 12 Land south of Foredyke Stream Golf course 46.8

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

127 Natural environment

TABLE NE3 – POLICY NE6(d) PROPOSED NEW URBAN GREENSPACE

Site No. Site Name Type Area (Ha) 13 Land east of Holwell Road Public park 4.6

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

128 Built environment ‘To ensure development and change improves the existing built environment and conserves the historic character of the City’ Built environment

CONTENTS

135 Introduction 135 Trends 135 Policy context 135 National guidance 136 Strategic guidance 136 City Council policy 136 Objectives 137 Topics and Policies 137 BE1 General design principles 139 BE2 Designing for energy efficiency 139 Detailed design considerations 140 BE3 Designing for housing 140 BE4 Designing Urban Greenspace in housing development 140 BE5 Extending or altering property 141 BE6 Designing landscape 141 BE7 Designing transport facilities 142 BE8 Designing traffic management and traffic calming schemes 142 BE9 Designing employment development 143 BE10 Designing access to a building and its surroundings 143 BE11 Designing a shop front 144 BE12 Designing for crime prevention 144 BE13 Designing for utility facilities 144 BE14 Designing for telecommunications 144 BE15 Public art 145 BE16 Untidy sites 145 BE17 Designing for noise generating development 146 BE18 Conservation Areas 148 BE19 Development within a Conservation Area 148 BE20 Demolishing or removing a building, structure or other feature in a Conservation Area 149 BE21 Development in the vicinity of a Conservation Area 149 BE22 Trees in a Conservation Area 150 BE23 Additional control over development in a Conservation Area

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

130 Built Tourismenvironment

150 BE24 Statement of Proposals for enhancing and preserving Conservation Areas 151 BE25 Listed Buildings 151 BE26 Changing the use of a Listed Building 151 BE27 Altering or adding to a Listed Building 152 BE28 Development within the setting of a Listed Building 152 BE29 Repairing and maintaining a Listed Building 152 BE30 Demolishing a Listed Building 153 Archeaology 153 BE31 Preserving and protecting important archaeological remains 155 BE32 Assessing development affecting archaeological remains 156 BE33 Minimising adverse effects of development on important archaeological remains 156 BE34 Recording important archaeological remains 156 BE35 Displaying an advertisement or sign 157 BE36 Removing an advertisement or sign 157 Implementation

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

131 Built environment

DEFINITION OF TERMS Proportion The relationship between parts of a building based on Advertisement their size and the ratio of their dimensions; a way of Any sign, board, notice or word (whether illuminated describing size in relation to the relative balance of or not) to announce the selling of goods or services or the parts and the resulting form of the whole building. to give public information (full definition in Town and Country Planning Act 1990). Public art Permanent or temporary physical works created, Amenity selected or supervised by artists or craft workers for a The quality of an area or local environment that makes building or site in a location that is visible to the general it pleasant; a way of describing a combination of factors public, whether part of the building or free standing that makes up that quality. and including sculpture, street furniture, paving, Curtilage railings, and signage.

An area of land associated with a building that is often Scale marked off or enclosed and serves the building in some The size of a building in relation to its surroundings; necessary or useful way. the size and extent of its architectural details judged Density particularly against the size of a person.

Refers to the proportion of building in relation to an Self policing area of land. A design or layout enabling good casual surveillance Development of the surroundings.

Defined in section 55 of the Town and Country Shop front Planning Act 1990 as ‘the carrying out of building, This applies to ground floor frontage development of engineering, mining or other operations in, on, over or other uses including Class A1 (Shops), A2 (Financial under land, or the making of any material change in and Professional), and A3 (Food and Drink) of the Use the use of any buildings or other land’. Classes Order. In situ Telecommunications To be kept in its original position, intact or left Includes all forms of communications by electrical or undisturbed. optical wire and cable and radio signals, including Landmark satellite dishes.

Buildings or features providing a visual focus or sense Transport facilities of place. Transport facilities include: Layout • cycle and pedestrian routes; The way buildings, routes and open spaces are placed • pedestrian areas; and treated in relation to each other. • roads; Massing • car parks; and The physical bulk or mass of a building or group of • public transport schemes. buildings.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

132 Built Tourismenvironment

RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) NOTES

SPG Note 3 - Trees and development SPG Note 4 - Housing design SPG Note 5 - Designing a house extension SPG Note 6 - Designing landscape SPG Note 7 - Designing employment development SPG Note 8 - Designing access to a building or its surroundings SPG Note 9 - Designing a shop front SPG Note 10 - Designing for crime prevention SPG Note 11 - Designing for satellite dishes SPG Note 12 - Public art SPG Note 13 - Archaeology SPG Note 14 - Designing advertisements or signs SPG Note 24 - Nature conservation and development SPG Note 25 - Designing for noise generating development SPG Note 26 - Designing for energy efficiency

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

133 Built environment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

134 Built Tourismenvironment

INTRODUCTION

7.1 The built environment of the City has an important influence over the quality of life of its people. It is formed by the buildings and the open spaces around them. Hull’s built environment varies greatly in its form, layout and appearance, and in its architectural and historic quality. At a local level, the way buildings and the spaces between them interact, forms the character of particular parts of the City. At a larger scale, the relationship between the built up areas of the City and adjoining urban areas, the network of open space and surrounding open countryside helps to create Hull’s unique and valued character. Hull is subject to constant change as it adapts to the changing needs of society. Therefore it is of the utmost importance to the people who live and work in the City, and to those who visit it, that this change is controlled and managed in a way that is beneficial to the community. This Holy Trinity Church chapter does not attempt to describe in detail Hull’s POLICY CONTEXT built environment. The policies in this chapter relate principally to the design of new development. These National guidance policies will manage changes to the built environment. 7.4 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 1 – General Policy and Principles (1997) advises that : TRENDS • the appearance of proposed development and its 7.2 The City’s built environment has evolved and relationship to its surroundings are relevant changed over many years. Parts of the City, noticeably planning considerations; in and around the Old Town, have been rebuilt many • good design should be the aim of all involved in times in its history. The street pattern of the Old Town the design process; still reflects much of the layout of the fortified medieval • applicants should demonstrate how they have City. The buried history of the City is a valuable taken account of the need for good design in their resource to understanding how the City has evolved. proposals and to relevant plan policies and Most of Hull’s current layout and form derives from a supplementary design guidance; flat terrain and the growth of the port and related • there should be effective protection of the historic industries. environment or cultural heritage; and 7.3 Parts of the built environment have suffered mainly • opportunities should be taken to secure a more from lack of investment and maintenance. However, accessible environment for everyone. there has been some improvement of the physical 7.5 PPG Note 6 – Town Centres and Retail fabric of the City and the spaces between buildings, Developments (Revised 1996) advises that: particularly in the City Centre.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

135 Built environment

• town centres must provide a high quality • ensuring that signs and advertisements are in environment; harmony with the built environment; and • new retail development should be encouraged to • providing a basis for rational and consistent be of high design quality and in harmony with their decisions concerning advertisements. surroundings; Strategic guidance development briefs should be set out for key sites, • 7.11 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and the key design principles of which should be based subsequent Alteration (1993) supports: on development plan policies; and • conserving and enhancing buildings and areas of policies and supplementary guidance on shop • architectural and historical importance; front design should be considered. • reusing environmentally important buildings; 7.6 PPG Note 8 – Telecommunications (1992) • safeguarding sites of archaeological importance; supports policies on the siting and external appearance and of apparatus, including any location and landscaping requirements designed to minimise their impact on • minimising the adverse effects of development on amenity, while respecting operational efficiency. the environment. 7.7 PPG Note 12 – Development Plans and Regional City Council policy Planning Guidance (1992) advises that: 7.12 The City Council’s policy is to protect, maintain • there is a need to balance development and and enhance the quality of the built environment for conservation in the public interest; the benefit of all, as opportunities arise and resources • environments regarded as being of high quality allow. should be protected and enhanced; and OBJECTIVES • poor environments should be improved. 7.8 PPG Note 15 – Planning and the Historic 7.13 Ensuring that development and change improves Environment (1994) advises that: the existing built environment by: • every effort should be made to encourage reusing • requiring new development to contribute to and maintaining historic buildings and improving its quality; regenerating historic areas; • seeking its enhancement and refurbishment; • every effort should be made to preserve the • improving or removing its worst aspects; character and appearance of important historic • protecting and conserving its best aspects buildings and areas, and their settings; and including the special value of conservation areas, • the design of new development alongside an buildings of architectural or historic interest and historic building should respect its setting. their settings, and areas of known or presumed 7.9 PPG Note 16 – Archaeology and Planning (1990) archaeological interest; advises that every effort should be made to preserve • ensuring it is accessible to all members of the important historic sites and their settings, regardless community; and of whether or not they are formally scheduled. • seeking to ensure that advertisements contribute 7.10 PPG Note 19 – Outdoor Advertisement Control positively to the street scene. (1992) advises:

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

136 Built Tourismenvironment

TOPICS AND POLICIES of an area. New buildings can do much to shape the image of a city. Good design of buildings is therefore General design principles extremely important. 7.14 Most parts of the City are not the subject of 7.16 Broad urban design principles should ensure special planning control or consideration such as that development is well designed and either Conservation Areas, Listed Buildings, or areas of complements or enhances the surrounding archaeological importance. Neither are they likely to environment or creates its own sense of place. In be the subject of wide ranging land use changes over considering development the City Council assesses the Plan period. However, these areas are important the scale, density, height, massing, layout, colour and and have some valued environmental qualities for materials to be used to ensure good quality design. people who live, visit and work in them. Over the Plan 7.17 Scale can be used to emphasise importance or achieve harmony or variety. If a building is intended to be a landmark it may be appropriate for its scale to be greater than the surrounding buildings. If it is intended that a building should ‘fit in’ then its scale should be similar to the buildings surrounding it. The height and mass of buildings and the way they relate to or create routes and spaces, has a major influence on the character of development. If development is intended to have an urban character, then the buildings should tightly enclose routes and spaces. If development is intended to be ‘suburban’ in character, then routes and spaces should be less tightly enclosed creating a more open environment. Appropriate use of materials can help development either fit into the surrounding area or stand out by using contrasting ones. Interesting and distinctive development can also be created through differences in pattern, colour and texture of materials. 7.18 Guidance on how high standards of design in development can be achieved is given in the form of:

The Crown Courts - a modern building in the Old • Supplementary Planning Guidance; Town Conservation Area • Planning or Development Briefs; and period the City will continue to adapt to meet changing • through advice given by planning officers. needs. CityPlan policies seek to ensure that change 7.19 Development should: in all parts of the City is controlled to benefit the whole • not adversely affect the overall character or community. appearance of an area; 7.15 The appearance of new buildings and spaces • not result in the loss of, or be to the detriment of, plays a major part in the overall character and quality any natural or built feature, public landmark or view

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

137 Built environment

worth retaining, particularly if these features • provide landscaping in appropriate circumstances contribute to the character of the area. contributing to the local environment by improving Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) Notes the image of the development from external views 3, 4 and 24 – Trees and development, Housing and creating a sense of identity (Policy BE6); design and Nature conservation and development • include public art in appropriate circumstances; – expand on good design and how to • not adversely affect nature conservation and open accommodate natural features within a space; development scheme); • make provision for a high standard of energy not adversely affect the amenity or privacy of • efficiency; and surrounding occupiers; • have regard to the design guidance set out in the incorporate elements such as landscaping, • SPG Notes. building detail, signs and lighting to create a high standard of appearance; BE1 (a) High standards of design will be • provide appropriate suitably laid out parking and sought for all development. servicing space (Policies M20, M21 and M29 and (b) The design of development must be SPG Note 16 – ‘Designing a car park’, give further acceptable in terms of: guidance); (i) its relationship to adjacent or • take into account access issues, in particular the surrounding buildings in terms of scale, needs of the elderly and people with disabilities density, height, massing, layout, rhythm or restricted mobility (Policy BE10 expands on and proportion, or other important designing for access to buildings and surrounding building detail, as appropriate; areas); (ii) its relationship to existing natural and • be designed with public safety in mind by urban features, public landmarks or minimising potential conflict between vehicles, views that contribute to the amenity of pedestrians and cyclists; the area or the proposed development; • have access arrangements, roads and parking (iii) protecting the amenity of surrounding spaces that are clearly defined, safe and efficient, occupiers; and designed to minimise harmful impacts such (iv) the building details; as noise, or pollution or visual intrusion upon the (v) parking and servicing; environment; (vi) access; be designed to reduce opportunities for crime • (vii) safety and environment for road users, (Policy BE12) incorporating, for example, pedestrians and cyclists; measures to make public areas visible from (viii) security of the environment; private property; (ix) boundary treatment; • provide boundary treatment appropriate to the (x) landscape; character of the area, such as introducing or retaining structures or natural features to define (xi) creating an identifiable sense of place if spaces, provide screening for privacy or contribute there is no adjacent or surrounding built to the amenity of the area; continued...

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

138 Built Tourismenvironment

form; CO2 is one of the gases producing ‘the (xii) retaining existing Urban Greenspace, greenhouse effect’ and global warming; townscape or historic features • contributes to the overall quality of people’s lives contributing to the character of an area; in terms of their health; and (xiii) fitting in with a good quality • improves the aesthetic quality of the physical environment or improving a poor environment – with cleaner streets and buildings environment, as appropriate, and encouraging a variety of plant and animal life. particularly if publicly visible, in terms 7.22 Specific guidance on energy efficient of scale, density, height, massing, developments is given in SPG Note 26 - Designing for layout, rhythm and proportion, or other energy efficiency. important building detail, as appropriate; and BE2 (a) High standards of energy efficiency (xiv) giving special treatment to corner, in development will be promoted. gateway or landmark sites. (b) Development will be encouraged which (c ) The general design considerations of this takes energy efficiency into account in its Policy apply to development considered under design, if appropriate, including the following: Policies BE2 to BE15, BE17 to BE21, BE25 to (i) the appropriate siting, form, orientation BE28, BE30, BE31, BE33 and BE34. and layout of buildings; (d) The degree of importance of these (ii) the appropriate location and size of components and appropriate use, will depend windows; upon the sensitivity of: (iii) the internal layout of rooms within (i) the proposal in relation to its buildings; context; and (iv) using soft landscaping, including tree (ii) the local environment. planting; (v) using energy efficient technology for Designing for energy efficiency heating and lighting including the introduction of combined heat and 7.20 Developments making provision for a high power schemes and solar collectors, if standard of energy efficiency have a positive impact appropriate; and on the environment on two fronts. Firstly the efficient (vi) using sustainable materials. use of energy helps to conserve non-renewable resources such as coal, oil and gas. From the consumer’s point of view, it also makes good economic sense for Detailed design considerations the design of a building to help reduce fuel bills. 7.23 The general design principles outlined in Policy 7.21 Secondly, the efficient use of energy helps to BE1 apply to all forms of development. Policies BE2 reduce the amount of carbon dioxide (CO2) and other to BE15 outline certain kinds of development or more emissions into the atmosphere. Reducing atmospheric detailed design issues, expanding on the general pollution: principles of BE1 and setting out the Council’s design • makes a positive impact on the environment as requirements. Taken together they seek to achieve

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

139 Built environment well designed development without hindering creativity Designing Urban Greenspace in housing or innovation. The degree of sensitivity required in development the design of development also varies, according to 7.28 Creating well designed and maintainable Urban the quality of a building or visual importance of an area. Greenspace can enhance development. Urban Special considerations, outlined in Policies BE19 to Greenspace should normally be provided in a single BE34, therefore apply to designing development area, located centrally and be enclosed by buildings. affecting a Conservation Area, Listed Building, or site Imaginative use of existing features and opportunities of archaeological importance. to link with other open spaces will also be considered Designing for housing favourably. Designs should seek to maximise access and reduce nuisance. Appropriate play areas should 7.24 New housing design should create an attractive be provided at the earliest possible time as the and safe environment with a high standard of amenity development progresses, and must be completed to meet the needs of the community. New housing before nearby housing is occupied. development should fit in with the surrounding area by taking into account, in its design, such elements as 7.29 SPG Note 2 - Providing and designing Urban building size, style and materials, especially near Greenspace in new housing development provides existing buildings. more details in relation to good design. 7.25 It is important to provide variety, especially on BE4 (a) Housing developments will be allowed large sites, to help create visual interest and a sense if associated Urban Greenspace is designed of identity for residents and the community as a whole. as far as practicably possible, to: This can include landmark buildings, variations in (i) be overlooked from nearby properties; building style and a co-ordinated range of materials. (ii) minimise nuisance to nearby residents; 7.26 The space around dwellings is important to the (iii) have a functional purpose; amenity of residents. Housing layout and orientation should provide privacy from overlooking, adequate (iv) link with other open spaces; daylighting and a reasonable outlook from main rooms. (v) be accessible; and There should also be a distinction between public and (vi) include items of play or other private space to create a greater sense of security. equipment, if appropriate. 7.27 SPG Note 4 – Housing design, expands on good (b) A play area and play equipment must be quality design for housing development. installed before the complete occupation of the nearby houses. BE3 Housing development will be allowed if designed to: Extending or altering property (i) respect the context of the site and 7.30 Extending property should not raise problems surrounding area; of overshadowing, loss of daylight, or over-dominance, (ii) provide a sense of identity and variety; or create an undue sense of enclosure for nearby and occupiers. Extending or altering property can also (iii) create space around dwellings providing adversely affect amenity by causing a loss of privacy a high standard of amenity and sense through overlooking or creating a poor outlook. of security. 7.31 An extension or alteration to a property, including

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

140 Built Tourismenvironment out-buildings, needs to be designed in a way that does and Designing landscape, expand on how to achieve not adversely affect local amenity by ensuring that it good quality landscape. is in keeping with the existing building and surrounding BE6 (a) A good standard of landscape will be area. Sufficient space should be retained to maintain required, if appropriate, as an integral part of a usable garden area in the case of housing the design of development, especially in extensions. locations visible to the public and within 7.32 SPG Note 5 – Designing a house extension, housing areas. expands on good design for house extensions. (b) The design of landscape will be required BE5 Extending or altering property will be to: allowed if designed to: (i) improve the quality of the environment; (i) not have a serious adverse effect on the (ii) integrate and soften the impact of amenity of nearby occupants by buildings in the environment; and overshadowing, loss of privacy, loss of (iii) protect existing natural features daylight, over-dominance, creating an reflecting the character of the locality undue sense of enclosure, and a poor and the surrounding buildings and the outlook; way in which the area will be used. (ii) be in keeping with the existing building (c) The developer will be required, if in terms of the size, siting, materials and appropriate, to provide landscape details building detail; and including: (iii) be in keeping with the surrounding area. (i) features worth retaining, including trees, measures to enhance these features as Designing landscape an integral part of the development 7.33 Good quality landscape contributes to the local together with measures for their environment, the overall image of the City and to the protection during the course of value and image of development. Landscaping is also development; an integral part of development. It is the space, and (ii) new and replacement landscaping, its treatment, between buildings that gives the including the treatment of hard surfaces; environment its quality. Landscaping is normally and required as an essential part of new development to (iii) means of enclosure. integrate with and soften its impact on surroundings. Landscape schemes should retain existing natural Designing transport facilities features and improve their wildlife value if possible. Particular attention should be given to providing 7.35 Using cycle and pedestrian routes and landscape within housing areas or on prominent sites, pedestrian areas can be encouraged by careful for example, along main transport corridors, where it consideration of access, safety and landscaping in their can link with existing areas of Urban Greenspace. design. Footways can incorporate such features as Landscaping includes a wide range of works including dropped kerbs to assist the mobility impaired and tactile planting, surface finishes and street furniture. paving to assist the visually impaired. Where routes pass through or near housing areas or into open 7.34 SPG Notes 3 and 6 – Trees and development,

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

141 Built environment countryside, issues of housing amenity and the security (ii) take into account any impact on the of dwellings or the impact on wildlife and farm land adjacent agricultural land, if appropriate. are relevant. Further advice is given in SPG Note 15 (d) Development will not be allowed if it results – Designing a footpath or cycle track in a housing area. in the partial loss or severance of a route or 7.36 The impact of road schemes on people and the link unless a satisfactory alternative is built and natural environments can be minimised by provided. careful routing and good design, including appropriate landscaping. Road safety, and the needs of public Designing traffic management and traffic transport, cyclists and pedestrians are major calming schemes considerations in road scheme design. The loss of, or adverse impact on, the line of a route or link can 7.38 It is important that traffic management and traffic seriously affect the movement of people and vehicles. calming schemes consider the needs of residents, In these circumstances development will not be pedestrians, the mobility impaired, cyclists, public acceptable unless a satisfactory alternative is provided. transport and the emergency services. A link for cyclists should normally be retained in road closure 7.37 The safety of people and security of vehicles schemes. Road humps can create difficulties for buses should be major considerations in designing car parks. and emergency vehicles. The type of measures should The appearance of car parking areas can be improved be appropriate to the function of the road. by careful use of suitable materials and landscaping. Further advice is given in SPG Note 16 – Designing BE8 Designing traffic management and traffic car parks (see also City Centre Policy CC21) calming schemes will take into account:

BE7 (a) Transport facility development will be (i) the needs of residents, businesses, the allowed if it is designed to take into account: mobility impaired, cyclists, public transport and the emergency services; (i) the needs of all users including the and mobility impaired, pedestrians, cyclists, public transport and other vehicles, as (ii) the function of the road. appropriate; (ii) the need for convenient access, Designing employment development personal safety and vehicle security; 7.39 New employment development should create and an attractive and safe environment and enhance the (iii) appropriate treatment of surfaces, character of an area. Development should integrate lighting, other materials and planting. with the surrounding area by including elements of local identity into its design. This can include building size, (b) Road development will be allowed if style and materials. This is especially important if the designed to be safe for its users and take into development site is in a prominent location such as account the efficient movement of vehicles. the City Centre, or is visible to the public, such as on (c ) Pedestrian and cycle routes will be allowed main transport corridors. if designed to: 7.40 SPG Note 7 – Designing employment (i) maintain or improve access; and development, expands on how to achieve good design continued... for employment development.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

142 Built Tourismenvironment

BE9 Employment development will be allowed BE10 Development will be allowed if access if designed to: to a building and the treatment of surrounding (i) be of good quality, particularly if in a areas is designed, if appropriate, to meet the prominent location; needs of all members of the community including people with impaired mobility, sight (ii) respect the context of the site and or hearing. surrounding area; and (iii) provide a sense of identity and variety, particularly in a prominent location. Designing a shop front 7.43 Shop fronts, including other uses involving ground Designing access to a building and its floor frontage development, with different displays and surroundings designs contribute to the vitality and character of an area. Shop fronts should be well designed and use 7.41 It is important to consider the needs of all people good quality materials, particularly in a Conservation by designing the environment in such a way that Area and on or near a Listed Building. everyone can use the facilities as independently and 7.44 In recent years there have been more and more naturally as possible. Designers should consider those corporate business styles and standardised shop with impaired mobility, sight or hearing, who should fronts, which are often unrelated to the character of a have as much opportunity as everyone to play a full building and its surroundings. These are resisted if and active role in the life of the community. Access to they are not appropriate to the building or its location. buildings, and the treatment of space around buildings, including parking, should therefore be considered at 7.45 Security grilles and shutters are increasingly the beginning of the design process. being installed to shop fronts to combat theft and vandalism. These need to be carefully designed and 7.42 SPG Note 8 – Designing access to a building or installed if they are not to detract from the appearance its surroundings, expands on providing facilities to of the building and the surrounding area. Uncoloured improve access in the environment. or solid external shutters across the full width of a shop front and shutter boxes projecting from the wall of the building or its fascia can spoil the appearance of an area and are considered inappropriate and unnecessary. Shop front security that unduly adversely affects the street scene, particularly if this results in proliferation leading to a ‘deadening’ effect, is also unacceptable. 7.46 Advertisements or signs are also an important part of a shop front and should be carefully designed and positioned. They are considered under Policy BE35. 7.47 SPG Note 9 – Designing a shop front expands on good design for shop fronts. Access to Queens Garden’s Police Station

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

143 Built environment

BE11 (a) Shop front development will be Designing for utility facilities allowed if designed to: 7.50 Utility services including electricity, gas, water (i) be of a good standard of design and and telecommunications are provided by private materials; companies. The City Council has only limited control over their activities as the facilities they provide do not (ii) be well related to the building and its normally require planning permission. Facilities not surroundings; and requiring planning permission ought to be located and (iii) make security measures as unobtrusive designed to minimise their appearance. as practically possible. (b) Shop front development will not be allowed BE13 The City Council will encourage if it includes: operators to take all reasonable steps in (i) solid external shutters; locating and designing utility equipment to minimise its visual impact. (ii) uncoloured shutters; or (iii) shutter boxes projecting from the wall of the building or its fascia. Designing for telecommunications 7.51 Telecommunications are a requirement of modern living. They can play a part in reducing travel Designing for crime prevention needs. Locating telecommunications apparatus, 7.48 Successful crime prevention often depends upon including satellite dishes, is largely determined by a wide range of measures and is not just the product practical operational requirements. However, it is also of good design. However, development can be necessary to site the apparatus as unobtrusively as designed to make crime more difficult to commit and possible or, when not in use, remove the apparatus to to reassure people. Basic design considerations minimise visual intrusion. Existing masts or apparatus include the need for elements of self policing, good should be used to prevent a cluttered appearance. lighting, short and direct footpaths, installing security 7.52 Specific guidance on siting satellite dishes is equipment and preventing attack from potential hiding given in SPG Note 11 – Designing for satellite dishes. places or defining ‘private space’ to make unauthorised persons entering an area feel vulnerable and exposed. BE14 Telecommunications development will 7.49 SPG Note 10 – Designing for crime prevention, be allowed if the apparatus is sited and expands on good design for reducing the opportunity designed, taking account of operational needs, for crime. to minimise its impact on amenity.

BE12 Development will be allowed if it Public art minimises the opportunity for crime by being designed to: 7.53 Public art is encouraged if it is part of, and improves, development that is publicly visible. A more (i) maximise self-policing; interesting and attractive environment can be created (ii) incorporate elements such as good by introducing public art into a development or its lighting, short and direct footpaths or surroundings. Public art can give new buildings a appropriate security equipment; and special character and enliven an area or improve the (iii) discourage casual intrusion. City’s image. It does not have to be substantial to be

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

144 Built Tourismenvironment effective. Public art should be carried out after BE16 If appropriate, the City Council will discussions with the public. require the owner of land or buildings 7.54 SPG Note 12 - Public Art, outlines guidance on adversely affecting the appearance of the providing public art. locality to achieve an acceptable standard of appearance. BE15 (a) Development providing public art in publicly visible locations will be encouraged. Designing for noise generating development (b) Public art will be allowed if it is designed 7.56 Noise can have a significant effect on the to: environment and on the quality of life enjoyed by (i) be an integral part of a building or its individuals and communities. Wherever practicable, setting; and noise sensitive development including housing, (ii) enhance the development or image of hospitals, schools, Sites of Nature Conservation the City. Interest and areas of Urban Greenspace, will be (c) The public will be consulted on public art separated from major sources of noise. It is also proposals. important that new development involving noise activities should, if possible, be sited away from noise sensitive land uses. If it is not possible to achieve a separation of land uses, consideration will be given to controlling or reducing noise levels or to mitigating the impact of noise by appropriate design, to protect local amenity. This can be achieved by: • appropriate siting to ensure adequate distance between a noise source and a noise sensitive building or area; • appropriate layout, for example, in multi-storey housing developments, avoid positioning living rooms or kitchens above bedrooms; • limiting the operating times of a noise source; • improving sound attenuation of noise sensitive buildings; and

Fisherman sculpture at the Marina • reducing noise levels at source by improving sound attenuation or use of acoustic barriers. Untidy sites 7.57 When assessing proposals for new development, 7.55 The appearance of a locality can be adversely consideration needs to be given to the following: affected by land or buildings that are not kept in good • new housing development – a proposal for new condition. The City Council can, in certain housing development near an existing transport circumstances, take action requiring the owner to or industrial related source of noise will need to maintain land or buildings properly. take account of noise exposure categories (NEC’s). This is a recommended range of noise

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

145 Built environment

levels covering day and night time periods for will include: houses exposed to noise from road, rail, air or a (i) appropriate siting and layout; mix of these or from industrial sources. (ii) noise characteristics and levels; There are four categories: (iii) time of day, frequency and duration; A – noise need not be considered as a (iv) proximity to and compatibility with determining factor in granting planning existing activities; permission, although the noise level at the high end of the category should not be regarded as (v) working methods and equipment used; a desirable level; (vi) sound attenuation of buildings; B – noise should be taken into account when (vii) the use of building materials; determining planning applications, and where (viii) built or natural barriers; and appropriate, conditions imposed to ensure an (ix) for housing, noise exposure categories‘ adequate level of protection against noise; (NEC’s) recommended range of noise C – planning permission should not normally levels. be granted. Where it is considered that planning permission should be given, for example where Conservation Areas there are no alternative quieter sites available, 7.59 The character and appearance of certain parts conditions should be imposed to ensure a of the City are of a particularly high architectural quality commensurate level of protection against noise; or of historic interest. In Hull, 21 areas covering and approximately 6% of the City have been identified and D – planning permission should normally be designated as Conservation Areas. The designated refused. Conservation Areas in Hull are as follows : • other forms of development – a proposal for other • Anlaby Park; forms of new development, such as industrial or • Avenues/Pearson Park; commercial development near an existing housing • Beverley Road; area, will also be considered in accordance with other existing statutory controls. In certain • Beverley High Road; circumstances the proposal may require an • Boulevard; Environmental Assessment (EA) to be carried out. • Broadway; 7.58 SPG Note 25 – Designing for noise generating • Charterhouse; development, explains recommended noise level • Coltman Street; standards. • Ella Street;

BE17 (a) Noise generating development will • Garden Village; not be allowed if it has an unacceptable • Georgian New Town; adverse effect on amenity. • Hessle Road; (b) Development will be allowed if it takes the • Jameson Street; impact of noise into account in its design. This • Marfleet Village; continued... • Newland Park;

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

146 Built Tourismenvironment Figure 7.1: Conservation Areas in Hull

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

147 Built environment

• Old Town; and the designation of new Conservation Areas. This • Princes Avenue; strategy will include: • St. Andrews Dock; • the establishment of consistent standards on which future designations will be based; • Spring Bank; • the preparation of appraisals of the character and • Spring Bank West; and appearance of each new Conservation Area • Sutton Village. before designation takes place; and Their boundaries are identified on the Proposals Map • a reassessment of existing Conservation Areas and figure 7.1 shows their approximate location. The including, where necessary, the preparation of City’s Conservation Areas range from being wholly appraisals of character and appearance and a residential in character to areas of predominantly review of boundaries. commercial or employment use. As well as protecting amenity, the City Council will have regard to promoting BE18 The City Council will have special regard the economic vitality of those Conservation Areas to preserving or enhancing the character or which have a predominantly commercial or appearance of designated Conservation Areas employment character. as indicated on the Proposals Map. 7.60 Once designated, additional planning powers apply, giving greater protection to an area’s character Development within a Conservation Area or appearance, for example, by controls over 7.62 The special character and appearance of a demolition (BE20). Designation does not mean change Conservation Area arises not just from individual or should be prevented, but that encouragement should groups of buildings but from the sum of many other be given to achieving good standards of design (BE19). features such as trees, spaces, paved areas, historic Indeed, effective conservation can be achieved pattern and layout. All these features make up a through proper investment in the townscape, special sense of place. Development, including particularly in the predominantly commercial alterations and extensions, should contribute to this Conservation Areas making them attractive areas to special sense of place by maintaining or enhancing live or work and encouraging inward investment. its character or appearance. Development should not Designation also provides a basis for formulating detract in any way from the essential character or proposals for their preservation and enhancement appearance of these areas and should be of high (BE24). The City Council also has a duty under the quality. Act to keep this under review: • existing Conservation Areas against local BE19 Development within a Conservation standards on which designations are based; Area will be allowed if it preserves or enhances • boundaries of existing Conservation Areas; and the character or appearance of the area. • a need to identify and designate new areas. Demolishing or removing a building, The City Council will carry out such a review in structure or other feature in a Conservation consultation with owners and the public. Area 7.61 The City Council will adopt an overall strategy 7.63 Special controls apply to demolishing a building for the reassessment of existing Conservation Areas within a Conservation Area. Consent is generally

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

148 Built Tourismenvironment needed for demolishing all or part of any building. Most (iii) a suitable replacement scheme has been buildings and structures that are important in forming approved, if appropriate, and a contract the character of a Conservation Area should be let before demolition or removal. retained. However, there are circumstances where (b) Demolishing the whole, substantial or the redevelopment of a poor quality building, structure significant part of a building, structure or other or feature may be desirable; for example, where a feature which is of particular importance to the building makes little or no contribution to an area. character or appearance of a Conservation 7.64 The demolition of the whole, or a substantial or Area will only be allowed if: significant part of a building which forms an important (i) it can be demonstrated by the developer part of the character or appearance of a Conservation that all reasonable efforts have been Area will be allowed only if: made to sustain its use or find • there is clear and convincing evidence that all alternative new uses but these have reasonable efforts have been made to sustain failed and the building is beyond existing uses or find viable new uses for the economic repair or use; building and these have failed; (ii) redevelopment will produce substantial • preservation in some form of charitable or community benefits outweighing the community ownership is not possible or suitable; or loss resulting from demolition; and • redevelopment would produce substantial benefits (iii) a suitable replacement scheme has been decisively outweighing the loss resulting from approved if appropriate, and a contract demolition. let before demolition or removal. 7.65 If it is required that the demolition of a building be followed by redevelopment, consent for demolition Development in the vicinity of a will only be given if there are acceptable and detailed Conservation Area plans, with planning permission, for that 7.66 Development proposed outside a Conservation redevelopment. In some cases, demolition will not be Area, but affecting its setting or a view into or out of it, allowed to commence until a contract has been signed should not detract from its special sense of place in to carry out the redevelopment of the site complying the same way as development inside a Conservation with a valid full planning permission. Area. BE20 (a) Demolishing or removing a building, BE21 Development in the vicinity of a structure or other feature in a Conservation Conservation Area affecting its setting or a Area will only be allowed if: view into or out of the area will be allowed if it (i) it preserves or enhances the character does not detract from the character or or appearance of the area; appearance of the Conservation Area. (ii) it does not make a positive contribution to the character or appearance of a Trees in a Conservation Area Conservation Area and is of little or no 7.67 Trees can be important features in the street architectural or historic interest; and continued... scene and contribute to the character or appearance of the local environment. A tree or group of trees often

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

149 Built environment

(i) it is dead, dying or likely to cause a hazard to public safety; or (ii) in exceptional circumstances felling or other works is necessary in the public interest but is an action of last resort. (b) If appropriate, the City Council will make a Tree Preservation Order. (c) If felling is acceptable then replacement planting of appropriate size and standard will normally be required.

Additional control over development in a Conservation Area 7.69 Planning permission is not necessarily needed for minor development in a Conservation Area, such as alterations to windows and doors on a house. There

Trees in the Avenues Conservation Area may, however, be circumstances when such development could adversely affect the character or create part of the special sense of place of a appearance of a Conservation Area. Powers are Conservation Area. Trees should therefore be retained available to the City Council to make such if they are of significant historic, visual and amenity development the subject of planning control and in value contributing to the character or appearance of a certain circumstances compensation may be Conservation Area. considered. 7.68 Anyone proposing to carry out work to a tree in BE23 If appropriate, the City Council will use a Conservation Area is required to give six weeks additional controls over minor development notice to the City Council, subject to a range of that could adversely affect the special exceptions, including trees that are small, dead, dying character or appearance of a Conservation or dangerous. Suitable replacement planting is Area. normally required if felling is considered acceptable. If a tree is considered to be of significant amenity value, the City Council can make a Tree Preservation Order. Statement of Proposals for enhancing and SPG Note 3 – Trees and development, gives advice preserving Conservation Areas on trees in Conservation Areas. 7.70 The City Council has a duty and is committed to publishing Statements of Proposals for preserving and BE22 (a) A tree or group of trees of significant enhancing a Conservation Area after discussing them amenity value contributing to the character or with the public. Statements of Proposals for each area appearance of a Conservation Area will be will be produced on a phased basis with complete retained unless: coverage planned by the year 2006. As a basis for continued... future action, they will identify what it is that contributes

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

150 Built Tourismenvironment to, and detracts from the character and appearance maintenance and repair of Listed Buildings. If of each area. They will set design standards including necessary, the City Council can use its powers to details for street furniture, landscaping and signage. enforce the proper maintenance and repair of Listed They will make clear how new development will be Buildings. Conservation of Listed Buildings can play judged for its impact on each area’s character and a part in promoting economic prosperity and appearance. encouraging inward investment by ensuring that an 7.71 Improving the street scene in a Conservation area offers attractive living and working conditions, so Area can include action by the City Council to upgrade long as this is compatible with proper long term roads and pavements, and reduce the number of signs conservation. creating clutter. Works by individual owners can BE25 The City Council will have special regard improve the appearance of buildings, walls, fences and to securing the retention, restoration, gardens. maintenance and continued use of Hull’s

BE24 The City Council will prepare a Listed Buildings. Statement of Proposals for enhancing and preserving each Conservation Area, in Changing the use of a Listed Building consultation with the public, by 2006. 7.75 In most circumstances the original use of a Listed Building is best. The best way of ensuring a Listed Listed Buildings Building is kept well maintained is to keep it in active 7.72 Certain buildings and structures that form part use. A balance is needed in judging the economic of the built environment are of special architectural or viability of possible uses against the effect of any historic interest, contributing to the character of the changes it entails on the special architectural and environment and the heritage of the City. Some of historic interest of the building or its setting. A change these buildings and structures are protected by statute of use may be the best way of securing the future of and are known as Listed Buildings. A list of those in the building, provided that its architectural or historic Hull is available from the City Council. interest is not unduly compromised.

7.73 Once a building is listed, Listed Building Consent BE26 Changing the use of a Listed Building is required for works to it which may affect its character will be allowed if its special architectural or as a building of special architectural or historic interest. historic interest is not adversely affected. This includes works involving alteration, extension and demolition (in whole or in part). These controls also Altering or adding to a Listed Building apply to all works both inside and outside a Listed 7.76 The character and historic value of a Listed Building, to objects or features within its curtilage and Building can be damaged by inappropriate and works which may affect its setting. It is also a criminal offence to carry out such works without consent. unsympathetic alteration, (including partial demolition which does not result in the total, substantial loss of, 7.74 The City Council seeks to protect and conserve or a significant part of, a Listed Building) or addition, Listed Buildings and their settings from inappropriate even if relatively minor in nature. As far as is extension, alteration, change of use or other practicable, all original features to a Listed Building development and prevent demolition, except in should be retained, or if this is not possible, careful exceptional circumstances. It also encourages good

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

151 Built environment attention must be given to sympathetic replacements. character of a Listed Building can be spoiled by 7.77 Proposals for the partial demolition of a Listed unsympathetic development of a nearby site. It is Building or of objects or structures attached to, or within therefore important that the setting of a Listed Building the curtilage of, a Listed Building will be resisted unless is protected from unsympathetic development. the applicant can prove to the City Council’s BE28 Development within the setting of a satisfaction that: Listed Building will not be allowed if it • it is an essential part of a scheme to ensure the adversely affects, or is not in keeping with, the continued viability of the Listed Building; and Listed Building’s special architectural or • the special architectural or historic interest of the historic interest. Listed Building is not adversely affected.

BE27 Altering or adding to a Listed Building Repairing and maintaining a Listed Building or any object or structure within its curtilage, 7.79 The City Council encourages the good will not be allowed if it adversely affects, or is maintenance and repair of Listed Buildings, but the not in keeping with, its special architectural or responsibility for this rests with firmly with their owners. historic interest. Advice is available from the City Council for maintaining Listed Buildings. Financial assistance may be Development within the setting of a Listed available in some circumstances. The City Council Building has statutory powers to ensure that works urgently necessary to preserve an unoccupied Listed Building 7.78 The context of a Listed Building can be of equal are carried out or, if it is not being properly preserved, importance as its use and physical structure. The can seek to ensure repairs reasonably necessary for its preservation are undertaken.

BE29 (a) Repairing and maintaining a Listed Building by the owner, to ensure it is in a reasonable physical condition, will be encouraged by the City Council. (b) The City Council will require repairs or other urgent works to a Listed Building, if appropriate.

Demolishing a Listed Building 7.80 Listed Buildings are an important historic and architectural resource. As they can often be of crucial importance to the character of an area there is a strong presumption against demolition. The Secretary of State, rather than the Local Planning Authority, has the power to grant consent for demolishing most Statue of King William III - A Grade 1 Listed Structure categories of Listed Buildings. Demolition should only

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

152 Built Tourismenvironment be allowed in exceptional circumstances when: • there is clear and convincing evidence that all reasonable efforts have been made to sustain existing uses or find viable new uses and these efforts have failed; • preservation in some form of charitable or community ownership is not possible or suitable; or • redevelopment would produce substantial benefits for the community that would decisively outweigh the loss resulting from demolition.

BE30 (a) Demolishing a Listed Building will not be allowed unless: (i) it can be demonstrated by the developer that all reasonable efforts have been An archaeological dig in progress made to sustain its use or find South Blockhouse and Hull Castle. These are alternative new uses but these have identified on the Proposals Map (City Centre Inset) failed and the building is beyond and shown in figure 7.2. SAM’s are protected under economic repair or use; or the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Areas Act, (ii) redevelopment will produce substantial 1979 for their historic, architectural, traditional and community benefits outweighing the archaeological value. These archaeological sites loss resulting from demolition. include buried deposits and standing remains. 7.83 There is existing evidence of, and potential for, Archaeology discovering further archaeological remains within and immediately to the east of the City Centre, which 7.81 Archaeological remains are a finite and non- includes the area of the historic City. Because of its renewable resource, which is part of our national, importance for archaeological remains, it is designated regional and local heritage and culture. They are as an Area of Archaeological Interest (AAI) and shown valuable for their own sake and for their role in on figure 7.2. Developers proposing development education, leisure and tourism. Most tend to be sites within the AAI should contact the City Council at an of buried deposits but some are standing remains. early stage to discuss their proposals and the need They are highly vulnerable to damage and destruction for an archaeological assessment before applying for by development. It is essential that remains are not planning permission. needlessly destroyed or adversely affected. 7.84 In addition to SAM’s there are a large number of Preserving and protecting important other known or presumed sites of archaeological archaeological remains interest in the City, in particular within the AAI. All 7.82 Parts of the City are of national archaeological important archaeological remains, sites and settings, as importance. There are currently two Scheduled well as those identified as a result of an assessment by Ancient Monuments (SAM’s) within the City at Hull - Policy BE32, are protected from adverse development.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

153 Built environment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

154 Built Tourismenvironment

BE31 (a) The City Council will seek to preserve • retaining them in situ; the remains, site and setting of important • retaining as much as possible in situ and recording archaeological monuments (whether the remainder before or otherwise during scheduled or not). Development will not be development; or allowed if it adversely affects the remains, site • recording them preferably before or during or setting of either: development before destruction. (i) a Scheduled Ancient Monument; or 7.88 The assessment can lead to a range of options (ii) remains within the Area of depending on the importance of the archaeological Archaeological Interest, as designated remains and their setting including: on the Proposals Map. • preventing development and preserving remains (b) Development affecting other important in situ; archaeological remains identified as a result • allowing development and preserving remains in of an archaeological assessment (Policy BE32) situ; will be assessed against the importance of the • allowing development and minimal destruction remains and the degree of any adverse effect with preservation by record; by the development of the remains or their site • allowing development and preservation by record; or setting. or • allowing development and destruction of remains. Assessing development affecting 7.89 The assessment is therefore used to evaluate archaeological remains whether to physically preserve archaeological remains, 7.85 Development may affect a known or presumed minimise the adverse effect of development on archaeological site. It is therefore important to archaeological remains, or preserve archaeological determine the nature and importance of the remains remains by record. (BE31, BE33 and BE34). to assess the effect of development on them. 7.86 A developer proposing development affecting a BE32 The City Council will: SAM or other known or presumed site of (i) require a developer to provide an archaeological importance and its setting is expected archaeological assessment for to carry out and be responsible for an archaeological development affecting a known or assessment. Consultation before a planning presumed site of archaeological application is submitted is strongly recommended. remains; and Advice on procedure and general advice for carrying (ii) use the assessment to consider the out an assessment is given in SPG Note 13 – nature of the archaeological remains Archaeology. and the impact of development on the 7.87 If archaeological remains are found, or are likely remains in applying Policies BE31, BE33 to be found, the assessment is used by the City Council and BE34, if archaeological remains are to balance development against preserving remains. found or suspected. Archaeological remains can be preserved in the following ways:

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

155 Built environment

Minimising adverse effects of development require a developer to make appropriate on important archaeological remains provision for: 7.90 Although preserving archaeological remains in (i) recording the archaeological remains; situ is preferred, in certain circumstances development and affecting remains may be acceptable if the remains (ii) publishing the results of the recording. are not significant or adverse effects can be minimised. This could include re-siting, redesigning or using Advertisements or signs alternative foundations or methods of construction or Displaying an advertisement or sign preserving by record, considered by Policy BE34. The 7.92 Advertisements or signs are used for the selling assessment required by Policy BE32 should include of goods and services or to give directions. They options for minimising the impact of development on communicate information to passers-by. Many adverts archaeological remains. and signs do not need the consent of the City Council. BE33 The City Council will require a developer 7.93 An advertisement or sign should be carefully to demonstrate that development affecting located or positioned to avoid detriment to amenity. It important archaeological remains will: should respect the scale and character of the (i) preserve archaeological remains in situ; surroundings and should not be visually intrusive. and When displayed on or near a building, it should have (ii) minimise its impact on archaeological regard to detail and architectural features. An remains. advertisement or sign should not result in a cluttered appearance or over-dominate the overall appearance of the building or area. Recording important archaeological remains 7.91 There may be a need to excavate and record important archaeological remains that would be otherwise be lost by allowing development. Removing artefacts or structures for either display or storage as part of the recording process may also be necessary. Adequate time and access to the site is required to enable full excavation and recording to take place. This should preferably take place in advance of, but otherwise during, development. A report on the results of archaeological recording should then be published. Appropriate provision for excavating and recording remains is the developer’s responsibility.

BE34 If development is accepted as outweighing the loss of important archaeological remains, the City Council will continued... Shops in Princes Avenue Conservation Area

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

156 Built Tourismenvironment

7.94 Care must also be taken to ensure that an BE36 The City Council will seek the removal advertisement or sign does not adversely affect public of an advertisement or sign seriously safety. It should not distract, cause confusion or hinder detrimental to amenity or endangering public the safe passage of drivers, cyclists or pedestrians. safety. Further details and advice on the display of advertisements or signs is outlined in SPG Note 14 – Designing advertisements and signs. IMPLEMENTATION

7.95 Within a Conservation Area, an advertisement 7.97 Policies will be put into practice in a number of or sign is expected to preserve or enhance the ways. The following table is a quick reference guide character or appearance of the area. An advertisement showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to or sign on a Listed Building or in its setting should not be implemented. There is a broad explanation of each adversely affect, and be in keeping with, its feature in the General policies, implementation, architectural or historic character or appearance. monitoring and review chapter. 7.98 Key agencies and consultees involved in BE35 An advertisement or sign will be allowed implementing the policies are listed below: if it does not adversely affect: • City of Hull Environment Forum; (a) public safety; or • City Museums Service; (b) amenity, by reason of the following: • Conservation Advisory Committee; (i) it is well designed and sensitively Department of the Environment, Transport and located in relation to the surrounding • the Regions; area; East Yorkshire Local History Society; (ii) on a building, it relates to the scale, • character and architectural details of the • English Heritage; building; • English Nature; (iii) it does not create clutter; • Garden Village Society; (iv) within a Conservation Area it preserves • Help! Conservation Action Group; or enhances the character or the • Hull Access Improvement Group; appearance of the area; and • Hull Action to Stop Toxic Emissions; (v) on a Listed Building or within its setting, • Hull Civic Society; it does not adversely affect, or is in • Humber Archaeological Partnership; keeping with, its special architectural or historic character or appearance. • Local History Unit (Hull College); and • North Humberside Society of Architects.

Removing an advertisement or sign 7.96 An existing advertisement or sign can cause harm to amenity or endanger public safety. In certain limited circumstances, the City Council has powers to remove such displays.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

157 Built environment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

158 Movement ‘To improve accessibility and encourage the efficient and safe movement of people and goods’ Movement

CONTENTS

163 Introduction 163 Trends 163 Transport and development 164 Public transport 164 Bus 164 Rail 164 Ferry 164 Footpaths and cycleways 165 Roads 165 Freight 166 Travel by City residents 166 Traffic issues 167 Policy context 167 National guidance 167 Strategic guidance 167 Greater Hull Transportation Study 167 Humberside Structure Plan 167 City Council policy 168 Objectives 168 Topics and policies 168 General approach 168 M1 A balanced transport system 168 M2 Transport and sustainable development 170 M3 Protecting the Primary Route Network 171 Public transport 171 M4 Public transport services and facilities 172 M5 City Centre public transport interchange 172 M6 Rail services and facilities 173 M7 Taxis and traffic management 173 M8 Protecting proposed public transport schemes 174 Cycling and walking 174 M9 Cycle and pedestrian routes and facilities 175 M10 Pedestrian areas 175 M11 Designing cycle and pedestrian routes and pedestrian areas 175 M12 Protecting proposed cycle and pedestrian schemes

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

160 MovementTourism

176 Traffic management and traffic calming 176 M13 Traffic in housing areas 178 M14 Traffic in shopping centres 178 M15 Designing traffic management and traffic calming schemes 178 Roads 178 M16 Criteria for road schemes 178 M17 Designing road schemes 179 M18 Protecting proposed road schemes 179 Parking 179 M19 Motorcycle parking 180 M20 Long-stay car parking 180 M21 Short-stay car parking 180 M22 Park and Ride 180 M23 Cycle parking 181 M24 Residents’ parking 181 M25 Coach parking 181 M26 Lorry parking 181 Transport and development 181 M27 Traffic Impact Assessments 182 M28 Developer contributions to the transport system 182 M29 Criteria for transport development 182 M30 Parking and servicing for development outside the City Centre 182 M31 Parking and servicing for development in the City Centre 183 M32 Disabled parking and development 183 M33 Cycle parking and development 183 M34 Designing car parks 184 Freight 184 M35 Lorries in housing areas 184 M36 Freight by rail and water 184 Long distance transport 184 M37 Regional, national and international transport links 185 Implementation 188 Table M1 Parking standards 189 Schedule 1 Motor vehicle parking standards 194 Schedule 2 Disabled parking standards 194 Schedule 3 Cycle parking standards

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

161 Movement

DEFINITION OF TERMS Centre. A means of overcoming congestion and parking problems. Greater Hull Transportation Strategy (GHTS) Primary Route Network Transport policy in the Hull Urban Area area plus The most important roads between towns, for Beverley Town, agreed by Humberside County example, from Hull to Bridlington, York, Leeds and Council as Highway Authority and Hull City Council Lincoln. in 1992 – favouring a shift to public transport, cycling and traffic management. Public transport centre A point served by several public transport services, Guided Bus e.g. City, district and large local centres. A public transport system comprising specially adapted buses with small kerbside guide wheels Public transport corridor which run along a segregated track with concrete A principal route for public transport, served kerb guideways. It combines the benefits of a fixed frequently, usually by several services, e.g. radial track system (speed, reliability) with the flexibility of a roads. bus. Traffic calming Hull Travel To Work Area (TTWA) Measures to slow down traffic, such as road humps A self contained labour market where commuting to or road narrowing. and from work mainly occurs within a defined Traffic Impact Assessment boundary. The TTWA is the area which looks to the An assessment of the likely consequences of central City to provide a large proportion of jobs and development on traffic. most of the entertainment, social, cultural and community facilities. In the Hull area, the TTWA RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY includes the City, together with part of the PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) administrative area of the East Riding of Yorkshire Council. (See figure 2.1). NOTES

Hull Urban Area SPG Note 4 - Housing design All land within the City of Kingston upon Hull and the SPG Note 15 - Designing a footpath or built uip areas of Hessle, Anlaby/Willerby/Kirkella cycle track in a housing and Cottingham. area SPG Note 16 - Designing a car park Mobility impaired SPG Note 23 - Designing cycle parking People who have difficulty moving about, in particular facilities because of physical disability, but also including the elderly and people with pushchairs, heavy shopping or luggage.

Park and Ride Secure car parking on a designated site with connecting public transport services into the City

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

162 MovementTourism

INTRODUCTION by the removal of public transport operations from public control. Deregulation has severely curtailed 8.1 Moving people and goods is essential to the local authority influence over bus services, and the everyday life of the City. People need to reach places national rail network has been fragmented by for work, education, health care, shopping, recreation privatisation. and entertainment, and goods must be moved between 8.3 The City Council is now the Local Highway docks, factories, warehouses and shops. An efficient Authority for Hull, following the abolition of Humberside transport system widens access to opportunities for County Council in April 1996. Transport schemes are local people and assists regeneration of the local proposed in the Transportation Improvement economy. However, the growing demand for mobility Programme, and submitted in the annual Transport is taking its toll on the environment. Traffic congestion Policies and Programme (TPP) bid for Central is increasing and, more seriously, so is pollution. A Government funding. Trunk roads in the City are the more sustainable transport system must be developed, responsibility of the Highways Agency (Department balancing the needs of the economy with the of the Environment, Transport and Regions – DETR). environment, as well as meeting the needs of the whole community. TRENDS 8.2 Movement is fundamental to the CityPlan, providing the link between different land uses. Transport and development Transport infrastructure enables other development 8.4 In Hull, as in other British cities, growing car proposals to go ahead. Planning and investment in ownership and usage has gone hand in hand with a transport infrastructure continue to be primarily public shift in population from the City to lower density sector led. However, the ability of local authorities to suburbs and villages beyond. Increasing personal co-ordinate integrated transport strategies is restricted mobility has encouraged the development of facilities away from established centres, in particular, food shopping on edge-of-city sites and non-food shopping on out-of-centre retail parks. This in turn has led to a decline in local facilities and greater dependence on the private car. 8.5 Until recently, these trends have been assisted by planning policies. Transport planning has been dominated by building roads to meet the demand for mobility by car, and land use planning has tended to reinforce reliance on the car, for example by policies for redeveloping inner cities at lower densities, dispersing population to outer estates, and generally separating land uses. 8.6 However, current trends in transport, in particular the growth in road traffic and resulting increase in pollution, pose a major obstacle to achieving sustainability. Emissions from road vehicles are a Congestion and pollution are increasing

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

163 Movement major source of greenhouse gases. National and local policies are now seeking to reduce the need to travel, particularly by car, by encouraging development to locate in existing urban areas where facilities can more easily be reached by public transport, cycle, or on foot. The aim is to increase accessibility for all rather than mobility for some. Public transport

Bus 8.7 Hull is relatively well served by buses, with frequent services along radial roads to the City’s housing estates and regular out-of-town services to surrounding towns and villages. Passengers benefit from a common interchange for buses adjacent to the Paragon Station railway station and the City Centre bus loop enables easy access to the main shopping area. However, adjacent to the bus station and main shopping and buses are delayed by traffic congestion on radial roads commercial areas. The Trans-Pennine Line has and they are often hindered by indiscriminate parking. benefited from the introduction of new trains providing The problem has been alleviated to some extent on a faster, higher quality service. However, other rail Beverley Road by providing bus lanes. services from Hull are comparatively slow and suffer from lack of investment. Under-funding has resulted 8.8 Since 1986 bus services have been deregulated in service reductions on some lines and substantial and subject to competition. Most services are provided fare increases in recent years. The Inter-City service commercially, although the City Council subsidises between Hull and London has been cut back, and the certain socially necessary services, particularly during Hull to Scarborough line has been threatened with the evenings and on Sundays. Deregulation has closure on past occasions. Following recent resulted in more buses on popular routes during the privatisation, the future of local train services is daytime with fewer buses at other times and on other uncertain. routes. Following a brief period of intense competition between operators, the bus route network in the Hull Ferry Urban Area has stabilised again. In addition, the quality 8.10 North Sea Ferries operates daily sailings for of local bus fleets is now generally improving. passengers and vehicles from King George Dock to However, deregulation has not halted the long term Rotterdam (Holland) and Zeebrugge (Belgium). The decline in bus use. number of passengers carried on the ferries has now

Rail grown to over 1 million annually. 8.9 Passenger rail services link Hull to the East Coast Footpaths and cycleways Main Line at Doncaster and York, the major northern 8.11 Footpaths in Hull exist largely as a result of cities of Sheffield, Leeds and Manchester, and the historical circumstances, and consequently they do not coastal resorts of Bridlington and Scarborough. The form a linked network (major exceptions are the lengthy railway station is well located in the City Centre, stretches of public rights of way along the Humber

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

164 MovementTourism

Foreshore and River Hull). Cycleways have been 1980s. This has resulted in growing traffic and provided in some areas of the City where the environmental problems, particularly in older parts of opportunity has arisen, such as alongside new roads the City. Radial roads, forming local shopping centres and between road closures. Some new segregated in the inner area, are subject to congestion and traffic linear routes for cyclists and pedestrians have been delays, conflicts between different road users, parking created along former drains and railways. But in the and delivery difficulties, danger to pedestrians and main, cyclists and pedestrians use highways cyclists, and environmental problems of pollution, noise dominated by motorised traffic. This can be both and generally degraded surroundings. Many housing unpleasant and hazardous. areas, particularly inner area streets and inter-war estates, suffer from ‘rat running’ by vehicles seeking short cuts. This causes both danger and nuisance to local people. Introducing traffic management and traffic calming measures has helped to tackle problems in some areas.

The promenade at Victoria Dock Roads New Roads have improved access to the City - A63(T) 8.12 In recent years Hull has gained a much improved road network, greatly reducing the City’s relative Freight isolation from the rest of the country. The A63(T) Clive 8.14 Freight movements are particularly significant Sullivan Way provides a direct link to the national in Hull, as the City is a major UK port and an important motorway network, the A15(T) across the Humber industrial centre. Regular freight shipping services Bridge provides a fast link to eastern England, and operate across the North Sea to northern and eastern the A1079(T) has been progressively upgraded Europe. Most freight travels to and from the industrial providing better links to the north. In addition, three areas and docks by road and benefits from the sides of an Orbital Box of roads have been constructed extensive road improvements of recent years. King around the City Centre, enabling extensive George Dock is also served by the freight-only High pedestrianisation in the main shopping area. Level Railway, which continues to the Saltend BP 8.13 Road traffic in Hull increased rapidly during the complex. Long established oilseed, grain, chemical,

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

165 Movement and aggregate industries alongside the River Hull are Figure 8.2: Means of travel to work by Hull residents 1981 - 1991 served by ships and barges. The Humber estuary enables cargoes to reach inland destinations via the canal network. However, both rail and water transport are under-used.

8.16 The proportion of travel to work by car has increased in recent years, as shown in figure 8.2. There has been a corresponding decline in public transport use, with journeys to work by bus decreasing by over one-third between 1981 and 19912 . However, buses are particularly important for people on the City’s Barges serve wharves on the River Hull relatively isolated outer estates, with cycling and Travel by City residents walking important in the inner and central areas. Levels 8.15 By national standards Hull has low levels of car of cycle usage have remained fairly stable, far above ownership and above average usage of buses and the national average. cycles. Around half the households in the City do not have the use of a car, compared to an average of a Traffic issues third in Britain1 .In recent years car ownership in Hull 8.17 Although the road system in and around Hull has increased at a faster rate than nationally, but it is has greatly improved in recent years, the City also still well below both regional and national averages, experienced a rapid rise of one-third in traffic levels as shown in figure 8.1. between 1985 and 19903. Traffic and congestion continue to grow, but the scope for increasing road capacity further is limited, in most cases, by physical and environmental constraints. 8.18 There is great potential for further substantial increases in vehicle numbers in Hull, as car ownership is relatively low. Nationally road traffic is forecast to increase by between 83% and 142% between 1988 and 20254 . It is now generally accepted that this rate

1 1991 Census 2 1991 Census 3 Humberside County Council - Traffic Flows on Humberside Roads 1992 4 Department of Transport - National Road Traffic Forecast 1989

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

166 MovementTourism of increase cannot be accommodated in urban areas Transportation Study (GHTS) in 1990. This examined without damaging consequences. The environmental various options for future transport in the Hull Urban problems caused by road traffic are well known; Area plus Beverley Town with the aim of enhancing pollution, noise and danger degrade the quality of life the quality of life by improving the environment, the locally, while on a worldwide level traffic exhaust fumes economy, safety, accessibility and equity. The GHTS are a major cause of the greenhouse effect and global reported in 1991, recommending a composite transport warming. It is now widely recognised that a balanced strategy for the City with the emphasis on improving transport system must be developed, which considers public transport. the role of all modes and encourages alternative ways It proposes : of travel to the private car, such as public transport, • improved public transport, including bus priority, cycling and walking. Park and Ride, guided bus and new rail services and halts; POLICY CONTEXT • better traffic management, including co-ordinated National guidance signalling, traffic calming and car parking controls; 8.19 Central Government policies for transport and • new cycleways; and land use are undergoing a major shift in emphasis. • limited new road building. Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 13 – Transport 8.22 The Transportation Strategy is shown in figures (1994) provides advice on how local authorities should 8.3 and 8.4 It was approved by the former County integrate transport and land use planning, to: Council, and has been incorporated into the policies • reduce growth in the length and number of in this chapter. motorised journeys; Humberside Structure Plan • encourage alternative means of travel which have 8.23 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and less environmental impact; and hence subsequent Alteration (1993) promote new and • reduce reliance on the private car. improved roads to assist economic development and 8.20 PPG13 states that in their development plans relieve traffic congestion. In recent years transport local authorities should co-ordinate transport and land policy has concentrated on upgrading the Primary use policies. Plans should aim to reduce the need to Route Network in the County, including Hull. The travel, especially by car, by: Structure Plan review, started by the County Council • guiding development to locations accessible by to take account of new environmental concerns, is means other than the private car; and being continued through joint working by the City • fostering forms of development which encourage Council and the new East Riding of Yorkshire Council. walking, cycling and public transport use. Future transport policy will seek to develop a balanced transport system and to minimise the need to travel. Strategic guidance Greater Hull Transportation Study City Council policy 8.21 In response to the growing problem of traffic 8.24 The City Council supports a shift in emphasis congestion and environmental pollution in the City, the towards public transport, cycling and walking, and has former Humberside County Council , supported by the agreed in principle the recommended strategy of the City Council, commissioned the Greater Hull GHTS. In addition, it supports the development of

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

167 Movement regional, national and international transport links, TOPICS AND POLICIES which encourage and assist economic development General approach in the City. A balanced transport system OBJECTIVES 8.26 The growing problem of traffic congestion and environmental pollution can only be tackled by 8.25 To improve accessibility and encourage the developing a balanced transport system. This means efficient and safe movement of people and goods by: considering the potential contribution of all modes to • promoting transport policies to ensure that all meeting transport needs, and favouring those which sections of the community have as wide as are least harmful to the environment. In particular, possible access to the benefits of the transport public transport, cycling and walking need to be system; encouraged as more sustainable alternatives to the • minimising the potentially adverse effects of private car. These modes of transport also increase transport on the environment by encouraging the range of travel opportunities available to everyone. modes of transport which conserve energy and reduce pollution; M1 A balanced transport system, promoting • promoting the development of transport public transport, cycling and walking, will be infrastructure assisting the local economy, encouraged. steering economic development and encouraging better inter-regional and trans-European links; Transport and sustainable development • locating development close to public transport 8.27 More sustainable development can be achieved routes and existing cycle and pedestrian by fully considering the travel implications of networks; and development and locating it where the need for • promoting new cycle and pedestrian routes and transport, particularly by car and lorry, can be facilities. minimised. The need to travel can be reduced by encouraging the provision of local facilities close to where people live, which can easily be reached on foot or by cycle. The demand for travel by private car can be minimised by locating major development attracting journeys by people, such as office, shopping and leisure uses, along public transport corridors, such as radial roads, or in the City Centre, which is the focus of the public transport system. Housing generates journeys and should be located where it can be well served by public transport. Higher density and mixed use development can reduce the need to travel. Development at such locations also increases accessibility for everyone, and assists urban regeneration and conservation of the countryside. Development involving significant movements of

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

168 MovementTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

169 Movement freight, such as warehousing and manufacturing, (d) Housing will be allowed if it is located where should generally be located away from housing areas, it can be well served by public transport. in places with good access to rail or water transport, if Higher density housing development will be possible, or the Primary Route Network (PRN) as encouraged near public transport centres or shown in figure 8.5. along public transport corridors. (e) Mixed use development, such as housing, M2 (a) Development will be allowed if it is shopping and offices, will be encouraged near located where the need for people to travel, public transport centres, along public transport particularly by private car, can be minimised. corridors, or in the City Centre. (b) Local facilities easily accessible by cycle (f) Development involving significant or on foot will be encouraged. movement of freight will be allowed if it is (c ) Major development attracting journeys by located where there is good access to rail or people will be allowed if it is located near public water transport, or by appropriate secondary transport centres, along public transport roads to the Primary Route Network. corridors, or in the City Centre. Continued... Protecting the Primary Route Network 8.28 The Primary Route Network (PRN) includes trunk

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

170 MovementTourism roads as shown in figure 8.5. It consists of main traffic routes are also likely to become busier as recommended routes between places of traffic a result of introducing traffic calming and traffic importance, as agreed by the former County Council management measures in housing and shopping and the former Department of Transport. The main areas. Planned large-scale development comprises purpose of the PRN is to carry long distance and all proposals in the Plan period, whether identified in through traffic. It is therefore important that the Plan or not, that have significant traffic implications. development along these roads does not compromise 8.30 Direct access onto a primary route should be their main function by adding significant local traffic avoided if possible; access should be to a secondary movements. Within the City, Clive Sullivan Way, road. If development is adjacent to a trunk road, the Garrison Road, and Hedon Road comprise the trunk need for any road improvements must be agreed with road corridor. the Highways Agency. Other primary routes currently comprise Beverley Road and Holderness Road. However, Beverley Road M3 Development adjacent to the Primary Route Network will take into account: will soon be superseded by Mount Pleasant/Stoneferry Road/Ennerdale Link, and Holderness Road will (i) the main function of the road as a route eventually be superseded by the Eastern Relief Road. for through traffic; and 8.29 It is important that the ability of the PRN to meet (ii) the capacity of the road to meet expected demand arising from planned large-scale predicted traffic resulting from planned development is protected. For example, Stoneferry major development. Road will become part of the primary route from Hull Public transport to northern England and Scotland, and it will also provide the main link to the large-scale long term Public transport services and facilities development at Kingswood. Primary routes and other 8.31 Public transport is generally the most efficient way of moving large numbers of people in built-up areas, particularly along transport corridors and into central areas. It is accessible to most people and essential for the majority who do not have a car available (even in car owning households the vehicle is not usually available to all members at all times, particularly during the working day). Buses give local people access to work, education, shopping, health, community, recreation and leisure facilities. Services should be maintained and where possible improved to ensure that people without cars are not disadvantaged, and to encourage car users to switch to public transport. 8.32 Buses are more efficient users of road space than cars, and this is particularly important in

Bus Lanes improve access by public transport congested urban areas. If car users can be persuaded

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

171 Movement to travel by public transport, then both congestion and City Centre Policy CC13). Public transport scheme pollution would be reduced. But first there must be design should consider the safety and needs of both significant improvements to public transport so that it users and non-users. offers an attractive alternative to the car. This means giving buses priority over other traffic on busy roads, M4 (a) Improving public transport services for example, by providing bus lanes, and improving and facilities will be encouraged. waiting facilities and information for passengers at (b) Public transport and its users will be stops. In addition, better quality bus fleets are needed. assisted by measures including: There is scope for developing ‘quality partnerships’ (i) providing public transport priority, such between local authorities and bus operators, with local as bus lanes and guided busways; and authorities providing bus priority measures and (ii) improving passenger facilities, for passenger facilities and bus operators upgrading their example at bus stops, and developing fleets. Park and Ride and new rail halts. 8.33 It is intended to examine each radial road corridor (c) Designing public transport schemes will and introduce appropriate measures to assist buses. take into account road safety and the needs of A guided busway, providing segregated routes for the mobility impaired, pedestrians, cyclists, specially adapted buses, or other alternative public residents and businesses. transport infrastructure, is proposed along certain corridors. In addition, Park and Ride facilities are City Centre public transport interchange planned to connect with bus and train services, offering secure parking for motorists and a rapid journey into 8.34 The bus station is the focal point for bus services the City Centre. New rail halts are proposed, and the in the City, however it is outdated, overcrowded and introduction of a passenger train service on the High needs renewal. The adjacent coach station offers Level Railway is also being considered. (See also inadequate facilities and presents a very poor image to visitors. An improved public transport interchange for bus, coach, and rail services is needed to encourage and assist public transport use by providing better facilities for passengers. (See also City Centre Policy CC14).

M5 An improved City Centre public transport interchange will be encouraged.

Rail services and facilities 8.35 In a regional and national context it is important that Hull’s rail services and facilities are retained and improved, both to offer a range of travel opportunities for local people and to encourage visitors and business development in the City. In particular, the direct Inter- City service between Hull and London and the local The bus station - in need of renewal

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

172 MovementTourism

Figure 8.5: Primary Route Network

service between Hull and Bridlington/Scarborough accessibility for people, the requirements of taxis should be maintained. Electrification of the Trans- should be considered, for example, in traffic Pennine Line between Hull and Leeds/Manchester/ management schemes. Providing taxi ranks should Liverpool, providing a connection onto the East Coast be kept under review. Main Line near Selby, would benefit Hull considerably. M7 The requirements of taxis and their users M6 (a) Retaining and improving Hull’s rail will be considered in traffic management services and facilities will be encouraged. schemes. (b) Development detrimental to the future of the rail system will be resisted. Protecting proposed public transport schemes 8.37 A package of measures is proposed to Taxis and traffic management encourage a switch from car to public transport use, 8.36 Taxis are important means of transport for many including bus priority along radial roads, Park and Ride people, particularly those without access to a car, for sites around the City, and developing guided busways journeys that are inconvenient by public transport or and new rail services and halts. Schemes are when public transport is not operating. To maintain proposed in the City Council’s Transportation

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

173 Movement

Improvement Programme. It is essential to protect protected from other development. these alignments and sites from other development. (c) The existing Park and Ride site at Walton The existing Park and Ride site at Walton Street should Street will be protected from other similarly be protected. In addition to the schemes listed development. in Policy M8, as part of the GHTS there are proposals outside the City boundary for: Cycling and walking • Park and Ride sites at Saltend, Bilton, Ings Bridge, Cycle and pedestrian routes and facilities Beverley Bypass, Willerby and Melton; and 8.38 Cycling and walking are non-polluting, almost • rail halts at Melton, Beverley Bypass and Molescroft. silent, potentially healthy and often quicker and more

M8 (a) Public transport schemes proposed in convenient for short journeys than travel by car. They the Transportation Improvement Programme are the only means of transport available for many are allocated on the Proposals Map and people, and everyone is a pedestrian at some point in identified below: their journey. However, traffic conditions discourage many people from cycling or walking. Cyclists are the (i) Guided busways: most vulnerable road users. Safe and convenient • Spring Bank to Willerby; and routes are needed, where possible segregated from • Stoneferry Road to Kingswood. other traffic. (ii) Bus priority corridors: 8.39 There is scope to develop a strategic network of • Anlaby Road; cycle and pedestrian routes across the City. This could • Beverley Road; include cycle tracks and footpaths on green corridors • Hedon Road (does not require land); along drains and former railways, which can also provide recreational links to the surrounding • Holderness Road; and countryside. These may form part of long distance • Staveley Road/Marfleet Lane (does not routes, such as the Trans-Pennine Trail from Southport require land). to Hornsea. Provision for cyclists can also be made (iii) Park and Ride sites: in some areas which are currently devoted to other • Kingswood; and modes of transport, and such provision may also be • Priory Park. incorporated when new facilities are being planned. (iv) New Bus and Coach Station: Ferensway. In both cases, these include the shared use of pavements where space allows or pedestrian flows (v) New passenger rail service: are low, on-road cycle lanes where space allows, the • High Level Railway – Brough to King shared use of bus lanes such as on radial roads, and George Dock. advisory routes along quiet streets. A possible (vi) New rail halts: strategic cycleway network for Hull is shown in figure • Priory Park; 8.6. In addition, short local links can be provided, for • Setting Dyke; and example, between housing areas, schools and shops, • along the High Level Railway. where there is a need and as opportunities arise. Existing strategic cycle tracks and footpaths should (b) Land required for these proposals will be continued... be protected from other development. Cycleways should be clearly marked and provided with direction

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

174 MovementTourism signs to increase awareness of routes and encourage their use. (See also City Centre Policy CC22).

M9 (a) Improving facilities for cyclists and pedestrians will be encouraged. (b) A strategic network of cycle and pedestrian routes will be developed. (c) Existing strategic cycle tracks and footpaths will be protected from other development.

Pedestrian areas 8.40 Pedestrianisation in the City Centre has greatly increased its attractiveness to shoppers and visitors. Further scope exists for extending pedestrianisation in the main shopping areas, such as Paragon Square Pedestrianisation has made shopping more enjoyable and South Street, and for more pedestrian facilities in the Old Town, particularly the Lowgate area, in of dwellings or the impact on wildlife and farmland are association with completing the Orbital Box by also relevant. Further advice is given in SPG Note 15 improving Great Union Street. There may also be – Designing a footpath or cycle track in a housing area. opportunities for improving pedestrian areas in district M11 Designing cycle and pedestrian routes and local shopping centres and housing areas, and pedestrian areas will take into account: alongside traffic management and traffic calming schemes. The interests of economic vitality and (i) cycle and pedestrian access and viability will be considered in relation to all schemes. personal safety; (ii) the needs of the mobility impaired; M10 Extending or improving pedestrian areas (iii) appropriate materials and landscaping; in shopping centres and housing areas will be (iv) the amenity and security of adjacent encouraged, taking into account the interests areas, in particular housing; of economic vitality and viability. (v) the impact on wildlife and adjacent Designing cycle and pedestrian routes and agricultural land; and pedestrian areas (vi) the needs of businesses and the 8.41 The use of cycle and pedestrian routes and emergency services. pedestrian areas can be encouraged by careful consideration of access, safety and landscaping in their Protecting proposed cycle and pedestrian design. Footways can incorporate such features as schemes dropped kerbs to assist the mobility impaired, and 8.42 It is proposed to develop new cycle tracks and tactile paving to assist the visually impaired. Where footpaths in the City, to encourage more people to walk routes pass through or near housing areas or into open and use cycles instead of cars. Most schemes are countryside, issues of housing amenity and the security proposed in the City Council’s Transportation

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

175 Movement

Improvement Programme. Others are proposed by the Drain; City Council for inclusion in development proposals. It • Sammy’s Point; is essential to protect these alignments from other • Spring Bank West Link; and development. • Summergroves – links to Hessle Road M12 (a) Cycle and pedestrian schemes and Wiltshire Road. proposed in the Transportation Improvement (ii) Other cycle and pedestrian facilities: Programme are allocated on the Proposals Map • Plimsoll Way/Great Union Street (cycle and identified below: and footbridge). (i) Cycle tracks and footpaths: (c) Land required for these proposals will • Barmston Drain (south) and Oak Road; be protected from other development. • Bridlington Avenue to Barmston Traffic management and traffic calming Street Link; Traffic in housing areas • Castle Street (DETR); 8.43 Many housing areas, particularly in the inner and • Foredyke Stream – Sutton Road to inter-war areas, suffer from the danger and nuisance Bude Road North; of speeding vehicles taking short cuts along housing • Hedon Road (DETR) (committed streets (‘rat running’). This problem can be tackled by scheme); concentrating through traffic onto main roads where • Holderness Drain – Holderness Road traffic management can make better use of existing to Hedon Road; road space, and introducing traffic calming measures • Low Level Railway – Spring Bank to in housing areas to improve road safety and the Stoneferry Road; environment. The City Council has introduced many Setting Dyke to Pearson Park; • 20 mph zones in housing areas, which have resulted • Spring Bank West to Willerby (part in significant reductions in accident levels. Priorities outside the City); for implementing traffic calming schemes are set • Withernsea Branch Line; and primarily by accident levels and the availability of • Woodhall Street Link. funding. In new housing areas, traffic calming should (ii) Other cycle and pedestrian facilities: be an integral part of the road layout and design. Further • Porter Street/St James Street (cycle guidance is given in SPG Note 4 – Housing design. and footbridge) (DETR); and M13 (a) The impact of traffic in housing areas Princes Dock Street/Humber Dock • will be reduced by appropriate measures Street (cycle and pedestrian underpass) including: (DETR). (i) traffic management on main traffic (b) Other proposed cycle and pedestrian routes; and schemes allocated on the Proposals Map are: (ii) traffic calming on housing roads. (i) Cycle tracks and footpaths: (b) New housing roads will incorporate traffic • Kingswood – Ings Road and Engine continued... calming measures to produce a 20 mph zone.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

176 MovementTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

177 Movement

Traffic in shopping centres to transport problems. Schemes increasing road 8.44 Many shopping centres suffer from a high volume capacity for traffic in general often lead to an increase of traffic and a poor quality environment. This can be in traffic and pollution. In addition, they sometimes alleviated in some areas by traffic management and disrupt communities and damage the environment. environmental enhancement schemes. The scope for However, some road schemes are necessary in order to bring wider benefits to the community. For example, improvement, however, is often limited where these schemes for the Ennerdale Link and Eastern Relief centres are located on busy radial roads. The interests Road, by removing through traffic from Beverley Road of economic vitality and viability will be considered in and Holderness Road respectively, will improve relation to all schemes. conditions for local residents and shoppers and enable M14 Appropriate traffic management schemes the introduction of priority measures for public transport in shopping centres will be encouraged, taking and cyclists. The Primary Route Network is shown in into account the interests of economic vitality figure 8.5. and viability. M16 Road schemes will only be encouraged if Designing traffic management and traffic calming they: schemes (i) improve road safety; 8.45 It is important that traffic management and traffic (ii) improve the environment; calming schemes consider the needs of residents, (iii) assist public transport or cyclists; businesses, pedestrians, the mobility impaired, (iv) enable traffic restraint measures in cyclists, public transport and the emergency services. housing or shopping areas; In particular, safety and convenience for cyclists should (v) improve access to employment areas; be maintained or improved, for example, a link for (vi) open up land for agreed development; or cyclists should be retained in road closure schemes if possible. Road humps can create difficulties for buses (vii) are part of the Primary Route Network. and emergency vehicles. The type of measures should Designing road schemes be appropriate to the function of the road. 8.47 The impact of road schemes on people and the M15 Designing traffic management and traffic built and natural environment can be minimised by calming schemes will take into account: careful routing and good design, including appropriate (i) the needs of residents, businesses, landscaping. Road safety and the needs of public pedestrians, the mobility impaired, transport, cyclists and pedestrians should be major cyclists, public transport and the considerations in road scheme design. emergency services; and M17 Designing road schemes will take into (ii) the function of the road. account : (i) the safe and efficient movement of Roads vehicles; Criteria for road schemes (ii) the impact on the built environment, in 8.46 Building new roads or widening existing roads continued... to cater for more traffic is not always a realistic solution

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

178 MovementTourism

particular Listed Buildings and (revised scheme); Conservation Areas; • Hedon Road dual carriageway (DETR) (iii) the impact on the natural environment, (committed scheme); and in particular Sites of Nature • West Dock Street improvement. Conservation Interest; (ii) Junction improvements: (iv) the impact on housing amenity; • Anlaby Road/Rawling Way roundabout; (v) the needs of businesses; • Newland Avenue/Cottingham Road (vi) the needs of public transport, cyclists junction; and pedestrians; and • Spring Bank/Derringham Street (vii) appropriate landscaping. junction; • Spring Bank/Prince’s Avenue Protecting proposed road schemes junction; and 8.48 It is proposed to support road schemes • Sutton Road/Holwell Road contributing to a balanced transport system. Most roundabout. schemes are proposed in the City Council’s Transportation Improvement Programme. The Bude (b) An additional proposed road scheme is Road scheme is proposed as part of the Kingswood allocated on the Proposals Map: development. It is essential to protect these alignments • New road – Bude Road (north). from other development. Other schemes previously (c) Land required for these proposals will be protected have now been removed from the highway protected from other development. programme. (See also City Centre Policy CC12). All schemes in the programme are subject to review to Parking reflect any changes in priority, with the Great Union 8.49 The following policies consider Citywide parking. Street scheme already reviewed and a revised scheme More detail on City Centre parking is included in the proposed. City Centre chapter.

M18 (a) Road schemes proposed in the Motorcycle parking Transportation Improvement Programme 8.50 Using motorcycles, mopeds and scooters instead (subject to review) are allocated on the of cars can assist in reducing traffic congestion, as Proposals Map and identified below: they need little roadspace or parking space. Although (i) New roads and road widening: there may be some noise problems, the environmental • Bean Street Link; impact of motor cycles is generally less than private cars. The safe and responsible use of motorcycles • Castle Street Improvement (DETR); can be encouraged by providing secure and Eastern Relief Road – Ganstead Lane • convenient parking for users. to Hedon Road (majority outside City); • Ennerdale Bridge (committed scheme); M19 Motorcycle parking facilities in • Great Union Street (Eastern Orbital) development and at other appropriate locations will be supported. continued...

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

179 Movement

Long-stay car parking Short-stay car parking 8.51 Using more environmentally acceptable forms 8.52 Hull must compete as a shopping centre with of transport can be encouraged by controlling the other towns and cities, and increasingly with out-of- location, type, quantity and price of car parking. The town retail developments. An appropriate supply of City Council, however, has very little control over short-stay car parking spaces for shoppers in the City existing privately owned parking. Providing long-stay Centre and other centres is therefore needed to assist parking for commuters in the City Centre encourages their vitality and viability by attracting customers. (See travel to work by car, causing peak-hour congestion also City Centre Policies CC15, CC17 and CC20). and using parking spaces inefficiently. The City Centre is well served by public transport as an alternative. M21 Appropriate short-stay public car parking The GHTS recommended that there should be no in shopping centres will be encouraged. increase from the 1990 level of 4,000 long-stay off- street public car parking spaces in the City Centre. Park and Ride With the development of Park and Ride to cater for 8.53 Park and Ride is a means of overcoming City long-stay parking in particular, it should become Centre parking problems and relieving traffic possible to re-designate some City Centre long-stay congestion. It is proposed to provide secure public public car parks for short-stay parking. (See also City car parking on a number of Park and Ride sites around Centre Policies CC16 and CC20). the City, with connecting public transport services into the City Centre assisted by bus priority measures. In M20 Long-stay off-street public car parking particular, this will offer an alternative to long-stay in the City Centre will be restricted to a parking in the City Centre. Other sites may also be maximum of 4,000 spaces. developed for Park and Ride if opportunities arise. (See also Policy M8).

M22 (a) Public car parking on Park and Ride sites allocated on the Proposal Map will be encouraged. (b) Providing and using other Park and Ride sites will be encouraged.

Cycle parking 8.54 Journeys by cycle as an alternative means of transport to the car can be encouraged by providing cycle parking. The availability of more parking facilities for cyclists, in shopping centres and community facilities for instance, can encourage the use of cycles instead of cars for local journeys. (see also City Centre Policy CC23). Controls over car parking is an important part of the Greater Hull Transportation Strategy

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

180 MovementTourism

that is well placed for the main tourist attractions. Development of this site will only be allowed if a suitable replacement facility for coaches is provided.

M25 The coach park at Waterhouse Lane will be protected from other development, unless a replacement facility is provided either on-site or in a location of at least equal benefit.

Lorry parking 8.57 Hull’s role as a port means that lorries sometimes need to stop overnight in the City. A lorry park has been designated on a main traffic route in an employment area at Brighton Street (Hessle Road), to avoid undesirable long-stay parking in housing areas. Development of this site will only be allowed if Cycle parking facilities have been provided in shopping a suitable replacement facility for lorries is provided. centres M26 The lorry park at Brighton Street will be M23 Cycle parking facilities in shopping protected from other development, unless a centres and other places of attraction will be replacement facility is provided either on-site encouraged. or in a location of at least equal benefit.

Residents’ parking Transport and development 8.55 In some housing streets there is a conflict Traffic Impact Assessments between residents’ and commuters’ parking, for 8.58 Certain types of development, in particular large- example near the City Centre and the universities, or scale development, are likely to make significant residents’ and shoppers’ parking, particularly near demands on the transport system. In these cases the shopping centres on radial roads. It may be developer should undertake an assessment of the appropriate to introduce residents’ parking schemes traffic implications of the proposed development. In in some of these areas. (See also City Centre Policy deciding whether such an assessment is required, the CC17). City Council will follow the thresholds and other advice in Humberside County Council’s Highway Authority M24 Residents’ parking schemes will be Guidelines for Traffic Impact Assessments, 1995, and considered, if appropriate. current Government guidance.

Coach parking M27 The City Council will require a developer 8.56 The City Centre is an increasingly popular to undertake a Traffic Impact Assessment for destination for coaches, bringing visitors for shopping development making significant demands on and leisure trips. The recently designated coach park the transport system. at Waterhouse Lane provides a much needed facility

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

181 Movement

Developer contributions to the transport system and pedestrians; and 8.59 If a development makes significant additional (v) access for the mobility impaired. demands on the transport system, the developer (b) Development must be acceptable in terms should contribute in full or in part to any off-site of traffic generation and road safety. transport improvements necessary to enable the development to proceed. This contribution should be Parking and servicing for development outside the in proportion to the traffic generated by the City Centre development. Such improvements could include road or public transport schemes, providing Park and Ride 8.61 Motor vehicle parking is a problem in many areas spaces or other transport infrastructure directly related of the City. In particular, on-street parking and kerbside loading in unsuitable places can be a hazard to safety, to the development. an obstruction to movement and a visual intrusion. Development should provide adequate parking and M28 The developer will contribute in full or in servicing off-street to prevent new parking and loading part to any off-site transport improvements problems from arising. Standards are set out in Table necessary to enable a development to M1 (Schedule 1). In non-housing development these proceed. standards will be relaxed if public parking is also provided, or in some circumstances if a developer Criteria for transport development makes an appropriate financial contribution towards 8.60 All development should take into account Policy public parking. M2. Development should provide satisfactory road 8.62 Changing the use of older property, for example access and adequate servicing and parking to to housing in the inner area or to shops, pubs or offices minimise traffic and parking problems. Development on radial roads, may have difficulty meeting these should also provide for access by public transport, standards owing to lack of access or insufficient space cycling, walking and the mobility impaired, to maximise within the curtilage. Some flexibility may be allowed accessibility and encourage the use of alternatives to in parking requirements if there are strong reasons for the car. This provision should be appropriate to the allowing development. scale, type and location of the development. Development should also be acceptable in terms of M30 Development outside the City Centre will traffic generation and road safety. be allowed if it provides off-street motor vehicle parking and servicing space, complying with M29 (a) Development will be allowed if it the standards in Table M1 (Schedule 1). provides, as appropriate: (i) satisfactory access to the road network; Parking and servicing for development in the City (ii) adequate servicing and parking for Centre motor vehicles and cycles; 8.63 In the City Centre it is often not practical for (iii) access to public transport; commercial development to provide car parking on- site, owing to shortage of space. In any event, (iv) safe and convenient access for cyclists providing further spaces for employees’ parking encourages travel to work by car, which increases

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

182 MovementTourism peak-hour congestion in the City. The City Centre is M32 Development of employment premises well served by public transport as an alternative to car or places with public access will be allowed if travel. Parking is best concentrated in well located it provides car parking space for the disabled, public car parks, where the balance between long and complying with the standards in Table M1 short stay parking can be related to the overall (Schedule 2). Transportation Strategy, or on Park and Ride sites. However, a minimum of operational parking and servicing is needed to ensure that development does Cycle parking and development not lead to any additional on-street traffic problems, 8.66 Providing parking facilities for cyclists increases although such provision may sometimes be limited by the accessibility of development and reduces the need space constraints. (See also City Centre Policies for car use. Development should provide cycle parking CC18 and CC19). meeting the standards set out in Table M1 (Schedule 8.64 Housing development in the City Centre should 3). It is important that cycle parking is safe, secure provide off-street parking meeting the standards set and convenient for cyclists. Further advice is given in out in table Table M1 (Schedule 1). However, this SPG Note 23 – Designing cycle parking facilities. (See may be difficult to achieve in converting older property also City Centre Policy CC23). to housing use, and some flexibility may be allowed in such cases. M33 (a) Development will be allowed if it provides cycle parking facilities, complying with M31 (a) Non-housing development in the City the standards set in Table M1 (Schedule 3). Centre will be allowed if it provides appropriate (b) Designing cycle parking will take into on-site operational parking and servicing account safety, security and convenience. space. Additional motor vehicle parking provision will be considered in the context of Designing car parks Policies M20, M21 and M22 and the need to 8.67 The safety of people and security of vehicles reduce reliance on the private car. should be major considerations in designing car parks. (b) Housing development in the City Centre will The appearance of parking areas can be improved by be allowed if it provides off-street motor vehicle careful use of suitable materials and landscaping. parking and servicing space, complying with Further advice is given in SPG Note 16 – Designing a the standards in Table M1 (Schedule 1). car park. (See also City Centre Policy CC21).

Disabled parking and development M34 Designing car parks will take into 8.65 Providing designated car parking for the disabled account: makes development more accessible to a wider range (i) vehicle and pedestrian access; of people. Development of employment premises and (ii) personal safety; places with public access, including shopping, (iii) vehicle security ; recreation, health and education uses, should provide (iv) appropriate materials and landscaping; parking for the disabled meeting the standards set out and in Table M1 (Schedule 2). (v) the amenity of adjacent areas.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

183 Movement

Freight Long distance transport Lorries in housing areas Regional, national and international transport links 8.68 More freight is being carried by road, and lorries 8.70 In recent years Hull has benefited from improved are becoming larger and heavier. Lorries cause road links to other parts of Britain, and the City has damage to the environment, bringing pollution and developed its locational advantages in relation to noise, and in housing areas they are a danger and northern and eastern Europe by promoting the nuisance to pedestrians and residents. However, Northern Gateway campaign. This involves lorries are also an essential part of the local economy, developing trade and transport links from Ireland linking the City’s docks and industrial areas with the across northern England, through Hull to northern and rest of the country. Lorries intruding into housing areas eastern mainland Europe. The recent growth in port can be tackled by introducing weight and/or width limits activity for both freight and passengers is set to where a problem is identified, and concentrating lorries continue in the Single European Market, as there are onto the Primary Route Network shown in figure 8.5. no longer any barriers to the free movement of goods and people. M35 The adverse effects of lorries on housing 8.71 Further improvements to regional, national and areas will be minimised by introducing lorry international transport links serving Hull would assist bans, if appropriate. the port and regeneration of the local economy. These links should be environmentally acceptable, such as those promoted by the Green Links campaign for the Freight by rail and water development of rail and sea freight transport. 8.69 The impact of lorries on the environment can be reduced by encouraging more freight, particularly bulky M37 Developing improved regional, national goods, to be carried by rail and water. The City’s and international transport links serving Hull industrial areas are mostly located along railway and will be encouraged. waterway corridors and there is potential for greater use of these modes of transport. In particular, the role of the High Level Railway as a freight route for port traffic should be expanded to help relieve main cross-city roads. Government grants are available for rail and inland waterway freight facilities which bring environmental benefits by reducing lorry traffic on roads.

M36 Moving freight by rail and water will be supported, in particular by encouraging: (i) potential users to locate at suitable sites; and (ii) rail and water freight handling facilities.

Hull - the Northern Gateway to mainland Europe

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

184 MovementTourism

IMPLEMENTATION

8.72 Policies will be put into practice in a number of ways. The following table is a quick reference guide showing how the main features of the policies of this chapter are likely to be implemented. A broad explanation of each feature is given in the General policies, implementation, monitoring and review chapter. 8.73 Key agencies and consultees involved in the implementation of the polices are listed below: • Associated British Ports; • British Road Federation; • Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions, and the Highways Agency; • Hull Access for the Disabled; • Hull and District Chamber of Trade; • Hull Incorporated Chambers of Commerce and Shipping; • Railtrack; • train operating companies; • local bus companies; • cycle interest groups; • pedestrian/walkers interest groups; and • transport interest groups.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

185 Movement

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

186 MovementTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

187 Movement

TABLE M1 (POLICIES M30, M31(b), M32 AND M33) PARKING STANDARDS

Introduction The following car and other motor vehicle, disabled and cycle parking standards are intended as general guidance for new development and changes of use. The amount of parking to be provided will depend on: • the type of development, redevelopment, or change of use proposed; • the availability of land for parking within the site and in the general locality; • traffic generated by the proposed use, road capacity for parked vehicles and moving traffic, and road safety; • the availability of existing parking and public transport; and • transportation policy. The standards may therefore be applied with some flexibility to take account of various factors. The parking standards will be reviewed periodically and may be revised to support implementation of the Transportation Strategy and encourage a progressive shift from car use to public transport, cycling and walking. Standards given in terms of staff or student numbers refer to the maximum number likely to be present in the development at any one time.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

188 MovementTourism

Schedule 1: Motor vehicle parking standards The following car and other motor vehicle parking standards apply Citywide, except for non-housing development in the City Centre where policy M31(a) applies. A standard car parking space measures 4.8 m x 2.4 m, and a standard commercial vehicle space measures 15 m x 3 m. The standards do not include provision for the servicing of development; developers should provide sufficient space for service vehicles off-street, in addition to car parking.

Use Class Description Motor Vehicle Parking Provision A1 Retail: District and Local Centres (Anlaby Road, Beverley Road, shops, superstores, North Point, Chanterlands Avenue, Hessle Road, retail warehouses, Holderness Road, Newland Avenue, Prince’s Avenue, also launderettes, Spring Bank.) dry cleaners, 1 space per 25m² Gross Floor Area (GFA) amusement arcades Elsewhere up to 100 m² 1 space per 25 m²GFA over 100 m² 1 space per 10 m²GFA superstores (over 2300 m²) 1 space per 10 m² GFA retail warehouses (over 465 m²) 1 space per 20 m² GFA A2 Finance and Professional Services: banks, building societies, 1 space per 25 m² GFA or 1 space per 4 staff estate agents, betting offices (whichever is greater)

A3 Food and Drink: restaurants, cafés, public 1 space per 3 seats or 1 space per 5 m² dining or drinking houses floor area (whichever is greater) plus appropriate standard for any residential accommodation

hot food takeaways to be determined on merit

transport cafés 1 commercial vehicle space per seat for 75% of total seating capacity plus 1 car space per 2 seats for remaining 25%

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

189 Movement

Use Class Description Motor Vehicle Parking Provision B1 Business: offices 1 space per 25 m² GFA or 1 space per 4 staff (whichever is greater)

light industrial, as B2 research and development, laboratories, studios

B2 General Industrial: manufacturing 1 space per 50 m² industrial floor area of which 15% to be commercial vehicle space

B8 Storage and Distribution: warehousing 1 space per 100 m² storage floor area of which 30% to be commercial vehicle space

C1 Hotels: hotels, motels, guest houses 1 space per bedroom plus 1 space per 3 staff plus appropriate standard for any associated residential accommodation/restaurant/public house

hostels 1 space per 4 bed spaces plus 1 space per 1 duty staff

C2 Residential Institutions: hospitals 1 space per 2 bed spaces plus 1 space per 50 m²staff only floor area plus 1 space per 8 resident nurses

nursing homes, 1 space per 4 residents elderly persons homes plus 1 space per 3 duty staff

boarding schools 1 space per 10 pupils plus 1 space per 1 duty staff

residential colleges 1 space per 4 students plus 1 space per 1 duty staff

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

190 MovementTourism

Use Class Description Motor Vehicle Parking Provision C3 Dwelling Houses: detached and semi-detached houses 2 spaces per dwelling

terraced houses and flats 1.5 spaces per dwelling

houses in multiple occupation/bedsits 1 space per 2 bedrooms

elderly persons dwellings : independent 0.5 space per dwelling sheltered 0.25 space per dwelling plus appropriate standard for warden’s dwelling

D1 Non-Residential Institutions: primary and secondary 1 space per 1 teacher schools, sixth form plus coach parking on merit colleges

colleges of further and 1 space per 2 staff higher education, plus student parking on merit universities plus coach parking on merit

creches, nurseries, 1 space per 2 staff day centres

clinics, health centres, 1 space per 1 medical/dental staff group medical/dental/ plus 1 space per 2 other staff veterinary practices plus 2 spaces per consulting room

libraries 1 space per 25 m² plus 1 space per 2 staff

places of worship 1 space per 10 seats or 1 space per 20 m² (whichever is greater)

museums, art galleries 1 space per 30 m² plus 1 space per 2 staff

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

191 Movement

Use Class Description Motor Vehicle Parking Provision

public and exhibition halls 1 space per 10 m² or 1 space per 3 seats (whichever is greater) plus 1 space per 3 staff

D2 Assembly and Leisure: cinemas, 1 space per 5 seats concert halls, bingo halls, plus 1 space per 3 staff casinos, also theatres

discotheques, dance halls 1 space per 5 m² plus 1 space per 3 staff

indoor sports halls, 1 space per 10 m² swimming pools plus 1 space per 2 staff plus 1 coach space

sports grounds to be determined on merit and stadia

Other: petrol filling stations 1 space per 1 staff

vehicle repair garages 1 space per 1 staff plus 1 space per 20 m²

display and sale of motor 1 space per 10 vehicles displayed vehicles plus 1 space per 1 staff

taxi and private hire 1 space per taxi per shift booking offices plus 1 space per 2 office staff

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

192 MovementTourism

Explanation – Motor Vehicle Parking Standards

Class A1 Retail: District and Local Centres – The standards will encourage development in existing centres where the space available for parking is limited and which are well served by public transport. Small Shops – The standard will encourage small local shops, located within walking distance of houses. Large Shops – Standards for superstores and retail warehouses recognise the largely car based requirements of these uses.

Class C1 Hotels, and Class C2 Residential Institutions: Hostels, elderly persons and nursing homes – The standards reflect the low car ownership levels of residents, but recognise the need for parking by full-time staff, due to the dispersed locations of these uses. Part-time catering and cleaning staff are unlikely to need any significant amount of parking.

Class C3 Dwelling Houses: Houses in multiple occupation/bedsits – This represents a standard which should be attained if possible. In some cases where there are physical constraints, a lower level of provision may be allowed. Elderly persons dwellings - The standard for sheltered accommodation reflects the low car ownership levels of residents.

Class D1 Non-Residential Institutions: Primary and secondary schools, colleges and universities – The standards recognise the need for parking by full- time staff, particularly at schools, due to their dispersed locations. In colleges and universities, the use of cars by students should be discouraged.

Class D2 Assembly and Leisure : These standards are guidelines only, as the requirements of the individual users can vary greatly.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

193 Movement

Schedule 2 : Disabled parking standards A proportion of car parking spaces should be reserved for ‘orange badge’ holders according to the following standards. Parking spaces for the disabled should be 3.6 m wide, or alternatively two standard 2.4 m spaces sharing an unloading area 1.2 m wide. This provision should be clearly marked for disabled use and located as close as possible to the main entrance of the building, with appropriate access – such as a ramp – provided from the bay to the entrance.

Land Use Disabled Parking Provision

Employment premises: Up to 200 spaces 5% of capacity, with minimum of 2 spaces Over 200 spaces 2% of capacity plus 6 spaces

Places open to the public (including shopping, recreation health and education uses): Up to 200 spaces 6% of capacity, with minimum of 3 spaces Over 200 spaces 4% of capacity plus 4 spaces

If the total number of car parking spaces is 20 or more, the disabled spaces should be reserved for disabled use only. If the total is less than 20, the disabled spaces need not be exclusively reserved, but should be marked as suitable for disabled use.

Schedule 3 : Cycle parking standards The following cycle parking standards apply Citywide, including the City Centre. All development, except dwelling houses (Use Class C3), should provide a minimum of 4 spaces. Cycle stands should be secure and carefully located, where they can be overlooked and do not obstruct pedestrians. More detailed guidance on cycle parking is contained in SPG Note 23 and the City Council’s Cycling Policy Report (April 1992).

Use Class Description Cycle Parking Provision A1 Retail: 1 space per 100 m² GFA

superstores (over 2300 m²) 1 space per 100 m² GFA retail warehouses (over 465 m²) 1 space per 200 m² GFA

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

194 MovementTourism

Use Class Description Cycle Parking Provision

A2 Financial and 1 space per 100 m² GFA Professional Services: or 1 space per 8 staff (whichever is greater)

A3 Food and Drink: 1 space per 12 seats or 1 space per 20 m² dining or drinking floor area (whichever is greater)

hot food takeaways to be determined on merit

B1 Business: offices 1 space per 100 m²GFA or 1 space per 8 staff (whichever is greater)

light industrial, research and development, as B2 laboratories, studios

B2 General Industrial: 1 space per 200 m²industrial floor area

B8 Storage and Distribution: 1 space per 500 m² storage floor area

C1 Hotels: hotels, motels, guest 1 space per 10 bed spaces houses

hostels 1 space per 4 bed spaces

C2 Residential Institutions: hospitals 1 space per 10 bed spaces

nursing homes, 1 space per 10 residents elderly persons homes

residential schools 1 space per 4 students and colleges

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

195 Movement

Use Class Description Cycle Parking Provision

C3 Dwelling Houses: houses to be accessible by cycle

flats 1 space per dwelling (under cover and lockable)

houses in multiple 1 space per bedroom occupation/bedsits (under cover and lockable)

elderly persons dwellings to be determined on merit

D1 Non-Residential Institutions: primary schools 1 space per 50 pupils

secondary schools, 1 space per 5 students sixth form colleges, colleges of further and higher education,universities,

creches, nurseries, to be determined on merit day centres,

clinics, health centres, 1 space per 2 consulting rooms group medical/dental/ veterinary practices

libraries 1 space per 100 m²

places of worship 1 space per 50 seats or 1 space per 100 m² (whichever is greater)

museums, art galleries 1 space per 150 m²

public and exhibition halls 1 space per 50 m² or 1 space per 15 seats (whichever is greater)

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

196 MovementTourism

Use Class Description Cycle Parking Provision D2 Assembly and Leisure: cinemas, concert halls, 1 space per 50 seats bingo halls, casinos, also theatres

discotheques, 1 space per 100 m² dance halls

indoor sports halls, 1 space per 50 m² swimming pools plus 1 space per 4 staff

sports grounds and to be determined on merit stadia

Other: transport – rail stations to be determined on merit

bus stations 1 space per bus stand

Park and Ride 1 space per 50 car parking spaces

Key : GFA gross floor area

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

197 Movement

Explanation – Cycle Parking Standards Cycle parking standards are based upon 20 – 25% of car parking provision. In many cases this is either increased or decreased depending on the suitability of a particular land use for journeys by cycle.

Class A1 Retail: The standards will encourage journeys by cycle to small and medium sized shops, particularly in district and local centres close to housing areas, while recognising that larger stores are usually car based.

Class C1 Hotels, and Class C2 Residential Institutions: Some of these uses have a high demand for cycle parking by residents, e.g. student hostels, and others a very low demand e.g. elderly persons homes. However, the dispersed locations of these uses means that cycling can be the most convenient way for staff to reach them. There is also likely to be a demand for cycle parking by part-time catering and cleaning staff.

Class D1 Non-Residential Institutions: Primary schools – Cycling by primary school children is not encouraged, on grounds of safety. Secondary schools, colleges, universities – The high level of provision reflects the need to encourage students to use cycles and not cars.

Class D2 Assembly and Leisure: The requirements of these uses vary, e.g. discos – low provision, sports halls – high provision.

Other: Transport – Provision for cycle parking at public transport interchanges will encourage the use of environmentally friendly modes instead of cars.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

198 Housing ‘To provide for the housing needs of the whole community’ Housing

CONTENTS

203 Introduction 203 Trends 203 Population 203 Housing tenure 203 Condition of existing stock 204 Policy context 204 National guidance 204 Strategic guidance 204 City Council policy 205 Objectives 205 Topics and policies 205 H1 Housing development 205 H2 Housing requirement 206 H3 Providing housing land 206 Affordable housing 206 H4 Affordable housing requirement 206 H5 Providing affordable housing 208 H6 Retaining affordable housing for successive households 209 Special needs housing 209 H7 Special needs housing requirement 209 H8 Providing special needs housing 209 Student housing 210 H9 Purpose built residential institutions 211 H10 Gypsies and travellers 212 H11 Improving housing areas 212 H12 Converting a property into self contained flats or houses in multiple occupation 213 H13 Converting a property into a residential institution 214 H14 Housing within shopping centres 214 Implementation 216 Table H1 (Policy H3) Committed housing land 218 Table H2 (Policy H3) Allocated housing land 219 Table H3 Affordable housing

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

200 HousingTourism

DEFINITION OF TERMS upon economic factors such as household income, house prices and the availability of mortgages. Affordable housing Housing need Residential units accessible to people whose incomes Number of dwellings required in the district over a given are insufficient to enable them to afford adequate period based on factors such as population changes, housing on the open market. household size and net migration. City Council Housing Register Self-contained flat A list of households who have applied to the Council for re-housing. It includes those waiting for a house A flat is self-contained if it has all its internal rooms or a transfer. behind its own lockable front door and all standard amenities are provided for the exclusive use of the Dwelling occupants. A building or any part of a building that forms a separate Special needs housing and self-contained set of premises for a single family or household. Housing designed for households who have identified Estate Action needs not met by housing built to current norms. A method of transforming unpopular, run-down housing DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERED IN into homes where people want to live by tackling THIS CHAPTER CLASSIFIED BY physical, management and community issues to THE USE CLASSES ORDER improve the environment and the quality of life. Household C2 – Residential Institutions One person living alone, or a group of people (who Includes residential care homes, but excludes may or may not be related) living permanently or hospitals, clinics, residential schools and colleges as staying temporarily at the same address with common policies on these uses are contained in the Community housekeeping, sharing at least one meal a day or facilities chapter. occupying a common living or sitting room. C3 – Dwellinghouse Houses in multiple occupation (HIMO) Includes a flat and any other place of residence A house lived in by more than one household, such as occupied by either : bedsits. It does not include up to six people sharing (a) a single person or people living together as a meals and other household arrangements that count family; or as a single household. (b) not more than six people living together as a Housing Association single household (including where care is A non-profit making organisation that constructs or provided). improves affordable homes for rent or for sale. It also manages rented and shared ownership homes. RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY Housing completions PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) Number of houses completed. Based on the shell of NOTES the building being finished. SPG Note 17 – Converting a house Housing demand Number of houses required by the market, depending

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

201 Housing

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

202 HousingTourism

INTRODUCTION household structure expected over the Plan period.

9.1 Housing meeting the needs of the community is Figure 9.2: Households Projection 1991-2006 essential to improving quality of life. Providing new homes, converting existing properties and improving existing houses and housing areas is essential to meet people’s aspirations and changing needs. Particular attention should be given to those with special housing needs and to encouraging affordable housing.

TRENDS

Population Housing tenure 9.2 The population of Hull declined from a post-war 9.4 Trends in the tenure of housing stock from 1971 peak of 302,200 in 1962 until the late 1980s. This to 1994 are shown in Figure 9.3. This indicates that downward trend has now been reversed and a small the recent trend towards owner occupation has increase to 270,000 in the period up to 2006 is continued. Private sector renting, falling in popularity projected. These trends are shown in Figure 9.1. up to 1991, has stabilised at around 9%. The size of Figure 9.1: Total Population of Hull 1961 - 1991 the Housing Association sector has quadrupled in the Projected to 2006 last 23 years. A significant proportion of existing and proposed dwellings in this sector are occupied by older people. This has allowed the replacement of prefabs, and released under-occupied family accommodation. The proportion of Housing Association dwellings remains small in relation to public sector provision, which accounts for 37% of all households in Hull. Condition of existing stock 9.5 The poor condition of a significant proportion of the City’s housing stock is a major housing problem in

Figure 9.3: Tenure Change 1971 - 1994

9.3 Despite the decline in population the number of Tenure 1971 1981 1991 1994 households has increased from 90,000 in 1951 to over % % % % 103,000 in 1991. These figures reflect a gradual Owner occupier 32 38 50 50 decrease in the size of the average household in Hull, Private tenant 28 13 10 9 falling from 3.3 persons in 1951 to 2.5 persons in 1991. This downward trend, largely brought about by Housing Association tenant 1 2 3 4 increasing numbers of single person and pensioner Council tenant* 39 47 37 37 households, is likely to continue throughout the *includes Housing Action Trust tenants for 1994

CityPlan period. Figure 9.2 shows the changes in Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

203 Housing

Hull. Over 2,000 public sector dwellings built before of land to be provided amongst the districts of the the Second World War and 8,000 since, have yet to County. It also advises that: receive comprehensive improvements. A further • housing developments within the built up areas 20,000 dwellings in the private sector are either unfit will be favourably considered; or in a state of substantial disrepair. Without significant • good quality agricultural land and open areas investment, it is likely that this situation will deteriorate should be protected; further. Planning policy has a limited role to play in • providing a range of different types of site and directly improving the existing housing stock, but it can medium to high density development will normally promote traffic management and environmental be acceptable; improvements in housing areas. • the City Council should continue to use its powers POLICY CONTEXT under the Housing Acts to improve conditions in older areas of housing; National guidance • initiatives by the private sector and Housing 9.6 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 3 – Housing Associations improving the existing stock will be (1992) advises that: welcomed; • house building targets contained in the Structure • most housing should be provided in the three main Plan should be translated into specific land urban areas of the County (of which Hull is the allocations in local plans; largest); and • at all times land is, or will become, available within • the City Council should ensure that a minimum the next five years to meet house building targets; five year supply of land for housing is readily • there is a need to assist urban regeneration by available and that longer term housing using derelict, under-used and waste land and by requirements can be met. retaining valuable open spaces; and City Council policy a community’s need for affordable and special • 9.9 The City Council seeks to ensure that: needs housing should be taken into account. • there is an adequate five year supply of housing 9.7 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 13 – land; Transport (1994) advises that housing development • development takes place within existing should be located, wherever possible, to provide a allocations and approved policies and that it is choice of means of travel to other facilities. The overall particularly encouraged in the inner urban area strategy should be to allocate the maximum amount and on key development sites, mainly in the north of housing to existing urban areas where it is easily and east of Hull; and accessible to local shops, schools, workplaces and the existing housing stock is encouraged to adapt places of entertainment, and to a range of transport • to meet changing housing needs. provision, with particular priority placed on reusing or converting existing sites and properties. Strategic guidance 9.8 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and subsequent Alteration (1993) distributes the amount

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

204 HousingTourism

OBJECTIVES sustainability. Adequate open space should be provided to satisfy the needs of residents. 9.10 Providing for the housing needs of the whole community by: H1 (a) Housing development will be allowed • allocating sufficient land to meet the City’s agreed if its location and detailed planning strategic housing target to the year 2006; considerations are acceptable. Detailed • requiring that all proposals for new residential planning considerations include: development shall incorporate appropriate (i) impact on local amenity; standards of layout, open space, play areas and (ii) impact on the built and natural community provision; environment; • defining and specifying provision for affordable (iii) design; housing; (iv) parking and access; • defining and specifying provision for special (v) traffic generation and road safety; needs; (vi) danger to health and life; and • encouraging the existing housing stock to adapt (vii) risk of pollution. to meet future needs, provided that standards of amenity are maintained and there are no (b) The detailed planning considerations of this significant adverse consequences; and Policy apply to development considered under Policies H3, H5 and H8 to H14. • promoting environmental improvements and traffic management measures in housing areas where needs are identified. Housing requirement 9.12 The Council must ensure that the Structure Plan TOPICS AND POLICIES strategic housing figure is met and there is, or will become, available, a five year supply of land to meet Housing development the house building target. The Structure Plan requires 9.11 Housing development, including new building, 11,900 new dwellings within the City for the period converting and extending existing properties, will be 1989-2006. Taking into account the number of considered favourably in appropriate locations if it does completions since 1989, a figure of 7,516 dwellings is not have an adverse effect on potential occupiers and required from 1995 – 2006. This gives an annual figure the surrounding environment. Factors such as design, of approximately 654 dwellings and a five year including energy efficiency, impact on amenity, car requirement of 3,268. parking requirements and traffic generation will all be assessed before a decision is made. In particular, H2 The City Council will seek to ensure the new development should be located to take advantage following targets are met: of existing and proposed public transport routes. This (i) the strategic housing requirement of helps to produce a more sustainable pattern of 7,516 dwellings between 1995 and 2006; development. Improving existing well established and housing areas and extending the life of existing housing (ii) an adequate and readily available five stock, by upgrading amenities, building extensions and year supply of land. carrying out conversions, also contributes to

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

205 Housing

Providing housing land Affordable housing 9.13 Land for housing development is identified on Affordable housing requirement the Proposals Map in two separate ways. These are: 9.16 Affordable housing is defined as housing that is • committed land – this is land that has valid accessible to people who cannot afford adequate planning permission or is allocated on the 1954 housing locally on the open market. It is concerned Development Plan. Table H1 lists land in this therefore with the relationship between the price of a category which is shown on the Proposals Map; house and the ability of people to pay that price. and 9.17 A community’s need for affordable housing is • proposed land – this is land that has no valid now recognised as a material planning consideration. planning permission but may be identified for Although other agencies are involved, the planning housing use in development briefs. Table H2 lists system’s role in securing suitable land for affordable all land in this category which is allocated on the housing is an increasingly important one. The City Proposals Map. Council will encourage the provision of affordable 9.14 Committed and proposed land is allocated in housing in appropriate locations. the plan for some 8,080 dwellings, an annual average H4 The City Council will seek to ensure an of 772 up to 2006. This land can provide more adequate supply of land for affordable housing. dwellings than the Structure Plan requires, providing developers with flexibility and a choice of sites. Figure 9.4 shows the distribution of housing sites throughout Providing affordable housing the City. 9.18 The City Council’s Housing Department 9.15 Development has already commenced on the assessed local housing needs as part of the 1994 three main housing sites; Kingswood, Victoria Dock Housing Strategy. This assessment included a and Summergroves. Approximately 5,800 dwellings preliminary investigation into the City’s affordable remain to be built on these sites. housing needs. Table H3 highlights the relevant information from this research, which indicates that a H3 The targets set out in Policy H2 will be significant problem exists. provided by the following: 9.19 The Council’s Housing Register also indicates (i) committed land for developing 7,375 the scale of the problem. The total number of dwellings shown on the Proposals Map households requesting housing in 1994 was 18,546. (sites of 15 dwellings or more only) and This figure includes 459 households needing rehousing in Table H1; and due to house clearance, homelessness, house (ii) proposed land for developing 1,505 improvements, management or social needs reasons. dwellings allocated on the Proposals There were also over 1,000 priority homeless Map (sites of 15 dwellings or more only) acceptances in 1993/94. Out of this figure there were and in Table H2. 388 claims from people with nowhere to sleep that night. 9.20 The above clearly indicates a substantial need for affordable housing in the City. In a compact city such as Hull it is difficult to break down this type of problem into particular geographical areas. It is likely

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

206 HousingTourism DIAGRAMMATIC

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

207 Housing that the need is citywide and any new provision will go conversion of the existing housing stock into smaller, some way towards easing the City’s current shortfall. cheaper units. 9.21 The Housing Department is investigating housing H5 The City Council will seek by negotiation need further. If this research suggests that there are the provision of an appropriate proportion of particular needs in certain parts of the City, then affordable housing on suitable housing sites developers will be advised accordingly. It is important if a need is demonstrated. that affordable housing is near to a range of local services and is within walking distance of an existing or proposed public transport route. 9.22 A significant proportion of the City’s affordable housing is provided by Housing Associations. A three year rolling programme for Housing Association development is produced by the City Council, in consultation with the Housing Corporation, as part of its housing strategy to ensure that land is available to satisfy future needs. The following sites are included in this programme: Site number Site description: 2 Summergroves C; 5 Barrington Avenue; 6 Thornton YDG maisonette site ; 28 Preston Road, north side; 37 Priory Road (south); 38 Houghton Walk; 43 Bransholme, former YDG One of the Citys’ successful affordable housing maisonette site; developments at Summergroves 48 Preston Road, north side, land adjoining cemetery; Retaining affordable housing for successive 49 Wingfield Road, west; and households 51 Hopewell Road, east. 9.24 The City Council supports schemes enabling affordable housing to be retained for successive 9.23 In addition to Housing Associations, affordable occupiers as they can benefit people on low incomes housing can be secured by appropriate land sales and in future years. This is normally only possible in negotiations with developers or by encouraging shared housing provided with an element of subsidy. Involving ownership schemes. Most housing sites are suitable a Housing Association or similar charitable trust is an for affordable housing. The Council will, in appropriate effective way of ensuring that successive occupiers cases, negotiate with developers to secure a suitable benefit from the initial affordability. In certain cases it number of units. There is also scope to increase the may be appropriate to enter into planning agreements number of affordable houses by encouraging the

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

208 HousingTourism or restrictive covenants. Housing schemes that only H7 The City Council will seek to ensure an guarantee a subsidised rent for the initial tenants are adequate supply of land for special needs of limited value. housing 9.25 Housing provided at an affordable cost on the open market often takes the form of smaller, higher Providing special needs housing density development. In such cases it will not normally 9.28 The City Council’s housing strategy will seek to be possible to retain a degree of affordability as the identify special needs housing requirements by property is subject to normal market forces when sold. location and type. Many sites allocated for housing Providing such housing does, however, help to provide are suitable for special needs housing development. a good supply of ‘low cost’ housing. These sites should have easy access to shops, H6 The developer will be required, if community facilities and public transport since these appropriate, to make arrangements to ensure are often essential for people with special needs. that the supply of affordable housing, provided 9.29 The City Council will try to ensure a proportion by Policy H5, is made available for successive of special needs housing on suitable housing sites. households. H8 The City Council will seek by negotiation, the provision of an appropriate proportion of Special needs housing special needs housing on suitable housing Special needs housing requirement sites, if a need is demonstrated. 9.26 There is a need in the City to provide housing for groups with special needs in addition to ensuring a Student housing sufficient overall supply of housing. These include the elderly, the young, single people, ex-offenders, people 9.30 The student population of Hull is likely to continue previously in care, those with physical disabilities, to increase with the expansion of the Universities of mental health problems or learning difficulties, those Hull and Lincolnshire and Humberside. Pressure for with degenerative illnesses, for example HIV/AIDS, student accommodation is already high and additional and other groups identified through the assessment housing by new build or property conversion will be process arising from Community Care policies. Many necessary throughout the Plan period. The CityPlan of these groups are largely ignored by housing cannot make a distinction between ‘student housing’ providers operating solely according to normal market and other forms of shared housing. The detailed conditions. In many cases, special needs housing at planning considerations associated with conversions an affordable cost is required. to student housing, such as parking requirements and impact on the character of an area, are therefore the 9.27 Care in the Community initiatives involve close same as those listed in Policy H12. Future conversions liaison between the City Council, Hull and East Riding requiring planning permission and satisfying the Health Authority, local Housing Associations and other requirements of Policy H12 will be supported, voluntary organisations. Care in the Community is particularly if they are within easy walking or cycling discussed further in the Community facilities chapter. distance of the education facilities or if they are close The City Council seeks to identify special needs to or have good public transport links to theses sites. housing requirements in the City and ensure that land is available. 9.31 The City Council will continue to liaise closely

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

209 Housing with the Universities and will urge them to provide student accommodation meeting anticipated demand in appropriate areas. This development will preferably be provided on the campus or on other areas of land owned by the Universities. Well managed student accommodation schemes such as the ‘head leasing scheme’ currently operated by Hull University will be supported as they are also an effective way of minimising the effects of student housing on traditional housing areas.

One of Westbourne Avenue’s many residential institutions

residents have high levels of dependency and are not mobile. Residential institutions should be near public transport to provide access for residents, staff and Former bus depot, Cottingham Road - a mixture of visitors. new build and converted accommodation for students 9.34 The level of activity associated with residents, staff and visitors of residential institutions should not Purpose built residential institutions harm the amenity of local residents. Grouping of 9.32 Purpose built residential institutions similar uses could significantly affect the character of accommodate and care for an increasing number of housing areas and an over-concentration of such uses people, including the elderly, disabled, past or present will be resisted. dependants on alcohol or drugs, and people with 9.35 A change of use from one residential institution mental health problems. Although they vary in type, to another (within the same Use Class) does not locating residential institutions within or near to housing normally need planning permission. However, these areas is appropriate. uses can have significantly different activity levels, for 9.33 Most residents of institutions have no access to example traffic generation and parking requirements. a car and it is important that residential institutions are The City Council will restrict planning permission to within easy walking distance of a range of shops and prevent a change of use that could adversely affect community facilities. This may not be a major issue if local amenity.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

210 HousingTourism

H9 (a) Purpose built residential institution at Wincolmlee, Bedford Street and Newington Street. development will be allowed within or near to This will give a total of 65 pitches – 43 single and 22 housing areas if: double – giving a capacity for 87 caravans. Figure 9.5 provides more detailed information on each of (i) it is near to shops, community facilities these sites. This provision is expected to meet the and public transport; and requirements for accommodation over the Plan (ii) it will not result in a concentration of period. If the demand for accommodation increases, similar uses adversely affecting the additional sites in appropriate locations may be character of the area. necessary. Department of the Environment Circular (b) The City Council will prevent a change from 1/94 gives further guidance on the special one residential institution use to another if it characteristics of gypsy sites. will adversely affect local amenity. H10 (a) Gypsy and traveller site development will be allowed if a need can be demonstrated Gypsies and travellers and the proposed site is: 9.36 Gypsies and travellers frequently experience (i) acceptable to the gypsy and traveller considerable housing problems such as inadequate community; access to community facilities and poor site conditions. Well designed sites in appropriate locations, meeting (ii) within easy reach of community and the needs of the gypsy community can solve these other facilities; and problems. It is important, however, to take into account (iii) acceptable in terms of the amenity of the effect on local amenity. adjacent occupiers. 9.37 Although the Criminal Justice and Public Order (b) The proposed gypsy and traveller sites Act 1994 repealed the duty of local authorities to listed below and allocated on the Proposals provide and manage sites, the importance of allocating Map will be protected from other development: appropriate site for gypsies is still recognised. The • Bedford Street; role of the private sector in site provision is likely to • Newington Street; and increase as a result of this legislation. • Wincolmlee. 9.38 The City’s only gypsy site is at Wilmington, however, a further three proposed sites are allocated

Figure 9.5: Gypsy and traveller sites SITE Number of Pitches Single Double Caravans Wilmington (existing) 20 16 4 24 Bedford Street (proposed) 10 5 5 15 Newington Street (proposed) 9 7 2 11 Wincolmlee (proposed) 26 15 11 37 Total 65 43 22 87

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

211 Housing

Improving housing areas person and pensioner households. These trends are 9.39 Despite the importance of new housing, the vast expected to continue. Converting larger properties into majority of housing need will continue to be met within smaller units of accommodation can increase the range the existing housing stock. The deteriorating condition of accommodation and meet the housing needs of the of a substantial proportion of the City’s housing stock community, particularly for affordable housing. In is a significant problem. The poor condition of housing addition re-using buildings is a sustainable form of is often matched by its environment. Inadequate street development. Converting property gives rise to a lighting, damaged pavements, poor boundary number of considerations. These are discussed below. treatment and a lack of soft landscape features can 9.42 The City Council has a well established policy often result in a substandard environment. Further of protecting the supply of family houses by restricting problems can be caused by inadequate parking property conversions to a minimum of 110 sq. m arrangements and speeding vehicles taking shortcuts. internal floor space for self contained flats and a 9.40 Initiatives, such as the North Hull Housing Action minimum of 150 sq. m internal floor space for houses Trust and Estate Action funding for Old Bilton Grange, in multiple occupation. It is important to note that these Derringham Bank and the Garths place considerable figures relate to the property that is to be converted – importance on tackling these environmental issues, it does not set a standard of accommodation to be as well as improving the housing stock. Further achieved after conversion. guidance on traffic management is included in the 9.43 Property conversion will normally lead to an Movement chapter. This comprehensive approach to intensification of use and development should not area improvement is the most effective means of adversely affect the amenity of adjoining or surrounding rejuvenating the City’s housing areas. Similar residents. In particular, extending property to enable problems also exist in some of the City’s private conversion may not be acceptable because of the housing areas. However, only limited resources are adverse effect on local amenity and visual appearance. currently available to tackle the problems in these It may, however, be appropriate if it improves the areas. The City Council will continue to support standard of accommodation. Extending a property just improvements to housing areas. to increase the number of households accommodated is not acceptable. H11 Improving housing areas will be 9.44 The amenity of occupiers of a proposed supported. This will include environmental and conversion will also be taken into account. A minimum traffic management schemes. floor space of 30 sq. m is considered appropriate for each household and the accommodation should have Converting a property into self contained a satisfactory layout and adequate private open space. flats or houses in multiple occupation 9.45 Adequate parking provision is also required to 9.41 Most property conversion will involve existing protect the amenity of both future residents and houses. However, it could include former warehouses neighbours. For self-contained flats, one and a half or shops, especially in the City Centre. There is an car parking spaces and one cycle space per dwelling increasing demand in the City for smaller units of is required. For a house in multiple occupation, one accommodation. This situation has been brought about car parking space and one cycle space per bedroom by changes in population and household structures, is required. Further information on parking standards most noticeably the significant increase in single is included in Policies M30, M31 and M33 of the

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

212 HousingTourism

Movement chapter. The City Council will monitor the location of such uses within or near to housing areas level of new and existing conversions throughout the is appropriate if there is easy access to shops, City to ensure that any cumulative impacts caused by community facilities and public transport and if the conversions can be identified. If problems are character of the area is not harmed by the cumulative identified, local policies will be prepared to control effects of similar uses. If, in addition, the property to further conversions in that area. Advice on converting be converted is a house, it should have a minimum property is given in Supplementary Planning Guidance internal floor area of 150 sq. m. This requirement will (SPG) Note 17 – Converting a house. protect local amenity and the supply of family houses. It is important to note that this figure relates to the H12 (a) Converting a property into self- internal floor area of the property that is to be converted contained flats or a house in multiple and not the standard of accommodation to be achieved occupation will be allowed if: after conversion. (i) for self-contained flats, it has a minimum 9.47 A detached property is the most appropriate for internal floor space of 110 sq. m when converting to a residential institution to minimise the the property is a dwellinghouse; effect of noise and disturbance on surrounding (ii) for a house in multiple occupation, it has residents. A semi-detached property is not normally a minimum internal floor space of 150 considered suitable for conversion if the other half is sq.m when the property is a in housing use, as it could harm the amenity of the dwellinghouse; adjoining residents. A mid-terrace property (that is, (iii) the standard of accommodation is any property in a terrace with the exception of the two acceptable; end properties) is unacceptable for converting into a residential institution as the level of activity could harm (iv) parking standards comply with Policies the amenity of adjoining residents, and it is not normally M30, M31 and M33; and possible to provide the necessary servicing and (v) it will not result in a concentration of parking arrangements. similar uses adversely affecting the 9.48 Converting property will normally lead to an character of the area. intensification of use and development should not (b) Extending a property to allow a conversion adversely affect the amenity of surrounding residents. will not be allowed if this adversely affects local In particular, extending property to enable conversion amenity and in particular, if it results in an over may not be acceptable because of the adverse effect intensive use of the property. on local amenity and visual appearance. It may, (c) The City Council will monitor the conversion however, be appropriate if it improves the standard of of properties and will prepare local policies to accommodation. Extending a property purely to control further conversions in areas where increase the number of units of accommodation is not problems are experienced. acceptable. 9.49 The amenity of future occupiers of a property to Converting a property into a residential be converted will also require consideration. The institution accommodation should have a satisfactory layout and 9.46 Converting property can make an important adequate private open space. contribution to the supply of residential institutions. The 9.50 Other uses within Class C2 – residential

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

213 Housing institutions include clinics and hospitals. These uses function of centres and housing should not undermine could have a significant effect on the amenity of an shopping activity. area in terms of traffic generation, parking 9.52 The amenity of residents is an important requirements and general disturbance. The City consideration, however, occupiers must accept that Council therefore considers preventing a future change there is likely to be more disturbance than in housing of use by imposing a condition on a planning approval. areas. In addition, housing development and protecting amenity in a shopping centre should not H13 (a) Converting a property to a residential prevent future shopping development. institution will be allowed if: (i) it is near to shops, community facilities H14 Housing development within a shopping and public transport; centre will be allowed if it has no serious (ii) it will not result in a concentration of adverse affect on the shopping function of the similar uses adversely affecting the character centre. of the area; (iii) it has a minimum internal floor space of IMPLEMENTATION 150 sq.m when the property is a dwellinghouse; 9.53 Policies will be put into practice in a number of (iv) the standard of accommodation is ways. The following table is a quick reference guide acceptable; and showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to be implemented. A broad explanation of each feature (v) it does not involve a property in the is given in the General policies, implementation, middle of a housing terrace. monitoring and review chapter. (b) Extending the property to allow a 9.54 Key agencies and consultees involved in the conversion will not be allowed if this adversely implementation of the policies are listed below. affects local amenity and, in particular, if it results in an over intensive use of the property. • Housing Corporation; (c) The City Council will prevent a change from • Housing Associations; one residential institution use to another if • House Builders Federation; such a change is likely to adversely affect local • East Riding of Yorkshire Council; amenity. • North Hull HAT; and • Universities and colleges. Housing within shopping centres 9.51 Housing within shopping centres can add variety of use either as new building or taking up vacant and under-used floor space, in particular above existing shops. It can also increase activity especially between normal shopping hours, making centres lively and more secure. In certain cases funding for such projects is available through the Government’s ‘Living Over The Shop’ initiative. However, shopping is the main

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

214 HousingTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

215 Housing

TABLE H1 (POLICY H3)

Committed land for housing development indicated on the Proposals Map, January 1995

Site Site Total Approximate number location area number of (ha) dwellings

1 Summergroves A 0.80 20 2 Summergroves C 3.40 100 3 Summergroves D 1.60 55 4 Pickering Road allotments 1.50 70 5 Barrington Avenue 1.00 30 6 Thornton YDG maisonette site 1.20 45 7 Park Street/Clarendon Street 0.35 15 8 Beverley Road, land to rear of 132 – 142/ 19 –25 Somerscales Street 0.25 15 9 4 – 12 Duesbury Street and land to rear of 30 Louis Street 0.20 15 10 1 Westbourne Avenue 0.08 15 11 Ryde Avenue, land behind 32 – 88 0.90 35 12 Beverley Road (land north of 439) 0.08 5 13 Cranbrook Avenue / Inglemire lane, land at the corner 0.24 15 14 Victoria Dock A 0.35 35 15 Victoria Dock B 2.70 135 16 Victoria Dock D 7.10 210 17 Holderness Road / Field Street 0.10 10 18 Rockford Fields 2.08 45 19 Kingswood A 201.50 4,745 20 Cumbrian Way / Wawne Road, land at the corner 2.59 80 21 Cumbrian Way / Kentmere Close, land at the corner 1.09 30 22 Newbridge Road, east side, corner of Craven Street 0.80 35 23 Reeds Lane allotments 4.10 210 24 Princess Royal Hospital, land to east 9.00 300 25 Church Street, land to south 0.90 30 26 Kestrel Avenue, land to east 2.20 75 27 Noddle Hill Way, land to east, north of Castlehill Road 12.70 300 28 Preston Road, north side 2.05 100 29 Wingfield Road, east 0.75 40 30 Hopewell Road, north side, nos. 71 – 111 0.76 35

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

216 HousingTourism

Site Site Total Approximate number location area number of (ha) dwellings

31 St Bede’s, Wivern Road 0.24 10 32 Wellington Street, corner with Railway Street 0.59 100 33 Sammy’s Point 3.40 210 34 Brooklands Road, land to north 1.30 60 * Ash Grove, land to west 0.29 10 * Alexandra Road, between nos. 61 and 65 0.18 5 * 49 – 53 Durham Street 0.09 10 * Maybury Road (site of former pub) 0.17 5 * Holderness Road, land to rear of 976 – 986 0.11 5 * Marfleet Avenue, site of former Methodist Church 0.11 10 * Fountain Road, adjacent to no. 31 0.15 10 * 152 Spring Bank (land adjoining) 0.04 10 * 41 – 43 Albert Avenue 0.09 5 * Kinderscout Close 0.25 10 * 562 Hessle Road 0.07 10 * Boulevard, adjacent 238 0.03 5 * Linnaeus Street, rear of Western Synagogue 0.10 10 * Wawne Road, west side, Sutton Manor 0.24 10 * Walker Street/Great Thornton Street 0.20 10 * Newbridge Road 0.20 5 * 10 John Street 0.10 5 * 9 – 10 Louis Street 0.05 5 * 52 Wellstead Street 0.08 5 Total 7,375 Notes Sites marked with an * are too small to appear on the Proposals Map. The number of dwellings on each site is based on either: (a) the figure approved under a current planning permission; or (b) an average density of 37 dwellings per hectare taking into account the need for Urban Greenspace, as discussed in the Natural Environment chapter. This figure is only intended to be a general guideline for the development of each site. Source: Hull City Council

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

217 Housing

TABLE H2 (POLICY H3) Allocated land for housing development indicated on the Proposals Map, January 1995 Site Site Total Approximate number location area number of (ha) dwellings

35 Summergroves B 7.23 120 36 Woldcarr Road allotments 4.50 135 37 Priory Road (south) 0.26 20 38 Houghton Walk 0.40 15 39 Spring Bank, land between Stanley and Derringham Street 0.82 25 40 Kingston Hospital site 2.48 75 41 Victoria Dock C 2.00 75 42 Victoria Dock E 5.00 185 43 Bransholme, former YDG maisonette site 2.20 65 44 Kingswood B 2.80 105 45 Land to north of Delhi Street 1.12 35 46 St. Richards playing fields 6.07 180 47 Preston Road, south side 1.15 35 48 Preston Road, north side, land adjoining cemetery 0.60 30 49 Wingfield Road, west 1.40 40 50 Grange Road, west 0.50 15 51 Hopewell Road, east 0.40 15 52 Hopewell Road, adjacent to Lingdale Road 0.40 15 53 Howdale Road, land to south 1.80 65 54 High Street, west side, south of Scale Lane, north of Liberty Lane 0.08 20 55 Calvert Lane 3.10 115 56 Hull College, Riley Centre grounds (north) 1.30 40 57 Westwood Close, Land to south of 0.24 10 * High Street, east side, north of Alfred Gelder Street 0.17 5 * St. Georges Road 0.09 5 * 4 – 6 Wellington Street 2.00 60 Total 1505 Notes Sites marked with an * are too small to appear on the Proposals Map. The number of dwellings proposed is based on either: (a) the figure suggested within an agreed planning brief; or (b) an average density of 37 dwellings per hectare taking into account the need for Urban Greenspace, as discussed in the Natural Environment chapter. This figure is only intended to be a general guideline for the development of each site. Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

218 HousingTourism

TABLE H3 AFFORDABLE HOUSING

Affordability measures the relationship between incomes and the price of housing. The following information, taken from the 1994 Housing Strategy, suggests that there is a significant shortfall of affordable housing in the City. INCOMES IN GREAT BRITAIN (Average gross wage per week) Great Britain Yorkshire and Humberside Humberside Full time manual male £274.30 £268.50 £278.20 Full time manual female £177.10 £167.60 £167.20 Full time non-manual male £418.20 £367.80 £360.50 Full time non-manual female £268.70 £244.70 £236.90 • Wage levels in Humberside lag behind regional and national levels for female manual and male and female non manual workers. • Figures from 1993 New Earnings Survey.

UNEMPLOYMENT RATES IN GREAT BRITAIN (April 1994) Great Britain Yorkshire and Humberside Hull All 10.5% 10.7% 15.1% • In October 1993, approximately half of those unemployed were younger than 30, emphasising the need for affordable housing for this age group. • Figures from Labour Market Trends

BUYING YOUR OWN HOME Average prices in Hull 1993 - 1994 Detached House £72,900 Semi-Detached House £49,000 Terraced House £33,800 Bungalow £53,000 All £39,400 • Figures from House Prices in Humberside 1993 – 1994 (HCC). • 68% of all properties advertised were terraced houses. • An annual income of approximately £10,000 is required to support a full mortgage for an average terrace house costing £34,000. • An annual income of approximately £16,000 is required to support a full mortgage for an average semi- detached house costing £49,000. • Although interest rates in early 1994 have remained relatively low and buying a home has become a more affordable option to more people, unemployment rates in Hull mean that for many people owner occupation remains out of reach.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

219 Housing

Renting from a private landlord (Average cost per week) 1994 Bedsit £40 1 Bedroomed property £44 2 Bedroomed property £54 3 Bedroomed property £67 4 Bedroomed property £81 • To afford rents of £175 per month an income of around £10,000 is needed • Modern or refurbished properties command higher rents, as for properties near the City Centre. Much of the advertised accommodation is only available furnished • Those reliant on Housing Benefit often have their choice further restricted by landlord’s reluctance to rent to them Renting from a Housing Association (Average cost per week) 1994 1 Bedroomed property £35 2 Bedroomed property £40 3 Bedroomed property £45 • To afford rents of around £45 per week (£180 per month) an income of nearly £11,000 per annum is needed Renting from a local authority (Average cost per week) 1994 Bedsit £24 - £28 1 Bedroomed Flat £26 – £32 3 Bedroomed House £28 - £34 • Local Authority rents are about half that charged for a private sector rented dwelling • They are much more easily afforded by those on low incomes (and not in receipt of Housing Benefit) than rents in the private sector or Housing Association sector Source : Hull City Council

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

220 Employment ‘To support and develop the local economy’ Employment

CONTENTS

225 Introduction 225 Trends 225 Restructuring Hull’s economy 226 Employment land 226 Unemployment 226 Predominant employment areas 227 Policy context 227 National guidance 227 Strategic guidance 228 City Council policy 229 Objectives 229 Topics and Policies 229 E1 Employment development 229 E2 Supply of employment land 229 E3 Employment land provision 230 E4 Removing development constraints on employment land 230 E5 Regenerating existing employment areas 232 E6 Port-related development 232 E7 Office development 233 E8 Business and science parks 234 E9 General employment uses 234 E10 Employment training and initiatives 234 E11 Existing employment uses within or near to housing areas 235 E12 Non-employment development on employment land 235 E13 Small businesses and working from home 235 E14 Vehicle hire development 236 Implementation 238 Table E1 (Policy E3) Committed employment land 239 Table E2 (Policy E3) Allocated employment land

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

222 EmploymentTourism

DEFINITION OF TERMS Constrained land Land that is physically constrained, lacking proper Employment uses access or drainage, or reserved by the landowner for Includes uses only within Class B1 Business, B2 specific uses such as port use only or for longer term General Industry and B8 Storage and Distribution. expansion requirements, and is not readily available Excluded from this definition are Classes A1 Shops for employment development. and A3 Food and Drink as policies on these uses are Predominant employment areas contained in the Shopping chapter. Includes land available for, and existing, employment Non-employment uses uses as shown on the Proposals Map and figure 10.8. Includes uses outside Classes B1, B2 and B8. Strategic employment locations Business and Science parks Strategic employment locations are: Class B1 Business use developments higher in design • normally over 20 ha; and quality than industrial/warehousing units. • accessible to the main road network. Offices In the City, Strategic employment locations as indicated Includes the office element categorised within Class on the Proposals Map comprise the following: B1 Business. Policies on non-shopping uses (including • Priory Park; A2 financial and professional uses) within shopping centres are contained within the Shopping chapter. • Kingswood; Major office development refers generally to over 1,000 • Sutton Fields; and sq. m floor area (gross). • East Hull Docklands* Port area *In part for Port-related development only. Designated land shown on the Proposals Map covering the extent of the Port’s operational area. This DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERED IN designation is not intended to show locations where THIS CHAPTER CLASSIFIED BY ‘permitted development rights’ associated with port THE USE CLASSES ORDER activity may apply. B1 Business Port related uses Includes offices (other than A2 considered in the Includes dock, pier, harbour, water transport and inland Shopping chapter), research and development studios, navigation undertakings required for the purposes of laboratories and light industry. shipping, or in connection with the embarking, disembarking, loading, discharging or transport of B2 General Industry passengers, livestock or goods at a dock, pier or Includes those industrial processes not normally within harbour, or with the movement of traffic by canal or Classes B1 or B8 uses. inland navigation or by any railway forming part of the B8 Storage and Distribution undertaking. Includes warehousing but not retail club warehouses Readily available employment land which are considered in the Shopping chapter. Land with no known physical or planning constraints that can readily be developed for employment uses.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

223 Employment

RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE(SPG) NOTES

SPG Note 7 - Designing employment development

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

224 EmploymentTourism

INTRODUCTION 10.3 The City’s manufacturing sector includes pharmaceuticals, caravans, power transmission 10.1 The CityPlan helps guide employment equipment and food processing industries. This sector development and investment, enhances the role of the has declined nationally, but local employment losses City as the sub-regional business centre and assists have not been as severe. Longer term prospects for in realising its potential to become a growth centre in this sector may improve as firms seek to expand and the emerging North European trade corridor. The invest or relocate their production and support facilities. continuing regeneration of the local economy is of vital Since the mid 1980s the service sector has been the importance to the future prosperity and the quality of fastest growing area of employment, especially in life of those who work and live in the City. Its growth public administration and consumer based services potential as a Northern Gateway to Europe is important such as banking and finance. for future business opportunities.

TRENDS

Restructuring Hull’s economy 10.2 In the last 20 years (1975-1995), Hull’s economy has undergone dramatic changes in common with much of the United Kingdom. The principle features have been a decline in manufacturing and other industrial employment and a growth in service sector employment. The local employment structure is illustrated in figure 10.1. Jobs ( )

10.4 The Port of Hull is going through a period of major growth. It has become the fastest growing Associated British Ports (ABP) port in the UK (1988 –

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

225 Employment

Figure 10.4: Employment Development Completions uses total about 322 ha (1995). 61% (196 ha) of this 1981 -1993 is constrained, either physically through poor access or lack of drainage, or is held for specific development such as port related facilities, 24% (77 ha) is readily available and 15% (56 ha) is under investigation for employment use as shown in figure 10.5. Unemployment

a 10.7 Hull’s unemployment rate in mid-1990 was at its lowest for a decade. Up to 1995 unemployment rates have been rising, in common with many other comparable sized cities in the country. Unemployment rates in Hull and the Hull Travel To Work Area have been persistently above the regional and national rate as shown in figure 10.6. In certain parts of the City 1993). Passenger traffic has grown considerably since the unemployment rate has risen to 2.5 times the 1972. The Port handles over one million passengers national average (1995). Male unemployment rates annually as shown in figure 10.2. The Port also has a are even higher. Those suffering high levels of cargo throughput in the region of 9 million tonnes per unemployment such as the young and unskilled annum, handling a wide range of freight, dry and liquid workers are mainly concentrated in the inner city and bulk goods, timber, steel and fish as shown in figure outer estates as shown in figure 10.7. 10.3. Employment land Figure 10.6: Trends in unemployment rates 1990-93 10.5 The take up of land for employment uses over the last 10 years has fluctuated. A total of 154 hectares (ha) of land has been developed (1982-1995) as shown in figure 10.4. 10.6 Current levels of land available for employment

Figure 10.5: Available employment land 1982 - 1994

Predominant employment areas 10.8 Existing predominant employment areas, as shown in figure 10.8 and the Proposals Map, are generally located in the form of an inverted T-shape centred around the River Hull and the Humber Estuary frontage. Parts of these areas continue to be the focus of wide-ranging investment and regeneration initiatives.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

226 EmploymentTourism

Figure 10.7: Unemployment by ward, October 1994

Below National average Above National average but below City average Above City average but below 20%

Above 20%

National average 9.9% City Average 14.7%

DIAGRAMMATIC Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

POLICY CONTEXT holdings with the aim of releasing sites for employment development. National guidance 10.10 PPG Note 13 – Transport (1994) advises that 10.9 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 4 – activities which generate large numbers of jobs should Industrial and Commercial Development and Small be very close to major public transport facilities and Firms (1992) advises: easily reached from housing areas by public transport, • seeking to integrate economic growth with a high cycling or walking. quality environment; Strategic guidance • reducing uncertainty surrounding investment 10.11 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and decisions; subsequent Alteration (1993) advises: • promoting energy efficient modes of transport; • focusing new employment development within • providing guidance for different kinds of existing urban areas providing land for new, job businesses, including small businesses, by creating, economic development and providing allocating sufficient land which is readily capable additional port facilities; of development and well served by infrastructure; • placing special emphasis on the economic and • ensuring full use of potential sites and premises physical regeneration of the City’s older industrial in inner cities and urban areas; and and commercial areas; • encouraging other land owners to review their land • locating major office development (identified as

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

227 Employment

being over 1,000 sq. m gross floor area) in the Economic Development Strategy (1995) as follows: centre of the main urban centres and only allowing • attracting new and inward investment, thereby out-of-centre office development in special creating good quality jobs for local people; circumstances; and • encouraging new, and safeguarding existing jobs, • that very large projects in ‘greenfield’ locations for local people; should be justified only in exceptional • exploiting the City’s competitive advantage as a circumstances. key European port and business location by 10.12 The Structure Plan identifies strategic locations creating more opportunity for overseas trading and for employment development in the Hull Area. These new employment, thereby strengthening the local are discussed in more detail in the Context and employment base; strategy chapter. • implementing locally based economic City Council policy development initiatives which help to alleviate 10.13 Economic regeneration is a key aim of the unemployment, social and material deprivation in CityPlan. The City Council’s policies are set out in the the City;

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

228 EmploymentTourism

• contributing to developing the skills of those Note 7 - Designing employment development provides unemployed, thereby retaining and creating jobs; advice on good design. • maximising national and EU funds to benefit local E1 (a) Employment development will be people; and allowed if its location and detailed planning providing a comprehensive research and • considerations are acceptable. Detailed development service. planning considerations include: OBJECTIVES (i) impact on local amenity; (i) impact on the built and natural 10.14 To support and develop the local economy by: environment; assisting the City to realise its potential as one of • (iii) design; the region’s major economic centres and the (iv) parking, servicing and access; Northern Gateway to Europe; (v) traffic generation and road safety; • ensuring that sufficient land is available in a range (vi) danger to health or life; and of locations, sizes and types to meet the demands of a wide range of employment uses; (vii) risk of pollution. • encouraging infrastructure improvements to help (b) The detailed planning considerations of this retain existing jobs and create new ones; Policy apply to development considered under Policies E4 to E14. • encouraging the regeneration of older industrial and commercial parts of the City by continuing programmes of environmental and infrastructure Supply of employment land improvement, particularly around the City Centre 10.16 Sufficient land needs to be available in a range and the area formed by the River Hull Corridor; of locations, sizes and types to meet expected demand and for employment development. This is fundamental to • promoting employment and training opportunities the growth and future prosperity of the local economy. for those sections of the community which are disadvantaged. E2 The City Council will seek to ensure an adequate supply of land for employment TOPICS AND POLICIES development over the period of the CityPlan to meet: Employment development (i) strategic land requirements; and 10.15 Creating new jobs and protecting existing ones (ii) the demand for employment land. is of prime importance to the local economy, as is protecting and enhancing the environment. Employment development (Use Classes B1, B2 and Employment land provision B8), offices, and port related development requiring 10.17 The amount of land needed in the City up to planning permission should not adversely affect the the year 2006 for future employment requirements is local environment or the amenities of local residents, based on the take-up of employment land during the road safety or the operations of other businesses or last 10 years (some 154 ha up to 1995). This is create danger to health, life or risk of pollution. SPG regarded as the minimum provision. To allow a wider

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

229 Employment choice for potential developers and greater scope for Map (except sites below 0.50 ha) and in development, all currently (at 1995) available land for Table E2. employment use, totalling 322 ha, is allocated in a wide (b) Strategic employment locations are variety of locations. The size, range and location of designated on the Proposals Map as follows: sites is shown in figure 10.9 and on the Proposals Map. (i) Priory Park; 10.18 The strategic locations available within the City (ii) Kingswood; where major development is expected to take place over the plan period are at Priory Park, Kingswood, (iii) Sutton Fields; and Sutton Fields and the Port (Hedon Road area) (iv) East Hull Docklands. indicated on the Proposals Map. Large single users of significance to the City’s economy will be supported Removing development constraints on and encouraged here. At Priory Park and Kingswood, employment land priority will be given for business or science park 10.20 Only 24% (77 ha) of employment land shown development. Priority will also be given for or allocated on the Proposals Map is available (at 1995) employment development at the Port for activities for development. Constraints on the remainder are which take advantage of its location. physical, lacking proper drainage or because land is 10.19 Land for employment development is identified held for a specific use or for expansion. There is a on the Proposals Map in two separate ways (sites pressing need to bring these constrained sites onto below 0.5 ha are too small to show on the Proposals the market to maintain an adequate land supply over Map) as follows: the plan period, fostering further economic growth and • committed land – this is land which has valid job opportunities. planning permission or is an allocation on the existing Development Plan. Table E1 lists land in E4 Removing development constraints on this category which is shown on the Proposals employment sites shown or allocated on the Map; and Proposals Map or within existing employment • proposed land – this is land which has no valid areas will be supported. planning permission or which has previously been identified for employment use in development Regenerating existing employment areas briefs. Table E2 lists all land in this category that 10.21 Certain parts of existing employment areas in is allocated on the Proposals Map. the City, as shown in figure 10.8, require further E3 (a) The supply of employment land will attention to halt economic and environmental decline, be provided primarily by the following: create jobs, give renewed confidence, increase (i) committed land for employment investment, and promote improvement and growth. development shown on the Proposals Support and encouragement will therefore be given to Map (except sites below 0.50 ha) and in assist further economic and physical regeneration. Table E1; and Economic and physical regeneration includes: (ii) proposed land for employment • bringing back into beneficial use derelict, development allocated on the Proposals despoiled or vacant land;

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

230 EmploymentTourism DIAGRAMMATIC

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

231 Employment

• new development or improvement of premises; 10.24 There are considerable opportunities for re- • environmental improvements; and using existing sites and surroundings for offices in the City Centre. The City Centre is the preferred location • improved traffic circulation, access and parking. for office development, necessary in maintaining its Regeneration is considered in more detail in the Urban vitality and in protecting its overall function. There are regeneration chapter. a number of suitable sites identified in the City Centre

E5 Economic and physical regeneration of chapter. However, the need to bring business and existing employment areas will be encouraged. science park uses (which includes offices) to the City is also recognised and there are suitable locations designated by Policy E8. Port related development 10.25 Preference will be given, in the following order 10.22 Within the Port area designated on the of priority, in locating office development: Proposals Map, there are substantial areas of vacant • within the City Centre as designated on the or under-used land. Most of the available land in the Proposals Map or in a Business and Science Park Port area is likely to be developed for port related designated by Policy E8; activities, which may not necessarily require planning permission because of certain ‘permitted development’ • edge-of City-Centre; rights. Resurgence of the local economy is likely to • in existing, committed or allocated employment be greatly influenced by activities associated with the areas designated under policies G4 and E3; or Port and the City’s position in relation to mainland • elsewhere in the City. Europe. The further development of the Port and, in 10.26 Office development ancillary to other particular the role of the City as the ‘Northern Gateway’, employment uses is not subject to the sequential with trading links across Northern Europe, will be approach to site selection, although any proposal must supported and encouraged. comply with other Plan policies.

E6 Port related development within the Port 10.27 Large scale office proposals or a combination of smaller ones outside the City Centre, could seriously area designated on the Proposals Map will be affect the function of the City Centre. An assessment encouraged. of the likely impact on the function of the City Centre Office development of an office proposal will be required (even if on a Business Park) if there is concern about the 10.23 The benefits of a city centre location for offices consequences of the scale of the proposal or the include contact with other business services and cumulative effect of small scale ones. Such an greater accessibility for a large number of people using assessment will involve using indicators expressed in the public transport network. They also generate custom PPG Note 6 – Town Centres and Retail Developments for shops and leisure uses that add to the vibrancy of (1996) in as much as they apply to office uses. city centres. However, the traditional centre functions, in some cities, are being undermined by the growth of 10.28 Office development must also be well located regional centres, by globalisation of trade arising from for, or capable of providing secure and frequent public greater use of Information Technology and the greater transport and be accessible for pedestrians, the availability of out-of-centre locations offering the mobility impaired and cyclists, particularly in the case benefits to users associated with Business Parks. of major proposals. Policies on financial and

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

232 EmploymentTourism professional services or other office services, serving Business and Science Parks members of the public, appropriate in a shopping area 10.29 High quality, prestigious sites of appropriate are outlined in the Shopping Chapter. size for development, within the City at Priory Park and Kingswood, are shown in the CityPlan to attract E7 (a) The City Council will require a major companies. These locations are highly developer to demonstrate that a sequential accessible to the road network, offer scope for access approach has been adopted in selecting a site through improvement to public transport facilities and for office development, except if ancillary to opportunities for a low density, landscaped setting and another employment use. a range of ancillary amenities, creating an attractive (b) For office development, preference will be working environment. Design quality should generally given in the following order and in the case of: be higher than that of standard industrial or warehouse (i) an edge of City Centre location, it cannot units, and car parking is usually provided. 10.30 otherwise be located within the City Space should normally be flexible and can accommodate a number of uses in the B1 (Business) Centre designated on the Proposals Map Use Class. Specific consideration will be given to or on a Business and Science Park encourage other new high technology and research designated by Policy E8; and development activities to diversify and strengthen (ii) being proposed within an existing, the local economy further. More detailed planning committed or allocated employment guidance for certain employment sites is given in the area indicated on the Proposals Map Docklands and Kingswood chapters. and, under policies G4 and E3, it cannot 10.31 The Newland Science Park is the only science be located within the City Centre, park in the City and has been developed in association Business and Science Park or edge of with the Hull and Humberside Universities. There is a City Centre; and need to ensure this location, and any others that may (iii) being located elsewhere, it cannot be come forward over the Plan period, remain in use as located within the City Centre, Business science parks, ensuring the diversity of job and Science Park, edge of City Centre opportunities and the City’s economic base. or within an existing, committed or allocated employment area. E8 (a) Business and Science Park development with a high quality setting will be (c) Office development will not be allowed if: allowed in predominantly employment areas (i) it would seriously adversely affect the if it has good access to public transport. function of the City Centre; (b) Priority will be given to allowing business (ii) it is not well located for, or be capable and science park development in the following of providing secure and frequent public locations as shown on the Proposals Map: transport, particularly if it is a major (i) Priory Park; and proposal; and (ii) Kingswood. (iii) it is not easily accessible for pedestrians, the mobility impaired and (c) Science Parks, once established, will be cyclists. protected from development other than from within Class B1 Business Use.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

233 Employment

General employment uses 10.35 Groups particularly at a disadvantage in the 10.32 Certain general employment uses (within Class labour market include the young, unskilled B2 General Industry) may have a substantial unemployed, long term unemployed and people with environmental impact or be potentially hazardous to disabilities. These people can benefit from new health or life and, therefore, need to be located away employment initiatives such as: from sensitive areas, for example housing or areas • new enterprise workshops; that attract large numbers of people. Such uses should • low cost unserviced workspaces or start up units; not inhibit development of nearby land. The degree of • readily available workspace units; potential impact on nearby areas depends upon the • co-operative redevelopment; nature of the proposed use. • community business support; • business development funds; and E9 General employment development will be allowed if it: • specialist support for enterprise development. (i) has no unacceptable adverse effects on E10 Using buildings and providing land for the amenity of nearby occupants; community employment initiatives and (ii) does not cause unacceptable hazard to employment training development will be health or life; and supported. (iii) does not prejudice future development.

Existing employment uses within or near to Employment training and initiatives housing areas 10.33 On a Citywide level, a range of organisations 10.36 In built up areas, problems can often exist with provide employment training. The main programmes certain employment uses causing nuisance, for training are for young people. In planning terms, particularly if within or near to housing areas. This employment training can be assisted by: usually arises with long established uses, which would • providing premises or sites suitably located for not currently be considered satisfactory. When this the client; and occurs, residents are often subjected to noise, dust • making premises available and a very high priority disturbance or smell. in areas of need. 10.37 Such activities cannot be readily removed or 10.34 Encouragement will be given to starter units controlled if they are already established. However, for new and small businesses, particularly if needed when the opportunity arises, measures to improve close to areas of high unemployment. Subdividing or circumstances will be considered. New development converting older inner area industrial buildings can should not result in additional environmental nuisance. assist small firms, develop the skills of the resident Redevelopment to uses more compatible with the workforce and help those disadvantaged in the labour surrounding area will be encouraged. For some market. In planning terms, the availability of suitable instances relocating nuisance firms could be achieved premises or sites is a key factor in establishing new by a land swap or providing alternative premises if this enterprises. proves attractive to the operator.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

234 EmploymentTourism

E11 Redevelopment for housing or other Small businesses and working from home compatible uses will be encouraged if an 10.40 Small (normally 300 m² or less) and starter existing employment use causes an adverse business uses can provide important opportunities for effect on the amenity of local residents or the employment and economic growth. These uses, in or character of the area. near housing areas, can create job opportunities where they are most needed. They can also play a part in reducing travel needs. However, some uses, such as Non-employment development on vehicle repairs or spraying, or builders’ yards, may employment land generate visitors, traffic, noise and fumes, over and 10.38 There is often pressure to develop non- above what might normally be expected in a housing employment uses on employment sites identified under area, and are not acceptable. Policy E3 or existing land in employment uses identified 10.41 As small businesses will only be allowed in under Policy G3. A number of factors will need to be other than predominant employment areas if compliant taken into account when considering such proposals. with other relevant policies, it is particularly important Particular attention should be given to considering that the impact of such a use does not adversely affect protecting strategic employment locations at East Hull local residents’ amenity or detract from the local Docklands, Sutton Fields, Kingswood and Priory Park. character or environment. New or expanding firms These are of key importance to the local economy requiring accessible sites are supported, particularly offering good quality employment opportunities and a if in predominantly existing employment areas. means of diversifying the City’s economic base. Non- employment development that is ancillary to E13 (a) Small employment development in employment uses, however, will generally be predominant employment areas will be acceptable if small in scale and if its function is primarily allowed. to serve the employment users in such locations. (b) Small employment development will be 10.39 Given the shortage of readily available land, allowed in housing areas if it has no undue then such sites will, as far as possible, be protected adverse effect on: from non-employment development unless there is (i) the amenities of nearby occupants; and other adequate provision of such land nearby, both in terms of quantity and quality. (ii) the character or environment of the locality. E12 Non-employment development will not be allowed: Vehicle hire development (i) on strategic employment locations or on 10.42 Self-drive or vehicle rental businesses with readily available employment land, associated offices and servicing areas, can cause unless it is small scale ancillary problems of noise, disturbance and highway hazards. development supporting employment They are best located within employment areas. uses; and (ii) on readily available employment land, E14 Vehicle hire development within unless there is existing adequate employment areas will be allowed. provision of such land nearby.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

235 Employment

IMPLEMENTATION

10.43 Policies will be put into practice in a number of ways. The following table is a quick reference guide showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to be implemented. There is a broad explanation of each feature in the General policies, implementation, monitoring and review chapter. 10.44 Key agencies and consultees involved in implementing the policies are listed below: • Associated British Ports; • Hull and District Chamber of Trade; • Hull Incorporated Chamber of Commerce and Shipping; • Humberside Training and Enterprise Council; and • private sector.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

236 EmploymentTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

237 Employment

TABLE E1 (POLICY E3)

Committed land for employment development indicated on the Proposals Map, January 1995. Site number Site location Total area (ha) 1 West Dock Street 0.5 2 Hawthorn Avenue/Carlton Street 0.9 3 Sculcoates Lane 2.6 4 East of River Hull, between Foster and Dalton Streets 4.0 5 Chapman Street, south side 3.6 6 Priory Park 37.4 7 Brighton Street, west side 1.7 8 Wiltshire Road 2.5 9 Harpings Road 1.0 10 Oak Road (Croda) 0.5 11 Clough Road, north side 1.4 12 Bankside Industrial Estate, adjacent River Hull 1.2 13 Clough Road, south side 1.2 14 Clough Road, south side 0.8 15 Bankside Industrial Estate 1.0 16 Kingswood, north 49.5 17 Kingswood, south 14.3 18 Sutton Fields, plots 105 – 118 4.1 19 Sutton Fields, plot 44 4.1 20 Sutton Fields, plots 66 – 67 1.3 21 Sutton Fields, plots 75 – 79 2.2 22 Sutton Fields, plot 5B 1.0 23 Sutton Fields, plots 89B and 93 2.2 24 Sutton Fields, plots 19 – 21B and 95B 2.3 25 Sutton Fields, plots 1, 95 and 95A 6.6 26 Sutton Fields, plots 113 and 114 3.4 27 Sutton Fields, plot 70 0.7 28 Bergen Way, south side 0.7 29 Geneva Way, south side 2.0 30 Geneva Way, west side 1.6 31 Burma Drive 1.5

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

238 EmploymentTourism

Site number Site location Total area (ha) 32 Greatfield Lane, north side 1.5 33 Hedon Road, north 1.5 34 Haller Street/Grindell Street 2.5 35 Valletta Street, east side 1.0 36 Somerden Road, west side 1.7 37 Somerden Road, east side 9.8

TABLE E2 (POLICY E3)

Allocated land for employment development indicated on the Proposals Map, January 1995 Site number Site location Total area (ha) 38 Clough Road, west of River Hull 4.8 39 Greatfield Lane, north side 2.6 40 Greatfield Lane, south side 3.7 41 Greatfield Lane, south side 2.7 42 Brighton Street, west side 0.9 43 Brighton Street/Clive Sullivan Way 1.4 44 Temple Street, south 0.8 45 Freightliner Road, north 1.3 46 Wiltshire Road, west side 0.8 47 Priory Park, south 6.3 48 Priory Park, rail strip 4.1 49 Wiltshire Road 0.8 50 St Andrew’s Quay, west side 14.8 51 Bontoft Avenue 1.1 52 Oak Road (Croda) 3.9 53 Clough Road, south side 1.3 54 Hedon Road, Hull Maternity Hospital 5.2 55 Littlefair Road, east side 7.5

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

239 Employment

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

240 Shopping ‘To provide a range of shopping facilities to meet the needs of the whole community’ Shopping

CONTENTS

245 Introduction 245 Trends 247 Policy context 247 National guidance 247 City Council policy 247 Objectives 248 Topics and policies 248 S1 Shopping and related development 248 S2 Existing shopping centres 249 S3 New local shopping centre development 249 S4 Locating shopping, financial and professional services, and food and drink development 251 S5 Shopping development within shopping centres 251 Shopping development outside shopping centres 251 S6 Edge-of-centre shopping development 252 S7 Out-of-centre shopping development 253 S8 Range of goods sold in edge-of-centre shopping development 254 S9 Shopping and recycling facilities 254 Warehouse clubs 254 Indoor and outdoor markets 254 S10 Improving shopping centres 254 S11 Financial and professional services 255 S12 Food and drink 255 S13 Motor vehicle sales, specialist car accessory sales and fitting centres 256 S14 Petrol filling stations 256 S15 Private hire booking offices 257 Implementation 259 Table S1 (policy S2)

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

242 ShoppingTourism

DEFINITION OF TERMS DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERED IN THIS CHAPTER CLASSIFIED BY Convenience goods THE USE CLASSES ORDER Goods purchased for consuming immediately such as food and drink. In this chapter, shopping and related development consists, unless otherwise indicated, of any of the Comparison goods following uses. Goods that are generally more expensive and more A1 Shops durable than convenience goods such as clothes, furniture and electrical appliances. Includes shops, retail warehouses, hairdressers, funeral directors, post offices, dress or D.I.Y. hire Retail warehouse shops, ticket and travel agencies and pet shops. A large building generally over 465 sq. m (5,000 sq ft) A2 Financial and Professional Services gross floorspace selling a range of comparison goods. Includes estate agents, betting shops, building society Superstore offices and banks. A large store selling a range of convenience goods A3 Food and Drink with at least 2,300 sq m (25,000 sq ft) gross floorspace. Includes restaurants, public houses and takeaways. Warehouse club Unclassified Sells a range of goods with access restricted by club membership. Includes: • warehouse clubs; • petrol filling stations; • private hire booking offices (the Employment chapter considers hire of vehicles for self-drive); • motor vehicle sales; and • specialist car accessory sales and fitting centres, including exhausts and tyres (the Employment chapter considers vehicle repair garages).

RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) NOTES

SPG Note 9 – Designing a shop front SPG Note 18 – Food and drink SPG Note 19 – Private hire booking offices

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

243 Shopping

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

244 ShoppingTourism

INTRODUCTION

11.1 Shopping development has been one of the major areas of growth in recent years and shopping facilities are an important community service. Access to a range of shops and a choice of goods at competitive prices in a safe and comfortable environment are important contributors to the quality of life. Most shops are within established shopping centres which are easily accessible, providing a focus for other social and community facilities. There is, therefore, a need to support shopping centres to maintain and enhance the wellbeing of the community. Development in centres accessible by public transport, to continue to increase as shown in figure 11.1, pedestrians and cyclists is encouraged to promote reflecting the general increase in real disposable sustainable development by allowing a choice of household income. alternative forms of transport other than the car. It is 11.3 There have been major changes in the type and also preferable, even if the car is used, because it size of shops. Development of food superstores and enables one trip to be made for several purposes, so retail warehouses outside existing shopping centres reducing the need to travel. has been accompanied by a reduction in the number of small corner shops and shopping outlets within TRENDS existing shopping centres. This is a result of a number of factors, including increased car ownership, as shown 11.2 In recent years, shopping development has been in figure 11.2, and a tendency to buy in bulk and shop one of the major areas of expansion and change in less often. Retailers have sought large premises, in the City. There has been much growth in shopping out-of-centre locations, to achieve economies of scale expenditure, particularly on comparison goods. and provide ease of access and collection for car-borne Despite the current recession, this growth is expected

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

245 Shopping

s shoppers. Despite the shift towards out-of-centre locations, there has still been an increase in shopping floorspace within the City Centre and other shopping centres, stimulated by the growth in shopping expenditure since 1971. The existing pattern of shopping is shown in figure 11.3. 11.4 In the future, it seems likely that major retailers will require accessible sites providing substantial customer car parking. Pressure for superstores and retail warehouses in out-of-centre developments is likely to continue, and existing centres will continue to face competition from existing and proposed out-of- centre development. In particular, proposals for shops selling a range of discount convenience goods and for warehouse clubs are expected. Although car City Centre indoor market

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

246 ShoppingTourism ownership is likely to increase during the Plan period, • resisting sporadic siting of comparison goods many households in the community will remain without shopping units out-of-centre or along road access to a car and will rely on existing shopping corridors. centres. Strategic guidance 11.5 There has been an increase in outlets for 11.8 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and financial and professional services, food and drink and subsequent Alteration (1993): motor vehicle related uses such as taxi offices, vehicle • recognises the City Centre as the regional and accessory sales and petrol filling stations. Again shopping centre for Humberside, and North Point this reflects the general increase in real disposable (Bransholme), Hessle Road and Holderness Road income. as district centres; POLICY CONTEXT • encourages improving existing shopping centres, particularly in the inner area, to contribute to urban National guidance regeneration; 11.6 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 6 – Town • encourages new shopping development within Centres and Retail Developments (1996), advises : existing shopping centres; and • locating major generators of travel in existing • resists shopping development outside existing centres, where access by a choice of means of centres. transport, not only by car, is easy and convenient;. City Council Policy • enabling town, district and local centres to meet 11.9 The City Council seeks: the needs of residents in the area; • to allow everyone access to as wide a range and • adopting a sequential approach to site location choice of facilities as possible; and with preference for town centre sites; • to promote development within existing centres. • assessing the impact that development outside existing centres could have on the vitality and OBJECTIVES viability of these centres; and • controlling future changes in the composition of 11.10 To provide a range of shopping facilities to development outside existing centres that could meet the needs of the whole community by: have an impact on these centres. • encouraging where practical, all shopping and 11.7 PPG Note 13 – Transport (1994) advises: related development to be sited in shopping • maintaining and revitalising existing central and centres which are a focus for social and suburban shopping centres; community activities and have good access for non-car users; • encouraging local convenience shopping that is attractive and readily accessible on foot or by • promoting initiatives to improve the environment bicycle; and traffic management arrangements in shopping centres to attract investment, increase comfort • supporting edge-of-centre shopping sites, and safety and improve access; accessible by foot from the centre and served by a variety of means of transport, if suitable sites • discouraging shopping development which would are not available in a centre; and adversely affect the vitality and viability of

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

247 Shopping

shopping centres; and • District centres provide a wide range of • promoting the City Centre as a regional shopping convenience and comparison shopping, financial centre. and professional services and food and drink outlets. TOPICS AND POLICIES • Large local centres provide mainly convenience shopping, financial and professional services, and Shopping and related development food and drink outlets. They have 50 or more 11.11 New shopping and related development will shops. have an effect on the surrounding environment and • Important local centres provide mainly people by attracting customers and generating noise, convenience shopping and some financial and traffic and other disturbance. In addition to satisfying professional services and food and drink outlets. general location criteria, any proposal should not have They have less than 50 shops but provide an unacceptable affect on its neighbouring area. important facilities for a large catchment area, particularly within housing areas on the edge of S1 (a) Shopping and related development will the City. be allowed provided its location and detailed planning considerations are acceptable. • Small local centres provide mainly convenience Detailed planning considerations include: shopping and some financial and professional services and food and drink uses. They comprise (i) impact on local amenity; between 5 and 10 shops. (ii) impact on the built and natural 11.13 Although shopping provision is mainly environment; determined by market forces, it is necessary to (iii) design; maintain and enhance the vitality and viability of (iv) parking, servicing and access; existing shopping centres by making them attractive (v) traffic generation and road safety; to both retailers and customers. This can include (vi) danger to health or life; and supporting the development of shopping, financial and (vii) risk of pollution. professional services, food and drink uses, service and community facilities. Improving the environment, (b) The detailed planning considerations of this access and parking also enhances existing shopping Policy apply to development considered under centres. Policies S2 to S8 and S11 to S15.

S2 (a) The role of existing shopping centres Existing shopping centres will be supported. This will include 11.12 Shopping centres are an important focus of encouraging: activity in the City and are generally well established (i) new shopping development; and accessible to their catchment areas. Five types (ii) financial and professional services, food of shopping centre are defined: and drink uses, leisure and community • The City Centre provides a wide range of mainly facility developments; and comparison shopping for the City and the region, (iii) improvements to the environment, financial and professional services, and food and continued... drink outlets.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

248 ShoppingTourism

facilities, access and parking. • Savoy Road; (b) Existing shopping centres designated on • Southcoates Lane/Southcoates the Proposals Map and in Table S1 are: Avenue; and (i) City Centre. • Sutton Village. (ii) District Shopping Centres: (c) Small local shopping centres are not • North Point; designated on the Proposals Map, but Policy S2 (a) will apply. • Hessle Road; and • Holderness Road. New local shopping centre development (iii) Large local shopping centres: 11.14 Major housing development will result in a large • Anlaby Road; increase in population in areas where there are very • Chanterlands Avenue; few or no shops. It would be appropriate to develop a • Gipsyville; local centre to provide convenience shopping in each • Newland Avenue; and of these areas to meet the needs of the community. • Spring Bank. Once established, i.e. when it meets the definition of an existing centre given in paragraph 11.12 a shopping (iv) Important local shopping centres: centre would be supported by Policy S2. • Bethune Avenue; • Beverley Road/Cottingham Road; S3 (a) Local shopping centre development • Beverley Road/Cave Street; will be supported in areas of major future housing development. • Beverley Road/Sutton Road; (b) Local shopping centres will be considered • Cottingham Road/Hall Road; as existing centres in Policy S2 (b) once Endike Lane/Oldstead Avenue; • established. • Orchard Park; (c) Committed local centres shown on the • Princes Avenue; Proposals Map are: • Spring Bank West/Calvert Lane; (i) Victoria Dock; and • Willerby Road/Manor Road; (ii) East Carr. • Annandale Road; • Barham Road/Greenwich Avenue; Locating shopping, financial and • Bodmin Road; professional services, and food and drink development. • Grampian Way; 11.15 Shopping, financial and professional services, • Grandale; and food and drink development will continue to be • Kingswood; directed to existing shopping centres to sustain and • Marfleet Lane/Preston Road; enhance their vitality and viability, ensure a range of • Shannon Road; facilities easily reached by customers and to allow the continued... choice of alternative modes of transport other than the

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

249 Shopping

services or food and drink development should consider locating firstly within or secondly on the edge of the City Centre or the District Centres of North Point, Hessle Road and Holderness Road. 11.18 Major development will normally be regarded as : • Convenience goods shopping - 950 sq. m or over; • Comparison durable goods shopping - 500 sq. m or over; • Bulky durable goods shopping - 950 sq. m or over • Financial and professional services - 500 sq. m or over;and • Food and drink - 500 sq. m or over. 11.19 These figures will be applied flexibly according to circumstances and to prevent misuse. Three sites suitable for major shopping development are considered in detail in the City Centre chapter, see Policies CC31, 33 and 34. The remainder of the City Centre outside the Central Area is regarded as out-of- A shop on Princes Avenue - an important local centre for shopping development. A developer shopping centre proposing a minor development should consider car. These types of developments within shopping locating firstly within or secondly on the edge of any centres allow one trip to serve several purposes and shopping centre designated by Policy S2 (b) or reduce the need to travel. Preference will be given, in committed by S3(c) within the catchment area of the the following order of priority, to development: proposed development. A developer proposing a (i) within centre; minor development out-of-centre should demonstrate (ii) edge-of-centre; and that an in or edge-of-centre location is not feasible because customers require a more local facility. (iii) out-of-centre. 11.16 A developer must show that a sequential S4 (a) The City Council will require a approach has been taken in site location if proposing developer to demonstrate that a sequential to develop either on the edge of or outside a shopping approach has been adopted in selecting a site centre. for shopping, financial and professional 11.17 A developer proposing a major shopping services, and food and drink development and development should, for the purpose of the sequential in the case of: approach, consider locating firstly within or secondly (i) edge-of-centre development, it cannot on the edge of the Central Area of the City Centre, as be located within a shopping centre; and shown on the Proposals Map, or the District Centres (ii) out-of-centre development, it cannot be of North Point, Hessle Road and Holderness Road. A located within or on the edge of a developer proposing a major financial or professional continued...

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

250 ShoppingTourism

shopping centre. S5 (a) Shopping development within shopping (b) The sequential approach for major shop centres will be allowed if it does not undermine development will firstly consider locating in the the vitality and viability of any shopping centre Central Area of the City Centre, designated on as a whole designated by Policy S2(b) or in a the Proposals Map, and the District Centres nearby settlement. designated by Policy S2 (b)(i) and (ii). (b) In assessing the effect of shopping (c) The sequential approach for major financial development the cumulative impact of the and professional services, and major food and proposal with other recently completed drink development will firstly consider locating developments and outstanding planning in the City Centre and District Centres permissions will be taken into account. designated by Policy S2 (b)(i) and (ii). (d) The sequential approach for minor Shopping development outside shopping development will take into account any centres shopping centre designated by Policy S2(b) or 11.21 Existing large shops outside shopping centres, committed by Policy S3(c) within the are mainly superstores providing convenience goods, catchment area of the proposed development. and retail warehouses selling a range of comparison goods. Small shops outside shopping centres provide Shopping development within shopping mainly convenience goods to meet local needs. It is centres accepted that many centres have physical constraints preventing shopping development, and that shops 11.20 Shopping development will be encouraged outside centres but in accessible locations can be within established centres, accessible to all sections convenient for people who wish to purchase large items of the community, to maintain and enhance their vitality and goods in bulk. and viability. Although shopping development is to be directed towards existing centres, the scale of provision Edge-of-centre shopping development should not undermine the vitality and viability of any 11.22 Shopping development on the edge of a other existing centre of more than purely local shopping centre is preferred to an out-of-centre significance. These are the City, District, Large local location if there is no suitable site within a shopping and Important local centres designated in Policy S2(b). centre. Edge-of-centre shopping development can It will also be necessary to consider the impact of a have the advantage of: shopping proposal on centres near but outside the City • allowing shoppers to walk to the centre for its boundary in particular strategic centres identified in shops and other facilities thereby reducing the the Humberside Structure Plan. The City Council will need to travel; consider the cumulative impact of a development • supporting the vitality and viability of the centre; proposal with other recent or proposed developments allowing access for people without cars; and in assessing their effects. The City Council will include • indicators in PPG6, Figure 1, and paragraphs 4.3 and • providing car parking for the centre. 4.4 in assessing the health of shopping centres and It should, however, relate well to the shopping centre by whether their vitality and viability is likely to be being within short and safe walking distance and by undermined by proposed shopping development. having a floorspace appropriate to the scale of the Centre.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

251 Shopping

11.23 It is also important that the vitality and viability outside shopping centres are concentrated in a of existing shopping centres is not undermined by too planned retail warehouse park at St. Andrew’s Quay much edge-of-centre shopping development. and in groups straddling busy roads at Clough Road and Stoneferry Road. A well designed retail S6 (a) Edge-of-centre shopping development warehouse park can help shoppers to compare bulky will be allowed if: durable goods and prices in a safe environment and (i) it satisfies the sequential approach of reduce traffic movement by providing communal Policy S4; access, parking and pedestrian facilities. Groups of (ii) it is well related to the shopping centre; warehouses with individual accesses and car parks and can cause problems of traffic congestion and road (iii) it does not undermine the vitality and safety, although they help shoppers compare goods viability of any shopping centre as a and prices. whole designated by Policy S2 (b) or in 11.26 There is scope for further shopping development a nearby settlement. at St. Andrew’s Quay, Hedon Road/Mount Pleasant (b) In assessing the effect of shopping and Ennerdale. development, the cumulative impact of the S7 (a) Out-of-centre shopping development proposal with other recently completed will not be allowed if: developments and outstanding planning (i) it fails the sequential approach of Policy permissions will be taken into account. S4; (ii) it undermines the vitality and viability of Out-of-centre shopping development any shopping centre as a whole, 11.24 Shopping development outside shopping designated by Policy S2(b) or in a nearby centres is resisted if it is likely to undermine the vitality settlement; and viability of centres as a whole. Shop development (iii) it is not well located for secure and within or on the edge of a shopping centre is preferred. frequent public transport; A developer of an out-of-centre shopping proposal should demonstrate that a suitable site is not available (iv) it leads to an unacceptable impact on within or on the edge of a shopping centre. Out- of- overall travel patterns; and centre shopping should be accessible by secure and (v) it is not easily accessible for frequent public transport, serving as much of the pedestrians, the mobility impaired and community as possible. Sporadic shop development cyclists. outside shopping centres is discouraged as it is likely (b) In assessing the effect of shopping to increase travel to compare goods and prices and development, the cumulative impact of the therefore traffic congestion. Shopping development proposal with other recently completed should be readily accessible by pedestrians, the developments and outstanding planning mobility impaired and cyclists to ensure that access is permissions, will be taken into account. available for a significant proportion of customers to (c) Committed land shown on the Proposals use alternative modes of transport other than the car. Map: 11.25 Retail warehouses selling comparison goods continued...

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

252 ShoppingTourism

(i) St Andrew’s Quay – restricted range of • DIY, home improvement and garden goods; and comparison goods; • motor and cycle parts and accessories. (ii) Hedon Road/Mount Pleasant; and 11.29 Goods falling outside this range may be allowed (iii) Ennerdale – restricted range of if they are a minor and ancillary part of the acceptable comparison and convenience goods. range of goods. However, retailers are expected to be flexible and not assume they will be able to sell the Range of goods sold in edge-of-centre and same range of goods they would normally sell within out-of-centre shopping developments and shopping centres. shop unit size. 11.30 Post offices and pharmacies are often a main 11.27 The effect on shopping centres of shop attraction in smaller shopping centres and are development outside these centres depends on the important in maintaining vitality and viability. The City range of goods sold and the size of the sales area. A has a large number of theses facilities within shopping change in the type of goods sold or in the division of centres and their development outside centres will not floorspace between trading and storage does not be allowed if facilities exist nearby. normally need planning permission. However, for 11.31 The size of a shopping unit outside shopping edge-of-centre and out-of-centre developments, the centres is relevant in supporting the Council’s strategy type of goods and sales area needs to be controlled of directing development to shopping centres. The to avoid future changes that could undermine the sale of bulky durable goods may be acceptable, strategy of sustaining and enhancing existing shopping however, subdividing large units , to a size which can centres. The types of goods and sales area associated be accomodated within a centre and which is more with shop development outside shopping centres, appropriate for selling comparison durable goods, is allowed by Policies S4, S6 and S7 will therefore be not acceptable. The Council will normally require a restricted by planning condition. minimum floorspace of 950 sq. m gross for any single 11.28 The Council will continue to encourage shop shop unit to prevent creating small units suitable for development within existing centres. Major selling a range of comparison durable goods. development selling convenience and comparison durable goods outside shopping centres is not justified S8 (a) The range of goods sold and sales area because existing vacant floorspace and suitable sites in edge-of-centre or out-of-centre shopping are available within centres. Suitable sites for major development, complying with Policy S4, S6 and shopping development within the City Centre are S7, will be restricted by condition. detailed in that chapter. It may be acceptable, subject (b) The range of durable goods sold in edge- to the sequential approach on site location, for bulky of-centre, or out-of-centre shopping durable goods to be sold on the edge of or outside development will be limited to: shopping centres if this complements shops within (i) furniture; centres. The acceptable range of bulky durable goods (ii) floor coverings; is : (iii) bulky electrical goods; • furniture; (iv) DIY, home improvement and garden floor coverings; • goods; and • bulky electrical goods; continued...

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

253 Shopping

(v) motor and cycle parts, and accessories. facilities, accessibility and car parking can make shopping centres safer, more convenient and more (c) Post office or pharmacy development in attractive for customers and retailers. Improvements edge-of-centre or out-of-centre development can include: will not be allowed if such facilities exist nearby. • landscaping; (d) The floorspace of any single shop unit in • street furniture; edge-of-centre or out-of-centre development • bus shelters; will be limited to a minimum 950 sq. m gross. • toilets; • access to buildings and their surroundings; Shopping and recycling facilities • off-street car parking; 11.32 Recycling waste products such as glass, cans, paper and plastic encourages energy conservation. • access for public transport and cyclists; and Shops, particularly those selling convenience goods, • traffic calming. attract large numbers of people and are a good location S10 Improving shopping centres to maintain for facilities to recycle domestic waste products. and enhance their vitality and viability will be Facilities in these locations make it easy for people to encouraged. dispose of waste products and can reduce the need for special journeys to recycling centres. Financial and professional services S9 Recycling facilities associated with shops 11.36 Many financial and professional services, such will be supported. as banks, building societies and estate agents attract large numbers of people. They are ideally located Warehouse clubs within shopping centres where they can help to 11.33 Warehouse clubs sell a range of goods, with maintain and enhance the vitality and viability of access restricted by club membership. This use lies shopping centres. They do this by complementing between selling to traders (wholesaling) and selling shopping and providing a wide range of facilities for direct to the public. Recent development suggests the community. Shopping, however, is the main activity that membership is becoming more widely available in existing centres and the continuity of shop units at to the community. Warehouse club development will, ground floor level contributes to their vitality. Large therefore, be subject to shopping policies. areas of non-shopping activity could undermine the Indoor and outdoor markets main activity of a centre. Development resulting in a limited variety of shopping will be resisted. Ground 11.34 Markets are an additional form of shopping floor frontages for non-shopping developments should and can provide a wide range of goods at competitive be well designed and look interesting. Advice is prices. Proposals for market development will be provided in Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) subject to shopping policies. Note 9 – Designing a shop front. Improving shopping centres 11.37 Financial and professional services 11.35 Shopping centres need to be improved to attract development may be acceptable outside shopping both investment and shoppers and to maintain their centres if the sequential approach of Policy S4 to vitality and viability. Improving the environment, locating a site is satisfied. Planning permission is not

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

254 ShoppingTourism normally required for a change of use from financial use from food and drink to shopping. However, outside and professional services to shopping. However, shopping centres this will be restricted by condition to outside shopping centres this will normally be restricted prevent a future change that could undermine the by condition to prevent a future change that could strategy of sustaining and enhancing shopping centres. undermine the strategy of sustaining and enhancing shopping centres. S12 (a) Food and drink development within shopping centres will be allowed if: S11 (a) Financial and professional (i) it does not undermine the shopping development within shopping centres will be function of the shopping centre; and allowed if: (ii) the ground floor frontage is designed to (i) it does not undermine the shopping be compatible with the shopping function of the shopping centre; and character of the area. (ii) the ground floor frontage is designed to (b) Food and drink development allowed be compatible with the shopping outside shopping centres will be restricted by character of the area. condition to prevent a future change of use to (b) Financial and professional services shopping. development allowed outside shopping centres will be restricted by condition Motor vehicle sales, specialist car to prevent a future change of use to shopping. accessory sales and fitting centres 11.40 Motor vehicle sales, specialist car accessory Food and drink sales and fitting centres such as ‘exhaust and tyre’ 11.38 Food and drink establishments include developments provide an important shopping function. restaurants, public houses and hot food takeaway However, their associated offices, workshops and premises. They provide important services and are display areas, including car parking, can cause best located within shopping centres as they can problems of noise and highway hazards. They are provide a diversity of interest and function for the best located on main roads in employment areas where community, and maintain the life of centres in the there is ease of vehicle access and where they will evening. They can, however, cause problems of noise not unduly affect amenity and road safety. Planning and other disturbance and their location and design is permission is not normally required for a change of important to minimise effects on amenity and enhance use from motor vehicle display and sales development the environment. Advice is provided in the to general shopping. However outside shopping Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) Note 18 – centres this will be restricted by condition to prevent a Food and drink. Development should not result in a future change that could undermine the strategy of limited variety of shopping and ground floor frontages sustaining and enhancing shopping centres. should be well designed and look interesting. Advice is provided in SPG Note 9 – Designing a shop front. S13 (a) Motor vehicle sales, specialist car 11.39 Food and drink development may be acceptable accessory sales and fitting centre outside shopping centres if the sequential approach developments on main roads within of Policy S4 to locating a site is satisfied. Planning continued... permission is not normally required for a change of

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

255 Shopping

employment areas will be supported. S14 (a) Petrol filling station development on (b) Motor vehicle display and sales main roads within employment areas will be development allowed outside shopping supported centres will be restricted by condition to (b) The development of shopping floorspace prevent a future change of use to general in association with a petrol filling station will shopping. be restricted to not more than 150 sq. m if it is not within a shopping centre.

Petrol filling stations 11.41 Petrol filling stations provide an important Private hire booking offices specialist shopping function. However, the large 11.43 Private hire businesses perform an important numbers of vehicles using them can cause problems role in the transport system of the City. However, their of noise and traffic hazards. These uses should be associated offices, service areas and late hours of on main roads in employment areas where there is operation can cause problems of noise and highway ease of vehicle access and where they will not unduly hazards. They are ideally sited within shopping centres affect amenity and road safety. to provide for the community where disturbance to 11.42 Petrol filling stations are becoming increasingly houses is minimised. Finding suitable locations within associated with local top-up shopping. The floorspace shopping centres is difficult and development in of other goods proposed with an existing or new petrol employment areas is acceptable. Advice is provided filling station will be restricted to a minor part of the in SPG Note 19 – Private hire booking offices. operation if it is outside a shopping centre in Development within shopping centres should not limit accordance with the strategy of sustaining and the variety of shopping and the ground floor frontage enhancing shopping centres and to discourage car should be well designed and look interesting. Advice oriented shopping. is provided in SPG 9 – Designing a shop front.

S15 (a) Private hire booking office development on main roads within employment areas and shopping centres will be supported. (b) Private hire booking office development will be allowed within shopping centres if: (i) it does not undermine the shopping function of the shopping centre; and (ii) the ground floor frontage is designed to be compatible with the shopping character of the area.

Petrol filling station, Beverley Road

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

256 ShoppingTourism

IMPLEMENTATION

11.44 Policies will be put into practice in a number of ways. The following table is a quick reference guide showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to be implemented. There is a broad explanation of each feature in the General policies, implementation, monitoring and review chapter. 11.45 Key agencies and consultees involved in implementing the policies are listed below: • the Highway Authority; • Hull and District Chamber of Trade; • Hull Incorporated Chamber of Commerce and Shipping; and • various trader groups.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

257 Shopping

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

258 ShoppingTourism

TABLE S1 – DEFINED EXISTING SHOPPING CENTRES (SEE POLICY S2(B)) The City Centre -area the subject of the City Centre Inset Map District Shopping Centres

North Point - area bounded by Holwell Road/Barnstaple Road/Goodhart Road (defined on Citywide Proposals Map). Hessle Road (even) 152 to 438 Hessle Road; (even) 508 to 578 Hessle Road; (even) 268 to 272 Boulevard; (odd) 255 to 267 Boulevard; (odd) 239 to 399 Hessle Road; (odd) 421 to 521 Hessle Road; and 12 Gillett Street Holderness Road (even) ‘Craven Park’ public house, 180 to 552 Holderness Road; (even) 2 to 20 Southcoates Lane and Doctor’s Surgery, Southcoates Lane; (odd) 147 to 363 Holderness Road; and (odd) 419 to 431 Holderness Road. Large Local Shopping Centre Anlaby Road (even) 438 to 658 Anlaby Road except 518 – 540 Anlaby Road; (odd) 607 Anlaby Road to 35 Boothferry Road; (even) Library, 340 to 380 Anlaby Road; and (odd) 423 Anlaby Road to 541a Anlaby Road Chanterlands Avenue (even) 18 to 130 Chanterlands Avenue; (odd) 37 to 225 Chanterlands Avenue except 59 to 97 Chanterlands Avenue; and 108 Perth Street. Gipsyville (even) Gipsyville Library to Francis Askew Playing Fields; and (odd) 725 to 839 Hessle Road.

Newland Avenue (even) 2 to 224 Newland Avenue except 164 to 196 Newland Avenue; and (odd) 17 to 213 Newland Avenue.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

259 Shopping

Spring Bank (even) 46 to 244 Spring Bank; (odd) 15 to 237 Spring Bank; and (even) 4 to 10 Spring Street and 1A Hall Street.

Important local shopping centres

Bethune Avenue (odd) 67 to 89 Bethune Avenue; and (even) 52 to 94 Bethune Avenue. Beverley Road/Cottingham Road (even) ‘Haworth Arms’ public house to 52 Cottingham Road and 542 to 574 Beverley Road. Beverley Road/Cave Street (even) 168 to 246 Beverley Road; and (odd) 151 to 245 Beverley Road. Beverley Road/Sutton Road (even) 852 to 876 Beverley Road and ‘Humber Pilot’ public house Cottingham Road/Hall Road (odd) 149 to 161 Fairfax Avenue; (even) junction of College Square to 420 Cottingham Road; and (even) 434 to 440 Cottingham Road. Endike Lane/Oldstead Avenue (odd) Endike Hotel, Endike Lane to 421 Endike Lane. Orchard Park Area bounded by Hall Road, Orchard Park Road and Ellerburn Avenue and estate office north west of the junction of Ellerburn Avenue and Orchard Park Road. Princes Avenue (even) ‘Old Zoological’ public house, Princes Avenue to 84 Princes Avenue; (odd) 1 to 97 Princes Avenue. Spring Bank West/Calvert Lane (even) 888 to 912 Spring Bank West (even) Trustee Savings Bank to 16 Willerby Road; Derringham Bank Methodist Church; and (odd) Hastings Hotel, Spring Bank West to 981 Spring Bank West. Willerby Road/Manor Road (even) 194 to 232 Willerby Road; and 2 and 3 Manor Road.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

260 ShoppingTourism

Annandale Road (even) 2 to 68 Elmbridge Parade; and 3 Elmbridge Parade. Barham Road/Greenwich Avenue (even) 20 to 122 Greenwich Avenue; and Estate office to Doctor’s Surgery between 9 and 65 Greenwich Avenue. Bodmin Road 1 to 12 Roebank Arcade including the ‘Drake’ public house and Doctor’s Surgery. Grampian Way Shop units 1 to 10, ‘Skippers Tavern’ and ‘Pennine Rambler’ public houses and Community Centre, Grampian Way/Lothian Way. Grandale (even) 18 to 28 Grandale, Units 1 to 8 Littondale, Jackson’s supermarket, ‘Four in Hand’ public house, Doctor’s Surgery. Kingswood Shop units, Althorp Road. Marfleet Lane/Preston Road (even) 318 Marfleet Lane to ‘Crown Hotel’, Marfleet Lane. Shannon Road (even) 82 to 138 Shannon Road including the ‘Crow’s Nest’ public house. Savoy Road Area bounded by Savoy Road, Bellfield Avenue, rear of Tilworth Road and rear of Deans Drive Southcoates Lane/Southcoates Avenue (even) 164 to 172 Southcoates Avenue and 284 to 330 Southcoates Lane; and (odd) 223 to 243a Southcoates Lane. Sutton Village (even) 34 Church Street to Sutton Methodist Church; 1 to 3 College Street and 2 to 4 College Street; and (odd) 53 to 77 Church Street except 63 to 67 Church Street.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

261 Shopping

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

262 Community facilities ‘To maintain and improve the range and accessibility of community facilities’ Community facilities

CONTENTS

267 Introduction 267 Policy context 267 National guidance 267 Strategic guidance 267 City Council policy 268 Trends 268 Education 268 Health and social services 269 Voluntary organisations 269 Utilty and emergency services 269 Indoor sport, leisure and recreation facilities 269 Objectives 269 Topics and Policies 269 CF1 Community facility development 270 CF2 Reusing community buildings 272 CF3 Protecting community facility sites 272 CF4 Improving community facilities 272 CF5 Access to community facilities 272 CF6 Community facilities in shopping centres 272 CF7 Pre-school childcare 273 Education 273 CF8 Primary schools 273 CF9 Secondary schools 274 CF10 Further Education academic facilities 274 CF11 Higher Education academic facilities 276 CF12 Health care facilities 276 CF13 Indoor sport and recreation facilities 277 CF14 Leisure facility development 278 CF15 Utility and emergency services 278 CF16 Community centres 278 CF17 Crematoria and cemeteries 278 CF19 Religious meeting places 280 CF20 Public conveniences 280 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

264 CommunityTourism facilities

DEFINITION OF TERMS RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) Community facilities NOTES Includes the use and development of land and buildings for education, health, indoor sport, recreation SPG Note 9 - Designing a shop front and leisure. Also included are voluntary, religious, SPG Note 14 - Designing advertisements or signs utility, emergency and advice facilities. SPG Note 20 - Pre-school childcare Committed land SPG Note 21 - Amusement centres and arcades Includes land that has valid planning permission or is allocated on the existing Development Plan.

Proposed land Includes land that has no current planning permission and/or previously identified in a development brief for use.

DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERED IN THIS CHAPTER CLASSIFIED BY THE USE CLASSES ORDER

C2 Residential Institutions Includes hospitals, colleges or training centres (but excludes nursing homes and care homes as these are dealt with in the Housing chapter).

D1 Non-Residential Institutions Includes schools, colleges, medical and health service buildings, crèches, nurseries, art galleries, museums, libraries, public or exhibition halls and places of worship.

D2 Assembly and Leisure Includes indoor sports facilities, skating rinks, cinemas, bingo halls, casinos, concert hall and dance halls (but excludes outdoor sports facilities as these are dealt with in the Natural Environment chapter).

Unclassified uses Includes theatres, amusement centres, youth centres, community centres, public conveniences, fire, ambulance, police services and utilities.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

265 Community facilities

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

266 CommunityTourism facilities

INTRODUCTION Strategic guidance 12.4 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and 12.1 Community facilities are a vital element of the subsequent Alteration (1993) supports providing City’s life. Facilities vary from local community meeting community facilities within urban centres. Hull is places serving a neighbourhood to large educational identified as the County’s regional centre for formal facilities serving the whole City. Similarly, the social recreational facilities. In particular, the Plan well-being of the City depends upon adequate health encourages providing recreation facilities: care, utility and emergency services at both a local and City-wide level. Sport and leisure are interrelated • in areas of need; activities and contribute to the health and general well- • in accessible locations; and being of the community. There is a wide range of • that increase range and choice, especially by the facilities for all age groups providing for local needs, multiple use of resources and facilities. the City as a whole and visitors. 12.5 The Yorkshire and Humberside Council for Sport and Recreation Strategy (1994) supports: POLICY CONTEXT • fostering a recognition of ethical issues and moral National guidance responsibility amongst all those involved in sport, 12.2 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 12 – promoting a greater awareness of environmental Development Plans and Regional Planning Guidance issues and the principles of sustainability; (1992), advises: • promoting fairness in sport, equality of access and • considering social needs and problems; recognition and commitment to redress inequalities for those disadvantaged because of • assessing community needs, particularly those of social or economic factors; different social groups (such as religious groups, the elderly, disabled or disadvantaged) and • ensuring that everyone has the opportunity to take deprived people in inner urban areas; part in the sport of their choice, improve their performance and achieve personal and publicly • providing for schools and higher education, for recognised levels of excellence; places of worship and other community facilities; and • ensuring that the appropriate people, facilities and finance are available to support developing sport; • considering the requirements of the utility and services. • promoting a co-ordinated approach to developing 12.3 PPG Note 17 – Sport and Recreation (1991), sport by building networks amongst the many advises: partners. • recognising the importance of sport and recreation for the health and well-being of individuals; City Council policy • promoting a wide range of opportunities for all, 12.6 The City Council has a strategy to improve access including the elderly and those with disabilities; to, and the range of, local community, leisure, recreation and and meeting facilities. The strategy encourages providing indoor leisure facilities, including major centres serving • encouraging the allocation of land and water the whole City and the dual use of schools and community resources for organised sport and informal centres providing small scale facilities. recreation.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

267 Community facilities

TRENDS health care for people living within the City of Hull is provided by NHS Trusts who are responsible for Education delivery care according to the terms and conditions of 12.7 Changes introduced by the 1988 Education contracts agreed with purchasers. The proposed Reform Act have altered the relationship between the services are shown in figure 12.1. The main NHS Local Education Authority(LEA) and schools. Schools Trusts serving the people of Hull are: can opt out of LEA control and be responsible for policy • Royal Hull Hospitals NHS Trust – managing Hull direction and managing their own budgets under the Royal Infirmary, Hull Maternity Hospital, Kingston Local Management of Schools system (LMS). A range General Hospital and Princess Royal Hospital; of voluntary schools also provide education facilities • Hull and Holderness Community Health NHS across the City and all 6th form colleges operate Trust – providing the majority of community-based independently of LEA control. services for the people of Hull and in-patient 12.8 The City’s birth rate peaked in the mid 1960s services for people with learning disability or and declined steadily until 1976-77, when a modest mental illness; and but sustained increase began. Consequently there • East Yorkshire Hospitals NHS Trust – managing has been continuing demand in recent years for Castle Hill Hospital and Westwood Hospital where nursery school places. some residents of the City receive treatment. 12.9 Hull’s school population has fallen since the 12.13 The main hospitals offer a range of emergency, mid-1970s. However, this has now stabilised and there acute, rehabilitation, out-patient and day services. In is growth in the inner areas of the City. A addition, services for people with special needs, reorganisation of schools in the late 1980s resulted in children, older people and those with mental health land being identified as surplus to requirements and problems or learning disabilities are catered for either pressure for certain sites to be developed. in the community or in predominantly locally based 12.10 Student numbers in further and higher facilities. Health Centres, clinics and specialist education schooling have grown quite considerably. community provision are distributed throughout the City Growth is expected to continue, resulting in additional to make it easier for the public to access both primary land needs. care and community health services. Increasingly, Health and social services specialist hospital services are being provided in a 12.11 Public, private and voluntary organisations community setting. East Riding Health and the local provide a wide range of specialised and other health NHS Trusts are also committed to developing health and social services. Individuals and local communities promotion initiatives across the City and to joint working across the whole City benefit from these according to with a wide range of other agencies to achieve a better their needs and the resources available. quality of life for local people through improved health. 12.12 East Riding Health Authority replaced the 12.14 The Health Authority also manages child health, former East Yorkshire Health Authority and Hull Health speech therapy, health education and dental services Authority in April 1993. East Riding Health has on an area basis. It provides health centres and clinics, responsibility for assessing health care needs, giving the public access to specialised primary care developing health strategies and, with General and community health services. Much of their work is Practitioner Fund Holders, purchasing health care preventative. through contracts for the population of the City. NHS

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

268 CommunityTourism facilities

12.15 Together with voluntary and private to continue during the Plan period. organisations, the City Council provides social services 12.19 In the last decade, development of and for general community needs and specifically for the improvements to the range and number of indoor sport elderly, the disabled and children. and leisure facilities has increased, including the Voluntary organisations development of the Hull Arena, the Ennerdale and Woodford Leisure Centres, and two multi-screen 12.16 Hull has a large and active voluntary sector. cinemas, improvements to the Transport Museum, Hull There are over 400 voluntary groups and community and East Riding Museum and Ferens Art Gallery, the organisations providing a network of support services New Theatre and Spring Street Theatre. throughout the City. Generally, these organisations provide wide-ranging and vital services to the community. Services include information, advice, OBJECTIVES legal, technical and counselling support for particular 12.20 To maintain and improve the range and needs at a very local neighbourhood level. Hull Council accessibility of community facilities by: for Voluntary Service co-ordinates most voluntary • making suitable sites and buildings available to organisations. meet the needs of providers and users; and Utility and emergency services • retaining and improving existing facilities. 12.17 Utility and emergency service agencies, as shown in figure 12.2, provide essential services for TOPICS AND POLICIES the population of the City. Changes in their land Community facility development requirements have usually arisen from modernising or improving their services or organisational changes. 12.21 There is a continuing demand for community Most of these service agencies have had few new land buildings and land to meet the needs of different groups use requirements in the City in recent years. in all parts of the City. Certain parts of the City are likely to benefit from new community facilities. These Indoor sport, leisure and recreation facilities are likely to be developed as part of major development 12.18 The general increase in leisure time and real proposals occurring over the Plan period as shown in disposable income for most groups in the community figure 12.3. Providing new community facilities is during recent years has led to an overall increase in supported in these or other appropriate locations. In sport and leisure activity. This is a trend that is likely many cases, providing community facilities will be

Figure 12.1: Main NHS Hospital Establishments in Hull Current principal uses and proposed future use Hospital Current Service Intentions Hull Royal Infirmary Acute Major re-development Full accident an emergency Centralisation of acute services Princess Royal Acute Part considered surplus to requirements Kingston General Acute Considered surplus to requirements Hedon Road Maternity Maternity Considered surplus to requirements

Source: Hull City Council & East Riding Health

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

269 Community facilities

Figure 12.2: Utilities and emergency services in Hull Service Responsibility Electricity Yorkshire Electricity Gas British Gas North East Water supply and sewerage Yorkshire Water Telephone Kingston Communications Plc Postal service Post Office Refuse collection Kingston upon Hull City Council Refuse disposal Kingston upon Hull City Council Public conveniences Kingston upon Hull City Council Cemeteries Kingston upon Hull City Council Crematoria Kingston upon Hull City Council Ambulance Ambulance Service Fire Brigade Humberside Fire Authority Police Humberside Police Force Army, air and sea training Ministry of Defence and various cadet organisations

Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council achieved by converting existing premises. A key (vi) danger to health or life; and planning concern is to balance the need for providing (vii) risk of pollution. social and community facilities with protecting local (b) The detailed planning considerations of this amenity. Reusing derelict or under-used land or Policy apply to development considered under buildings is also encouraged. Policies CF2 and CF4 to CF19.

CF1 (a) Community facility development will be allowed if its location and detailed planning Reusing community buildings considerations are acceptable. Detailed 12.22 Certain buildings in community use serve an planning considerations include: important role as a focus for community activity in local (i) impact on local amenity; areas. The internal design of many buildings makes (ii) impact on the built and natural them suitable for a range of other community uses. If buildings or land become surplus to requirements, the environment; first consideration is their potential for alternative (iii) design; community uses. (iv) parking, servicing and access; (v) traffic generation and road safety; CF2 Reusing community buildings for other community purposes will be supported. continued...

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

270 CommunityTourism facilities

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

271 Community facilities

Protecting community facility sites CF5 (a) Major community facility development 12.23 Protecting sites for particular community uses within easy reach of areas of need and with will assist the needs of these services and the good access to public transport will be community. However, it has to be recognised that allowed. indefinite protection may cause long term blight, (b) Local community facility development especially if there is little likelihood of development serving local needs and within easy walking taking place in the foreseeable future. distance of housing areas will be allowed.

CF3 Committed land for community facilities as shown on the Proposals Map will be Community facilities in shopping centres protected from other development. 12.26 Locating community facilities, such as doctors’ surgeries, in shopping centres can contribute to their vitality and viability. However, shopping should be the Improving community facilities main activity in existing centres and the development 12.24 Providing more community facilities is often of community facilities should not inhibit the variety of difficult because of the lack of resources. It is shops or create large frontages of non-shopping important, therefore, to make full use of existing activity, that could undermine the main activity of a facilities to meet local community needs fully. Facilities centre. should be secure and maintained to a degree that 12.27 Ground floor frontage development for ensures a proper service for local people. Improving community facilities should look interesting and be well facilities can make them safer, more convenient and designed. Advice is provided in Supplementary more accessible to a wider range of users and uses. Planning Guidance (SPG) Notes 9 - Designing a shop The dual use of buildings or land is encouraged if front, and 14 - Designing advertisements or signs. appropriate.

CF6 Community facility development within CF4 Development improving existing shopping centres will be allowed if: community facilities will be allowed. (i) it does not undermine the shopping function of the centre; and Access to community facilities (ii) the ground floor frontage is designed to 12.25 The community needs a wide range of be compatible with the shopping community facilities. These include major facilities, character of the area. such as leisure centres and hospitals, that are required by a wide range of people. They need to be located where they can be reached by everybody and are Pre-school childcare accessible from public transport. Other more local 12.28 Pre-school childcare facilities are important in facilities, for example a community centre or clinic, are assisting economic regeneration, increasing economic required to serve more local needs. Local facilities activity and improving living standards. Such facilities should be within easy walking distance of housing include crèches, day nurseries (including workplace areas, and good access is particularly important where nurseries) and playgroups. Childcare facilities are there is a deficiency in provision or in terms of the becoming increasingly important for people to needs of particular people. continue, or return to, paid employment. There is likely

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

272 CommunityTourism facilities to be increasing demand for childcare facilities, in CF8 Primary school development will be suitable accommodation, over the Plan period. allowed if it is located and designed to 12.29 Providing these facilities is supported if they maximise convenience for children and the are suitably located and well designed. Further local community it is intended to serve. information on the planning requirements for pre- school childcare is set out in SPG Note 20.

CF7 Pre-school childcare development will be allowed.

Education 12.30 Education facilities are important within the City for educating and training its inhabitants with appropriate skills. Additionally, these facilities play an important role in the community as centres for social, cultural and leisure uses. Schools often provide the main meeting places for local groups, and their playing fields provide the opportunity for local recreational activities. Primary schools 12.31 In developing major new housing areas, it is important that schools are convenient for children and the local community. There is a need for 7 new primary There is a projected need for another seven primary schools during the plan period to cater for local schools population growth in certain areas. These are shown Secondary schools in figure 12.3. Most of the sites needed form part of 12.34 The number of secondary schools is generally major development schemes at the following locations: adequate to meet present demand. One new • Victoria Dock; secondary school is proposed at Kingswood, to meet • Summergroves; local population growth, as shown in figure 12.3. As • Rockford Fields; and no specific site has been identified, this is not allocated on the Proposals Map. • Kingswood (4 primary schools envisaged). 12.35 It is also possible that some schools will need 12.32 No specific sites have yet been identified and extensions for additional specialist functions. These therefore these are not allocated on the Proposals will generally be supported. Map. 12.33 Alterations to existing schools, in the light of CF9 Secondary school development will be changing educational requirements, should also take allowed if it is located and designed to into account the needs of the local community. maximise convenience for children and the local community it is intended to serve.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

273 Community facilities

Further Education academic facilities Higher Education academic facilities 12.36 Hull College of Further Education is on a 12.39 Hull is fortunate in having two fully independent number of sites at Queens Gardens, Park Street, universities. Hull University has its main campus at Parkfield Drive (Riley Centre) and other annexes. Cottingham Road. The University of Lincolnshire and Facilities at the Riley Centre have been improved to Humberside (formerly Humberside Polytechnic) is split make it a major college site. Hull College serves the among a number of sites at Cottingham Road, George further education needs of the City and is readily Street and Queens Gardens. accessible to the community. 12.40 Both Universities contribute substantially to 12.37 In Hull, the ‘skills’ gap between its work force the City and sub-region not only in terms of providing and job opportunities needs to be closed. Hull College higher education academic facilities, but also in assists the City by training the local work force. This economic, social and cultural terms. They are major will be even more important in the future as new employment centres in their own right. The University industries emerge to complement and balance existing of Hull, for example, has some 2,000 employees and employment. a turnover of some £65 million (1994/95). They 12.38 Hull College plans to rationalise and consolidate purchase goods and services within the locality and onto fewer sites involving the closure of the Ryde provide venues for conference and cultural activities Avenue annex. No additional land is likely to be in the City. Students also contribute to the local required over the period of the CityPlan. economy through spending and add to the cultural life of the City through organised events.

CF10 Further Education facility development 12.41 Both Universities prepare estates management will be allowed. strategies to ensure effective use of existing space and to guide their long term development needs as

Part of the Academic City - ‘University of Hull’

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

274 CommunityTourism facilities required by the Higher Education Funding Council. 12.44 The University of Lincolnshire and Humberside These are important to the Universities because of (ULH) provides a focus for vocational and other higher increasing student numbers, a need for educational education needs of the City’s residents. It is particularly establishments to generate more of their own income well suited to helping meet the training needs of local and for them to be more accountable to the Funding employers and assisting in updating the higher Council. education skills of the City’s existing work force. 12.42 The University of Hull provides quality higher 12.45 As part of its long term academic requirements education courses for undergraduate, postgraduate the ULH is considering a number of options for its future and continuing education students. Student development needs. One of their current options could registrations in 1994/95 total 9,100, of whom 7,900 offer significant opportunities for the City. This could are full-time (700 from overseas) and 1,200 part-time. involve relocating part of its existing facilities to a single These figures exclude some 10,000 continuing City Centre location. This is fully encouraged as education students who are taught mostly in the additional education and related development would evenings either on campus or at outlying centres be a major benefit and stimulus to investment in the throughout the region. They also exclude some 1,200 City Centre. An expanded City Centre campus would non-resident overseas students following distance add vitality and encourage the development of housing, learning courses. as well as a wide range of cultural and leisure activities. 12.43 Further growth at Hull University may be Further options for future academic needs could also accommodated by additional academic facilities on its be met by consolidating facilities on its existing sites main campus. The expansion of the University of Hull at Cottingham Road, George Street and Queens is supported and an area of land adjoining the main Gardens. campus is allocated for future University academic CF11 (a) Higher academic education facility development. Development will take into account: development will be allowed. • providing an appropriate frontage and boundary (b) A University campus in the City Centre will treatment to Inglemire Lane; be supported. • retaining views of Urban Greenspace site 141 and (c) A site for future University of Hull academic the main campus complex from Inglemire Lane; development is allocated on the Proposals • providing for safe and convenient pedestrian Map. Development will take into account: access across Inglemire Lane to link the main (i) assessing the need for and, if campus with sports pitches north of Inglemire appropriate, providing new or improved Lane; sports facilities to compensate for the • providing for safe and convenient pedestrian loss of the existing sports pitches; access across Inglemire Lane to link the main (ii) providing an appropriate frontage and campus with sports pitches north of Inglemire boundary treatment to Inglemire Lane; Lane; and (iii) retaining views of amended Urban • assessing the need for and, if appropriate, Greenspace site 141 and the main providing new or improved sports facilities to campus complex from Inglemire Lane; compensate for the loss of the existing sports continued... pitches.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

275 Community facilities

and Indoor sport and recreation facilities (iv) providing for safe and convenient 12.50 Chapter 6 (Natural environment) outlines the pedestrian access across Inglemire importance of outdoor sport and recreation facilities. Lane to link the main campus with Indoor sport and recreation facilities are also important sports pitches north of Inglemire Lane. as they provide a wide range of facilities and activities for local people accessible to all sections of the community, particularly in areas where there is a Health care facilities deficiency in provision serving local needs as shown 12.46 Health services expect further expansion to be in figure 12.4. The City is relatively well served by accommodated largely within the boundary of existing specialist facilities such as athletics tracks, an ice sites, and in Hull this will mainly be at Hull Royal arena, a climbing centre and a tennis centre. Infirmary. Support will be given for these facilities, 12.51 Within the City there is a wide range of indoor and land is allocated for this purpose. sports and recreation facilities, including sports hall, 12.47 It is likely that during the Plan period existing swimming pools and fitness centres. However, access hospitals and land at Kingston General and Hedon to many of these is restricted to private members. Road Maternity, together with part of Princess Royal, There are also many poorly served areas of urban will become surplus to requirements. These sites have deprivation where people may have difficulty in getting been allocated for housing, employment and part access to facilities. A more accurate assessment of housing and Urban Greenspace development the demand for indoor facilities will be available once respectively. the City Council has completed its Recreation Strategy. 12.48 Support is given to development improving the This Strategy will be incorporated into the first review range and number of health care facilities in the City. of the CityPlan, and will consider the implications of The benefits of improved service provision and greater the City Council’s responsibility as Local Education access to services for local people is considered when Authority. Greater dual use of schools for community assessing proposals for these facilities. use could significantly address the problems of 12.49 The shift towards community-based services deficiency in certain parts of the City. for the mentally ill and disabled is supported; however, 12.52 The only proposed new local sports facility to it has a number of planning implications. Community be developed over the Plan period is at Kingswood, based services include developing purpose built units as shown in figure 12.3. There is a commitment to or converting existing premises for housing or provide such a facility. As no specific site has yet rehabilitation units. Policy for residential institutions been identified, this is not allocated on the Proposals is set out in Policies H10 and H14. Map. 12.53 The City Council, in conjunction with the Sports CF12 (a) Health care facility development will Council and the City’s professional rugby and football be allowed. clubs, is currently investigating the potential for creating (b) A committed site for hospital expansion at a purpose built shared sports stadium facility. Such a Hull Royal Infirmary is shown on the Proposals facility could only be provided in the City if an effective Map. partnership could be set up, if adequate funding was available and if an appropriate location could be found.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

276 CommunityTourism facilities

CF13 (a) Indoor sport and recreation facility Town Tourism Action Area), shopping centres and the development will be allowed. St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area. Further details on the planning requirements for amusement (b) Major new sports stadium development will centres are outlined in SPG Note 21 – Amusement be encouraged. centres and arcades. A preference will be given in the following order of priority to entertainment and Leisure facility development leisure facilities which attract a lot of people: 12.54 Leisure facilities are an important part of social • within the City Centre, district shopping centres life, serving the needs of all age groups. These facilities or Tourism Action Areas; and include cinemas, bingo halls, amusement centres, • edge-of-City Centre or district shopping centre. theatres and museums. They need to be readily 12.55 A developer must show that a sequential accessible to all sectors of the community and approach has been taken in site location if proposing acceptable in their effect on amenity, particularly noise to develop either on the edge of or outside a shopping and other disturbance. The preferred locations are centre. the City Centre (including the Marina/River Hull/Old

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

277 Community facilities

CF14 (a) Leisure facility development will be 12.58 Community centres are important as meeting allowed within the City Centre, other shopping places for local communities and interest groups. centres and Tourism Action Areas if it complies Subject to available resources, the only currently with Policies CF5 and CF6. known new community centre developments likely to occur over the Plan period would be provided as part (b) The City Council will require a developer to of the Kingswood scheme. As yet there is no definite demonstrate that a sequential approach has location so it cannot be allocated on the Proposals been adopted in selecting a site for Map, but is shown on figure 12.3. entertainment and leisure uses attracting a lot of people, and in the case of: CF16 Community centre development will be (i) edge-of-centre development, it cannot allowed. be located within the City Centre, a District Shopping Centre or a Tourism Crematoria and cemeteries Action Area; and 12.59 The City’s main operative cemeteries are the (ii) out-of-centre development, it cannot be Eastern, Western, Hedon Road and Northern locatedwithin or on the edge of the City Cemeteries. There are also a small number of privately Centre or a District Shopping Centre, or run cemeteries. There is one crematorium in Hull at within the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Chanterlands Avenue serving the entire City and Action Area. surrounding areas. Additional land at the Northern Cemetery has been reserved to meet expected Utility and emergency services demand as shown in figure 12.3. 12.56 Public utilities such as gas, electricity, water CF17 Crematoria and cemetery development and telecommunications need to expand their networks will be allowed. as the number of dwellings increases. Ambulance, fire and police services will also be required to meet the Religious meeting places needs of local people. The need for sewage treatment 12.60 Support is given to schemes improving the facilities is considered in Chapter 4 – Managing the potential of places of worship and associated facilities environment. There are no other currently known specific for use by the community. Public worship or religious land requirements for these uses over the Plan period. instruction often forms an integral part of the life of CF15 Utility and emergency service local communities. There are many different religious development will be allowed. groups and their requirements vary. Many ancillary activities such as youth clubs, cultural gatherings and Community centres social meetings may also take place at religious 12.57 The recommended standard of the National centres. However, the needs for meeting places or Federation of Community Organisations is one places of public assembly offering a wide variety of community centre to serve a neighbourhood of 4,000 facilities ought not to unduly affect the amenity of to 10,000 people. To achieve this Hull needs between nearby residents. 10 to 15 more community centres, particularly in areas CF18 Religious meeting place development where there are current deficiencies and in parts of the will be allowed. City which are disadvantaged as shown in figure 12.5

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

278 CommunityTourism facilities DIAGRAMMATIC

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

279 Community facilities

Public conveniences IMPLEMENTATION 12.61 The need for an adequate number of public 12.63 Policies will be put into practice in a number of conveniences for the benefit of both residents and ways. The following table is a quick reference guide visitors in Hull is recognised. Maintaining and showing how the policies of this chapter are likely to improving current facilities will be encouraged. be implemented. There is a broad explanation of each 12.62 There is a need for satisfactory levels of access feature in the General policies, implementation, to public conveniences for those with mobility monitoring and review chapter. restrictions. Adequate baby changing facilities, 12.64 Key agencies and consultees involved in especially in public buildings (and usually within public implementing the policies are listed below: conveniences), are also needed. • East Riding Health Authority; CF19 The City Council will seek to ensure an • Government; adequate network of public conveniences. • Hull and Holderness Community Health NHS Trust; • East Riding of Yorkshire Council; • Hull Council for Voluntary Service; • Hull Federation of Community Organisations; • Royal Hull Hospitals NHS Trust; • Sports Council for Yorkshire and Humberside; • colleges and universities; • emergency services; • religious groups; • other voluntary and community organisations; and • utility companies.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

280 CommunityTourism facilities

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

281 Community facilities

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

282 Tourism ‘To promote the development of tourism’ Tourism

CONTENTS

287 Introduction 287 Trends 288 Policy context 288 National guidance 288 Strategic guidance 288 Yorkshire and Humberside Tourist Board and English Tourist Board strategies 288 City Council Policy 288 Objectives 288 Topics and Policies 288 T1 Tourism development 289 T2 Tourism Action Areas 291 T3 Tourist attractions and facilities 292 T4 Locating tourism development 292 T5 Hotel development 293 T6 Converting a property to a hotel 293 T7 Public access to the River Hull and Humber estuary 294 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

284 Tourism

DEFINITION OF TERMS RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE (SPG) Amenity NOTES The quality of an area or local environment that makes it pleasant; a way of describing a combination of factors SPG Note 22 - Hotels that makes up that quality.

Conservation Area A designated area of particular architectural or historic interest that the local authority considers important to preserve and enhance. Special provisions apply within these areas governing new development and controlling demolitions.

Hotel Refers to all hotels, guesthouses and bed and breakfast establishments.

Old Town Hull’s medieval centre, comprising the area south of Queens Gardens, east of Prince’s Dock and the Marina, west of the River Hull and north of the Humber Estuary.

Pedestrianisation Excluding traffic from streets so that pedestrians can use the whole width of the street. Service vehicles requiring access to premises are often exempted.

DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERED IN THIS CHAPTER CLASSIFIED BY THE USE CLASSES ORDER

C1 Hotels Includes hotels, boarding or guesthouses.

D2 Assembly and leisure Includes cinemas, bingo halls, concert halls, casinos and dance halls, swimming baths, gymnasia, skating rinks or any other indoor or outdoor sports area.

Unclassified Includes theme parks, theatres and marinas.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

285 Tourism

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

286 Tourism

INTRODUCTION

13.1 Tourism is an important part of the City’s economy and contributes to the leisure and well-being of the whole community. It is an expanding activity that helps to improve and promote the image of the City as a place to live and visit. Tourism also provides employment and income and increases the range of social facilities. It covers a range of visitors, for example, those on holiday, on day trips and on business trips to the City.

Wilberforce House, High Street of historical interest. Hull is a good base for visiting other places of interest in Yorkshire, Humberside and Lincolnshire, including sites of nature conservation interest such as the Humber Estuary.

Tourism has an educational role TRENDS 13.2 Tourism development should be carefully 13.4 The attraction of the City for tourists has been designed to avoid adverse and long term damage to greatly improved in recent years. New developments the environment, which may in itself be the focus for have included: tourism. It should also be matched by improving • the Marina and surroundings; access by walking, cycling and public transport to • improvements to museums, the art gallery, City encourage sustainable alternatives to the private car. Hall and Hull’s theatres; 13.3 Hull has a wide potential tourist catchment area, • new tourist information centres; including European visitors. Visitors arrive by road, • expanded shopping facilities; rail, or sea at the Port or occasionally the Marina. The • City Centre pedestrianisation and traffic City has much to offer visitors with its rich maritime management; history, unique Old Town and a wide range of facilities. It has innovative attractions, such as the City Trail • access to the waterfront and River Hull; and which provides a well marked route indicating places • new hotel accommodation.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

287 Tourism

13.5 Both leisure and business tourism are set to be • promoting and co-ordinating conference facilities future growth areas and the City has the attractions meeting customer needs; and facilities to capitalise on this. • developing the City Trail; and • assessing a marketing strategy. POLICY CONTEXT

National guidance OBJECTIVES

13.6 Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 21 – 13.11 To promote the development of tourism by: Tourism (1992) advises: • enhancing existing visitor attractions and facilities; • developing tourism that can achieve economic • enhancing the built and natural environment; growth and conservation of the environment; • promoting specific areas of the City where major that tourism is a key element in urban • new tourism development can be focused; and regeneration; and • encouraging improvements in access to and designating ‘action areas’ for developing or • signing of tourist attractions improving tourist facilities. Strategic guidance TOPICS AND POLICIES 13.7 The Humberside Structure Plan (1987) and Tourism development subsequent Alteration (1993) advises: 13.12 Tourism development will have an effect on • directing new facilities to major urban areas which the surrounding environment and people. In addition already have some of the services tourists need; to satisfying general location criteria, any proposal • encouraging conference, trade or business must also be acceptable in its effect on the tourism; neighbouring area. • encouraging tourist accommodation; and • maximising the economic benefit of tourism. 13.8 The former County Council has also produced a Tourism Strategy that underlines the important role of tourism in the local economy and refers to the importance of the main urban areas. Yorkshire and Humberside Tourist Board and English Tourist Board strategies 13.9 The Tourist Boards have prepared strategies to promote tourism. These are incorporated into the Council’s tourism strategy. City Council Policy 13.10 Hull’s Tourism Strategy (1994) supports: • developing a tourism infrastructure and providing new assets and attractions; Signing attractions is important

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

288 Tourism

• encouraging the growth of related services such T1 (a) Tourism development will be allowed if as restaurants, cafes and shops. its location and detailed planning 13.14 Proposed Tourism Action Areas in the City are: considerations are acceptable. Detailed • the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Area; and planning considerations include: • the St Andrew’s Dock Area. (i) impact on local amenity; 13.15 The Marina/River Hull/Old Town area as shown (ii) impact on the built and natural in figure 13.1 contains existing tourist attractions and environment; facilities such as the Ice Arena, a multi-screen cinema, (iii) design; the Marina, the Pier, the Kingston Park shopping centre (iv) parking, servicing and access; and the Forte Crest Hotel. The Marina area has had (v) traffic generation and road safety; major environmental improvements, creating a (vi) danger to life or health; and pleasant pedestrian environment with seating, (vii) risk of pollution. landscaping and public art features. The area is near to the main City Centre shopping facilities. Part of this (b) The detailed planning considerations of this area is within the Old Town south of Castle Street Area Policy apply to development considered under of Potential Change (Policy CC28). This area in Policies T3 to T7. particular is suitable for tourism development. However, the area is split by Castle Street and by the Tourism Action Areas River Hull and there is a need to maintain and improve 13.13 Tourist attractions and facilities are of a very links between the area and the rest of the City Centre. diverse nature. However, it is appropriate to The Old Town is the area east of Prince’s Dock and encourage tourism development in certain areas. the Marina. It retains much of the medieval street Tourism Actions Areas (TAAs) can provide focal points pattern and includes a large number of Listed for new tourism development, enhance existing Buildings. The City Regeneration Strategy facilities and contribute to urban regeneration. The recommends investigating the feasibility of a advantages of TAAs are: conference centre here. The River Hull Corridor is • concentrating tourist facilities and activities to identified in Area of Potential Change 5 (Policy CC29). provide a focus for visitors and residents, and The eastern bank has the greatest redevelopment making it easier for people unfamiliar with Hull to potential, but also requires improved pedestrian find them; access. It could form a campus site for the University • providing facilities such as car parking, coach of Lincolnshire and Humberside (ULH). Adequate parking and public conveniences, to serve a facilities for coach parking and car parking within, or number of visitors coming for various reasons; adjacent to, the Marina/River Hull/Old Town are necessary. More attractions are needed in their own • encouraging people attracted to an area for a right, in addition to the events already held in and particular activity to also visit other facilities; around the Marina. However, developing such • providing a focus for private and public resources attractions should protect the amenity of established and investment; and housing areas in the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

289 Tourism

ransport Area

ictoria Piers

own Tourism Action Areas

own Conservation

Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

ourism Action Area

7 Humber Foreshore 8 Minerva and V 9 Hull & East Riding Museum 10 “Streetlife” Hull Museum of T 11 Wilberforce House & Georgian Houses

Boundary of the T Boundary of the Old T

11

10

9

Figure13.1: Marina/River Hull/Old T 1 Multi-screen Cinema 2 Ice Arena 3 Railway Dock 4 Hotel 5 Spurn Lightship 6Marina

7

8

6

5

4

3

2

1

TIC

DIAGRAMMA

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

290 Tourism

13.16 The St. Andrew’s Dock Area is shown in figure this footway can be developed further along the Dock 13.2 and includes the St. Andrew’s Dock Conservation edge. Area and the adjoining leisure facilities comprising multi-screen cinema, bowling alley and restaurants. T2 Tourism Action Areas are designated on There is room for expanding these facilities into the the Proposals Map as follows: St. Andrew’s Dock Conservation Area. Regenerating (i) the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Area; and St. Andrew’s Dock is a high priority in the City (ii) the St. Andrew’s Dock Area. Regeneration Strategy. The area has potential for a range of employment, limited shopping, community Tourist attractions and facilities and tourist facilities and attractions. Other uses would 13.17 Tourism can be promoted in both the leisure be considered on their merits. The Tourism Action and business sectors by developing attractions and Area needs to build on the current attractions and facilities. The following priorities have been identified facilities to provide a tourist destination in its own right. to develop the City’s tourist potential and to strengthen The area has an attractive waterside location and good existing provision, especially within the City Centre: road access. However, the site is not served by public transport and it is hoped that, by developing a mix of • a national leisure attraction such as a museum in uses, sufficient demand will make public transport the Marina/River Hull/Old Town or St. Andrew’s commercially viable. A good pedestrian footway exists Dock Tourism Action Areas. (Policy T2); alongside the River Humber and, in developing the • a national or regional conference centre in the area around the Conservation Area, it is hoped that Marina/River Hull/Old Town or St. Andrew’s Dock

2 1

Figure 13.2: St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area Boundary of the Tourism Action Area Boundary of the St. Andrew’s Dock Conservation Area 1 Multi-screen cinema 2 Bowling alley

DIAGRAMMATIC Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

291 Tourism

Tourism Action Areas. (Policy T2); accessible for pedestrians, the mobility impaired and • caravan and camping facilities near the ferry cyclists. terminal; T4 (a) The City Council will require a appropriate signing and information points; • developer to demonstrate that a sequential • coach parking facilities; approach has been adopted in selecting a site • attracting investment by hotel groups in the City for tourism development and in the case of: Centre and waterfront areas; (i) edge-of-City Centre development, it • short-stay parking in, or adjacent to, the Old Town cannot be located within the City Centre area of the City Centre; and or the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism • a youth hostel. Action Area designated on the Proposals Map; and T3 Developing tourist attractions and facilities (ii) outside the City Centre or the St. will be supported, in particular within Tourism Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action area, it Action Areas. cannot be located within or on the edge of the City Centre or within the St. Locating tourism development Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area. 13.18 Tourism development attracts a lot of people (b) Tourism development outside the City and in particular non-residents of the City. It is Centre or the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism important that this development is directed to locations Action area will not be allowed if: which ensure a range of facilities for tourists and allows (i) it fails, the sequential approach to site a choice of alternative means of transport. location; 13.19 Development will be directed to the City Centre, (ii) it is not well located for secure and in particular the Marina/River Hull/ Old Town area and frequent transport; and the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area. This will (iii) it is not easily accessible for ensure a range of facilities for tourists allowing one pedestrians, the mobility impaired, and trip to serve several purposes, reducing the need to cyclists. travel and allowing a choice of alternative modes of transport other than the car. Preference will be given Hotel development to development in the following order of priority: 13.21 Accommodation for visitors is essential for (i) within the City Centre, including the Marina/ expanding both business and leisure. Hotels River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area, and adjoining tourist attractions and facilities are preferred. the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area; Hotel development is therefore appropriate within the (ii) edge-of-City Centre; and City Centre, particularly the Marina/River Hull/Old (iii) outside the City Centre or the St. Andrew’s Town Tourism Action Area, and the St. Andrew’s Dock Dock Tourism Action Area. Tourism Action Area. Development outside these 13.20 Development outside the City Centre or the St. areas must comply with the locational criteria of Policy Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area should be well T4. A youth hostel would also be suitable in these located for secure and frequent public transport and locations. Further advice on the development of these

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

292 Tourism

uses is given in Supplementary Planning Guidance of less than 150 sq. m, or with limited opportunity to (SPG) Note 22 Hotels. provide parking on site. Converting existing property is not acceptable if the supply of family accommodation T5 Hotel development will be allowed: needs protecting, or the character of a housing area (i) within the City Centre and particularly is threatened by a concentration of hotels. Further within the Marina/River Hull/Old Town advice on the development of these uses is given in Tourism Action Area; and SPG Note 22 – Hotels. (ii) elsewhere if it satisfies the locational criteria of Policy T4. T6 (a) Converting a property to a hotel will be allowed within the City Centre and Converting a property to a hotel particularly within the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area and the St. 13.22 The range of overnight and short stay Andrew’s Dock Action Area if: accommodation in the City includes properties (i) the internal floor area is not less than converted to hotel use as well as purpose-built hotels. 150 sq. m; and This type of facility tends to be smaller than purpose- built accommodation and is necessary to meet the full (ii) in a housing area, it will not result in a range of visitor needs. It is therefore appropriate within concentration of similar uses adversely the City Centre, particularly the Marina/River Hull/Old affecting the character of the area. Town Tourism Action Area and the St. Andrew’s Dock (b) Converting a property to a hotel will be Tourism Action Area. allowed outside the City Centre and the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action Area if: 13.23 Conversion to a hotel can have an adverse effect on the amenities of established housing areas (i) it satisfies the locational criteria of and especially on physically adjoining houses. It is Policy T4; generally not suitable for dwellings with a floor space (ii) the internal floor area is not less than 150 sq. m; and (iii) in a housing area, it will not result in a concentration of uses adversely affecting the character of the area.

Public access to the River Hull and Humber Estuary 13.24 The River Hull and the Humber Estuary are important features of the City that contribute to its unique character. Access to these water frontages is important both to local residents and as a tourist attraction. The Humber Estuary frontage and parts of the River Hull can be accessed using public rights of way, but in several locations the environment is in poor Forte Crest hotel, the Marina

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

293 Tourism condition. Extending and enhancing access to these IMPLEMENTATION waterfronts is important to encourage visitors into these 13.25 Policies will be put into practice in a number of areas. Development fronting the River Hull and ways. The following table is a quick reference guide Humber Estuary should seek to improve public access showing how the policies in this chapter are likely to to these waterfronts. be implemented. There is a broad explanation of each feature in the General policies, implementation, T7 Extending and improving public access to monitoring and review chapter. the River Hull and Humber Estuary water frontages will be supported if there is no 13.26 Key agencies and consultees involved in adverse effect on the operation of the Port or implementing the policies are listed below: River Hull users. • Yorkshire and Humberside Tourist Board; • Associated British Ports; • Environment Agency; • East Riding of Yorkshire Council; • English Tourist Board; and • interest Groups

The existing River Hull walkway

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

294 Tourism

Planning

Guidance

Supplementary

Private

resources

Public &

voluntary

resources p

Promotion

opportunities

of development

Putting Policies into practice

with

others

Liason

over

Control

development

Policy

Tourism development

Tourism Action Areas

Tourist attractions and facilities

Locating tourism development

Hotel development

Converting property to a hotel

Public access to the River Hull and

Humber Estuary

T1

T2

T3

T4

T5

T6

T7

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

295 Tourism

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

296 City Centre ‘To protect, support and develop the role of the City Centre’ City Centre

CONTENTS

301 Introduction 301 The boundary 301 Objectives 301 Topics and policies 301 CC1 City Centre development policy 302 CC2 City Centre land use policy 302 CC3 Improving the environment 303 Employment 303 CC4 Business, financial and professional service development 303 CC5 General industry and storage and distribution development 303 CC6 Shopping 303 CC7 Housing 304 CC8 Built environment 304 CC9 Community facilities 305 CC10 Tourism 305 CC11 Urban Greenspace and public spaces 305 Movement 306 CC12 Orbital Box 306 CC13 Access and facilities for buses and passengers 307 CC14 Bus and coach station 307 Short-stay and long-stay car parking 307 CC15 Short-stay off-street public car parking 308 CC16 Long-stay off-street public car parking 309 CC17 On-street parking 309 CC18 Parking and servicing for development other than housing 309 CC19 Parking for housing 309 CC20 Protecting permanent public car parks 313 CC21 Improving the security and environment of permanent public car parks 313 CC22 Pedestrian and cycle routes and facilities 313 CC23 Cycle parking facilities 313 CC24 Areas of Potential Change 314 CC25 1 West of Ferensway area statement 316 CC26 2 George Street area statement

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

298 CityTourism Centre

317 CC27 3 Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane area statement 318 CC28 4 The Old Town south of Castle Street area statement 319 CC29 5 River Hull Corridor area statement 321 CC30 Key Development Sites 322 CC31 1 Albion Street 323 CC32 2 Jarratt Street 323 CC33 3 Mill Street 324 CC34 4 Ferensway 325 CC35 5 Colonial Street/Spring Street 325 CC36 6 Myton Street 326 CC37 7 Waterhouse Lane 326 CC38 8 Island Wharf, Humber Estuary 326 CC39 9 Blanket Row/Finkle Street 327 CC40 10 Castle Street 328 CC41 11 Lowgate/Bishop Lane 328 CC42 12 Charlotte Street 329 CC43 13 Sykes Street 329 CC44 14 Mason Street (north) 329 CC45 15 Mason Street (south) 330 CC46 16 Charlotte Street Mews 330 CC47 17 Sammy’s Point 331 CC48 18 High Street 332 Implementation

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

299 City Centre

DEFINITION OF TERMS Pedestrianisation Excluding traffic from streets so that pedestrians can Area of Archaeological Interest use the whole width of the street. Service vehicles The area of the City with the greatest potential for requiring access to premises are often exempted. finding archaeological deposits, based on information Personal mobility from historical records and previous developments. The ability of all types of pedestrians to move freely Bus loop and easily within and around buildings, and along A circuit of roads within the City Centre, many bus pavements and pedestrianised areas. only, that allow buses to provide access for passengers Publicly available car parking within the main shopping area. Car parking available for unrestricted public use. It Greater Hull Transportation Strategy (GHTS) does not include customer parking for commercial Transport policy in the Hull Urban Area plus Beverley business. Town, agreed by Humberside County Council as Tourism Action Area Highway Authority and Hull City Council in 1992 – favouring a shift to public transport, cycling and traffic An area selected for comprehensive improvement and management. a focus for tourism and new tourist related development over a 10 year period. Hull Urban Area All land within the City of Kingston upon Hull and the built up areas of Hessle, Anlaby/Willerby/Kirkella and Cottingham.

Old Town Hull’s medieval centre, comprising the area south of Queen’s Gardens, east of Prince’s Dock and the Marina, west of the River Hull and north of the Humber Estuary.

Operational parking Parking for cars and other vehicles regularly and necessarily involved in operating the business of a building, including commercial vehicles serving the building. This excludes the cars of commuting employees.

Orbital Box High capacity road system around the City Centre comprising Ferensway, Freetown Way, Great Union Street and Castle Street.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

300 CityTourism Centre

INTRODUCTION The boundary 14.3 The City Centre boundary is defined on the 14.1 The City Centre is the focus for the Hull area Proposals Map. The City Centre Inset Map defines and serves much of the eastern part of the Yorkshire the area within which consistent policies and proposals and Humber Region. It provides a wide range of goods apply. There are however, a wide range of sub-areas, and services for a catchment population of more than each with their own land uses, building form and 500,000. It is where civic pride and community life character. These factors influence the policies and are most strongly expressed. Most people’s image of proposals forming a major part of this chapter. Hull is directly linked to the buildings, spaces and activities in this area. 14.4 This chapter interprets and expands Citywide policies to relate specifically to the City Centre. Areas 14.2 The prosperity of the City Centre is crucial to of Potential Change and Key Development Sites are the economic vitality of the Hull area. Its image and identified. environmental quality are important, not only to existing residents and users, but also for encouraging OBJECTIVES continued investment so that the City Centre can face new challenges and seize new opportunities. The City 14.5 The CityPlan overall strategy includes a number Centre is the hub of the Hull Travel To Work Area of key objectives to protect, support and develop the transport system. Transport policy needs to maintain role of the City Centre by: and, if possible, improve access for all sectors of the • underlining its role as the main focus of the Hull community. area for new large scale employment, shopping, and leisure uses; • ensuring that new development is of high quality; • improving the environment of buildings and public spaces; • encouraging a more vibrant City Centre, promoting both daytime and evening uses; • identifying areas of opportunity and potential sites for new development; • identifying and promoting initiatives to encourage improvements to accessibility; and • fostering partnerships between the public and private sectors.

TOPICS AND POLICIES

City Centre development 14.6 City Centre development will have an effect on the surrounding environment and people. In addition to satisfying general location criteria any proposal A musical event at Beverley Gate

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

301 City Centre should not have an unacceptable effect on its in the area, the lack of available land, and the neighbouring area. commitment to support development, a flexible approach is adopted to assess schemes. CC1 (a) Development within the City Centre will be allowed if its location and detailed CC2 A range and mix of land uses in the City planning considerations are acceptable. Centre will be encouraged. Detailed planning considerations include: (i) impact on local amenity; Improving the environment (ii) impact on the built and natural 14.9 The vitality and attractiveness of the City Centre environment; relates not only to the activities that take place, but to (iii) design; the appearance of buildings and public spaces. Both (iv) parking, servicing and access; visitors and residents can benefit from environmental improvements which enhance the area’s appearance. (v) traffic generation and road safety; Improving the environment can include: (vi) danger to health or life; and • creating new open spaces and improving existing (vii) risk of pollution. ones; (b) The detailed planning considerations of • improving the pedestrian environment, for this Policy apply to development considered under Policies CC4 to CC48.

City Centre land use 14.7 Land use patterns in the City Centre have resulted from complex and long term geographical, economic and social factors. In broad terms, there is unlikely to be significant change over the Plan period to the year 2006, although the Centre will continue to adapt to meet new circumstances. Developing further facilities and activities is encouraged to promote positive change and continued vitality. This applies to the change of use of existing property as well as new development. 14.8 The CityPlan promotes a ‘mixed use’ approach to City Centre planning. A mix of land uses encourages a City Centre that functions during the day and in the evening. As well as promoting long-standing City Centre uses, opportunities are identified for further housing, tourism and leisure uses. Development should enhance the appearance and operation of the City Centre, and encourage or allow future Pedestrianisation scheme, King Edward Street development to occur. Because of the variety of uses

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

302 CityTourism Centre

example, introducing hard and soft landscaping, CC5 Altering and improving existing general seating and street lighting; industry and storage and distribution • increasing security for people and property; employment generating uses in the City Centre • introducing public art and sculptures; and will be supported. • cleaning and refurbishing buildings. Shopping CC3 Improving the City Centre’s environment 14.13 The City Centre’s role as a regional shopping will be encouraged. centre should be promoted and protected. In the last decade, the new Princes Quay development and the Employment decline of some peripheral shopping streets have 14.10 The City Centre provides employment for over shifted the focus of the main shopping area. 25,000 people. This is by far the largest concentration Pedestrianisation has improved the shopping of employment in the Hull Travel To Work Area. environment. A number of Key Development Sites for shopping are identified in Policies CC31 to CC48. Business, financial and professional service development CC6 Shopping development in the City Centre 14.11 Jobs in financial, communications, business will be supported within the Central Area of the and public services (Use Classes A2 and B1) are very City Centre as designated on the Proposals Map. significant in the City Centre. European trade is becoming increasingly important in providing new Housing opportunities for service sector jobs. Office 14.14 The City Centre is an attractive place to live development in most areas of the City Centre is and people living here bring vitality into the area. All supported. Sites for major office development are identified in the Key Development Site Policies CC31 to CC48.

CC4 Business, financial and professional service development in the City Centre will be supported.

General industry and storage and distribution development 14.12 Employment in manufacturing and storage and distribution uses (Use Classes B2 and B8) has declined in the City Centre. However, they are still an important source of jobs within the City Centre, particularly along the River Hull Corridor and north of Freetown Way. These businesses are encouraged to adapt, subject to protecting the amenity of the surrounding area. Housing by the Marina

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

303 City Centre the major facilities are concentrated within a Its character and built form are shaped by the mix of reasonable walking distance. There is a variety of land uses, pattern of streets, variety of buildings and house types. The City Centre is more suitable for non- range of public spaces. Hull’s flat landscape means family groups as it lacks facilities for children, such as the City Centre skyline is a significant feature. It is schools and areas for play, and it can be noisy and important that the unique identity of Hull’s City Centre crowded. The area is suitable for student is maintained and enhanced. accommodation given the concentration of higher 14.18 In recent years the City Centre’s environmental educational facilities and the good public transport links quality has been improved by refurbishing and cleaning to other parts of the City. buildings, by new developments and by improving 14.15 A number of sites are allocated for housing formal and informal areas of Urban Greenspace. development as shown on the Proposals Map. Their 14.19 Most parts of the City Centre are unlikely to development for housing is preferred, although they change significantly over the Plan period. However, may be suitable for other uses. Other sites or buildings there are areas where major development could occur. could also be considered for housing use. In particular, These are examined in sections outlining the Areas of vacant or underused upper floors of shops and other Potential Change and the Key Development Sites. buildings could provide much needed housing. CC8 Development respecting the distinctive 14.16 The City Centre contains a variety of land uses character and identity of the City Centre will and it is likely that there will be more disturbance to be supported. residents than would be the case in housing areas elsewhere in the City. A housing proposal may, therefore, be unacceptable if a suitable level of amenity Community facilities for its residents cannot be achieved. In other 14.20 Community facilities include education, health, instances, a housing proposal in the City Centre may social, cultural, leisure and recreation uses. Existing be unacceptable if protecting the amenity of its prospective residents would prejudice future nearby non- housing uses. The amenity of existing residents is, however, protected when any development is proposed.

CC7 Housing development within the City Centre will be supported if: (i) a satisfactory standard of development and amenity appropriate to the needs of the likely residents can be achieved; and (ii) it will not prejudice future nearby non- housing uses.

Built environment 14.17 The City Centre has a distinctive built Queens Gardens - a major Urban Greenspace in the environment resulting from its historic development. City Centre

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

304 CityTourism Centre facilities serve the whole Hull Urban Area and beyond. few opportunities for more major public spaces, but The City Centre, accessible to all sectors of the developments are encouraged to include some form community, is the ideal place for many forms of of public space or Urban Greenspace, especially if this community development. It is important, therefore, to helps to connect to existing pedestrian routes and encourage new community uses and maximise the use destinations. of existing facilities. In particular, new higher education facilities could play a significant part in regenerating CC11 (a) Existing Urban Greenspace and the City Centre. public spaces within the City Centre will be protected from development and their CC9 Community facility development in the enhancement supported. City Centre will be supported. (b) Development including Urban Greenspace and public spaces within the City Centre will Tourism be supported. 14.21 The City Centre’s unique heritage and character make it an important leisure and tourist attraction. The Movement Old Town area in particular has the scope to provide 14.23 The City Centre is the heart of Hull’s Travel To further attractions. The area south of Castle Street Work Area road and public transport networks. There and around the River Hull is designated as the Marina/ have been major changes in the City Centre circulation River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area and is shown system over the last twenty years. These have on the City Centre Inset Map. This enables a co- improved pedestrian safety, accessibility and the ordinated approach to developing tourist facilities, environment and have included: improving access and car parking. • completing three sides of an improved Orbital Box of roads; CC10 Tourism development and facilities in wide ranging pedestrianisation works; the City Centre, especially within the Marina/ • River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area, will • a bus loop providing better access for buses and be supported. cyclists; and • new car parks. Urban Greenspace and public spaces 14.24 Urban transport is a key issue and the CityPlan 14.22 The City Centre has several key Urban seeks to: Greenspace and public spaces making a major • improve the efficiency of the Orbital Box around contribution to its character and providing valued the City Centre; spaces for workers, residents and visitors. Urban • enhance facilities for bus passengers and access Greenspace includes parks and gardens (designated for buses; under Natural environment Policy NE1). Public spaces • provide the necessary balance between short and include pedestrianised areas. These public spaces long-stay parking; provide a setting for buildings, places for open air • improve safety and the environment, in particular events and corridors for people moving around the for pedestrians and cyclists; and City Centre. Existing areas should be protected from • encourage good access to the City Centre by all development and, if possible, enhanced. There are sectors of the community.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

305 City Centre

14.25 The Movement chapter contains policies on be protected from other development. transport for the City and these form the context for policies in this chapter. The policies in this chapter CC12 Land required for the Great Union Street provide more detail for the City Centre, however the and Castle Street improvement schemes will Movement chapter should also be referred to. be protected from other development.

Orbital Box 14.26 The Orbital Box gives vital access to the City Access and facilities for buses and passengers Centre ensuring that through traffic avoids principal 14.27 Most bus routes converge on the City Centre shopping and commercial areas. There are and use the bus loop to or from the bus station. The improvement schemes for Great Union Street to City Centre bus loop is vital in securing good accessibility complete the Orbital Box, and Castle Street to provide for passengers and should be protected. Bus priority a parallel north side local road (see Movement chapter routes are shown in figure 14.1. If possible, bus Policy M18). Land needed for these schemes must facilities will be improved to encourage increased use.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

306 CityTourism Centre

CC13 (a) Improving access and facilities for passengers and buses within the City Centre will be encouraged. (b) Bus priority routes will be protected and if possible improved.

Bus and coach station 14.28 The bus and coach station is in a convenient location next to the railway station and close to the main shopping area. However, it is inadequate to meet today’s needs and hinders the long term objective of promoting public transport in the City. Deficiencies include a lack of stands to serve all buses, a poor pedestrian environment, and conflict between buses and pedestrians. A new bus and coach station is required at, or close to, its current location (see Buses entering the Bus Station Movement chapter Policy M5). This is covered in greater detail under West of Ferensway Area of ownership. The City Council therefore has only limited Potential Change. influence over the supply and price of car parking in the City Centre. This restricts the ability of the City CC14 Developing a new bus and coach station Council to control both the number of spaces available within the West of Ferensway Area of Potential and the cost of parking. Change and next to the railway station will be Short-stay off-street public car parking encouraged. 14.30 Short-stay off-street public car parking is available for up to 4 hours. This parking is intended Short-stay and long-stay car parking to serve primarily leisure and shopping needs (see 14.29 Car parking in suitable amounts and locations Movement chapter Policy M21). If the City Centre is is vital for the City Centre to function properly. Car to compete with other centres and out-of-centre parking policy needs to be related to land use and developments, an appropriate supply of spaces is economic development policies, as well as the overall needed within the shopping and tourist areas. Greater Hull Transportation Strategy (GHTS) (see Improving the quality of existing car parks is also Movement chapter Policy M1 and figure 8.3). A necessary. balance is necessary between car parking and public transport policy and, within parking policy, between CC15 Appropriate short-stay off-street public the needs of short-stay and long-stay parking users. car parking with easy access to the main City This is important so that different types of visitor can Centre shopping facilities and the Marina/River gain access to the City Centre. The City Council Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area will be provides a large amount of public parking, but the supported. majority of parking spaces in the Centre are in private

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

307 City Centre

Long-stay off-street public car parking about 4,000 public long-stay spaces. The number of 14.31 Long-stay parking provides mainly for spaces is monitored annually by the City Council’s commuters. To assist the objective of reducing the Central Area Vehicle Parking Survey, and proposals number of journeys to work by car, reducing peak hour for future long-stay car parks are assessed against traffic congestion and meeting wider environmental the information available at the time. aims, the GHTS recommended that the amount of public long-stay parking should not exceed current CC16 Long-stay off-street public car parking levels (see Movement chapter Policy M20). The in the City Centre will be restricted to a number of public long-stay spaces includes publicly maximum of 4,000 spaces. and privately owned long-stay surface car parks and multi-storey car parks. This figure currently totals

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

308 CityTourism Centre

On-street car parking Movement chapter Policy M31a). However, a 14.32 On-street car parking within and adjoining the minimum of operational parking to meet the working main shopping area, business areas and the Marina/ needs of businesses should be provided. River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area provides CC18 (a) Non-housing development in the City valuable short-stay parking. Although there may be Centre will provide appropriate on-site scope for further traffic management and operational parking and servicing space. pedestrianisation, the level of on-street parking is likely to remain similar. (b) Additional motor vehicle parking will be considered in the context of policies CC15, 14.33 Streets outside the main shopping and CC16 and M22, and the need to reduce reliance commercial areas provide parking free of charge for on the private car. up to 4 hours as shown in figure 14.2. However, there is widespread misuse of this facility by commuters. As a result, providing on-street parking with priority Parking for housing for residents and for servicing local business is being 14.35 As with other City Centre development, it is investigated. Parking for businesses needs to be short sometimes difficult to provide the same amount of term, allowing parking for less than 3 hours to prevent parking for housing in the City Centre as elsewhere in the current misuse of on-street parking recurring. Each the City. Parking standards (see Movement chapter individual street is being reviewed to assess the most Policy M31b) are applied to housing development to suitable parking arrangements for local needs. (See indicate the number of spaces needed. However, to also Movement chapter Policies M21 and M24). encourage housing development these standards are applied flexibly because of space constraints in the CC17 Schemes on the edge of the City Centre City Centre. providing specific on-street parking for residents and their visitors, and short term on- CC19 Housing development in the City Centre street parking for businesses and their visitors, will provide motor vehicles parking facilities will be supported, if appropriate. complying with Policy M31(b).

Parking and servicing for development other than Protecting permanent public car parks housing 14.36 Certain public car parks in the City Centre are 14.34 In the City Centre it is often not practical for identified as permanent during the Plan period as commercial development to provide on-site car parking shown in figure 14.3. These permanent car parks are as required because of insufficient space. protected from development to provide an adequate Furthermore, providing additional spaces for supply of public car parking and to assist the prosperity employees encourages travel to work by car which of the City Centre. If any of these car parks are increases peak-hour congestion in the City. In general, considered for development it is important that they commuter parking is best concentrated in well located are replaced either on site, or in a location of at least public car parks or on Park and Ride sites. This allows equal benefit to users. This replacement parking the balance between long and short stay parking to should also be in a suitable form, for example as a be related to overall Transportation Strategy (see surface car park, or part of a Park and Ride Site. The

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

309 City Centre

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

310 CityTourism Centre

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

311 City Centre

Colonial Street/Spring Street site (Key Development CC20 (a) Permanent public car parks Site 5, Policy CC35) provides the most readily available designated on the Proposals Map will be site for replacing permanent car parking. All new protected from other development. replacement car parks will be permanent and protected (b) Permanent public car parks are designated by Policy CC20. Adequate parking is also necessary on the Proposals Map as follows: for the development itself, in line with Policy CC18 or (i) Long-stay surface car parks; CC19, depending on the use proposed. A number of St. Stephen’s Square (250 spaces); other public off-street car parks are identified as • temporary as shown on figure 14.3, and are being • John Street (50 spaces); marketed for development. These are designated as • Mason Street (south) (144 spaces); Key Development Sites and discussed later (see also • Mason Street (north) (148 spaces); Movement chapter Policies M20 and M21). and continued...

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

312 CityTourism Centre

• Francis Street (187 spaces). are planned as shown in figures 14.4 and 14.5. Routes identified for cyclists avoid roads with heavy traffic. (ii) Short-stay surface car parks; Completing the Great Union Street link will provide an • Pryme Street (38 spaces); and opportunity for major traffic management and • Albion Street (345 spaces). environmental works for Market Place, Lowgate and (iii) Multi-storey car parks; Wilberforce Drive. The proposed Castle Street • Osborne Street (410 spaces); scheme also has important benefits for pedestrians • George Street (568 spaces); and cyclists (see also Movement chapter Policy M5). • Pryme Street (636 spaces); CC22 Improving pedestrian and cycle routes • Princes Quay (960 spaces); and and facilities within the City Centre will be • King William House (610) spaces. encouraged. (c) Development on a permanent public car

park will only be allowed if the same number Cycle parking facilities of public car parking spaces are provided 14.39 Adequate cycle parking facilities are as either on site, or in a location or form of at least important as providing better access for cyclists to the equal benefit to users of the City Centre. City Centre if cycling is to be encouraged. Facilities Parking for the development itself must comply are needed in public areas for general use, for instance with Policy CC18 or CC19 as appropriate. by shoppers and in private areas for people such as (d) If permanent car parks are developed for workers. These facilities should be secure to promote other uses, priority will be given to a new public cycle use and deter cycle theft. Development in the car park at Colonial Street/Spring Street. City Centre is required to provide cycle parking facilities in accordance with Movement chapter Policy M33. Improving the security and environment of permanent public car parks CC23 (a) Cycle parking facilities in the City 14.37 Some permanent public car parks already have Centre will be encouraged. an attractive and secure environment. Others need (b) Development in the City Centre will provide improving so that users feel safe and to generally help cycle parking facilities complying with Policy improve the City Centre environment. Advice on car M33. parking design and security is given in SPG Note 16 - Designing a car park. (See also Movement chapter Policy M34). Areas of Potential Change 14.40 Certain parts of the City Centre have more CC21 Improving the security and environment potential for change than others over the Plan period. of permanent public car parks designated by Areas of Potential Change are identified to promote, Policy CC20 will be encouraged. co-ordinate and guide appropriate development and enhancement. An Area Statement for each Area of Pedestrian and cycle routes and facilities Potential Change sets out a brief background, current 14.38 Pedestrian and cycle facilities in the City Centre issues, opportunities for development and appropriate have been significantly improved and further measures uses. Within the Areas of Potential Change, Key

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

313 City Centre

Development Sites are identified. Key Development coach station would encourage more people to use Sites are the subject of Policies CC31 to CC48. public transport facilities. The scope and time scale for redeveloping the bus and coach station depends CC24 Development within Areas of Potential on financial resources, as well as suitable land around Change will take into account the relevant area the station for development. Development in the area policy and, if appropriate, where affected, Key should take into account the need for a new bus and Development Site criteria in Policies CC31 to coach station, and for possible improvements to traffic CC48. Areas of Potential Change designated circulation to cope with future additional bus, coach on the Proposals Map are: and pedestrian movements. Improving crossing 1 West of Ferensway; facilities for pedestrians across Ferensway will also 2 George Street; be kept under review. In addition, redevelopment of 3 Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane; the area may present the opportunity to create a cycle/ pedestrian route linking Ferensway with Park Street/ 4 The Old Town south of Castle Street; Londesborough Street. and 14.44 There are a number of sites identified for 5 River Hull Corridor. development in this area such as Ferensway Key Development Site, Policy CC34 and Colonial Street/ 1 West of Ferensway area statement Spring Street Key Development Site, Policy CC35. The 14.41 This area is the traditional centre of the City’s area adjoins the Orbital Box, is close to the principal public transport system, with the bus and coach station City Centre shopping area and therefore has great adjacent to the railway station as shown in figure 14.6. development potential. St Stephen’s Square car park The area surrounding the bus and railway station is an important resource for the area and if contains a mix of light industry/warehouse/ storage redeveloped, the same number of parking spaces uses. There are a number of vacant or underused should be provided on site or in a location or form of properties and sites, most notably the former cinema equal benefit to City Centre users (Policy CC20). The fronting onto Ferensway and the Northern Foods’ open area formed by St. Stephen’s Square must be former dairy and production area. retained or replaced because of the lack of open space 14.42 The bus, coach and railway stations are close in the area, especially if the Colonial Street/Spring to each other, allowing passengers to change mode Street Key Development Site (Policy CC35) is of transport relatively easily and providing an developed. Any redevelopment of the area should identifiable focus for the public transport system. include an element of open space. Improving this system (outlined in the Movement 14.45 Visual links between the bus station and the chapter), the railway station and the bus and coach surrounding area should be improved, especially from station would strengthen the area’s role. The bus and the shops east of Ferensway. Improving the coach station should therefore remain where it is and attractiveness of pedestrian walkways and creating the links between the stations be improved, for features of interest can create a better standard of example better pedestrian access and circulation. Any urban space. scheme should take into account the Grade II* Listed 14.46 The potential uses of the area are a public Building status of the railway station. transport interchange, shops, offices and leisure. Parts 14.43 An attractive and efficient modern bus and of the area may be suitable for housing development.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

314 CityTourism Centre

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

315 City Centre

CC25 (a) Development within the West of (b) A range and mix of uses will be supported Ferensway Area of Potential Change will take in the area including: into account: • car parking; (i) redeveloping the existing bus and coach • open space; station; • shopping; (ii) improving traffic circulation; • a new bus and coach station; (iii) improving pedestrian facilities within the • offices; bus and coach station; • leisure; and (iv) improving pedestrian links from the bus • housing. and coach station to the railway station and the area east of Ferensway; 2 George Street area statement (v) providing a cycle and pedestrian route linking Ferensway and Park Street/ 14.47 George Street used to be a principal shopping Londesborough Street; street with a broad range of shops and a department store. It has declined because the main shopping area (vi) retaining public car parking at St. has shifted southward. George Street was a major Stephen’s Square or replacing it in a thoroughfare with heavy traffic flows and consequently location or form of equal benefit to users a poor environment until Freetown Way was of the City Centre; completed. Recently, improvements have been made (vii) providing a significant amount of short- to pedestrian areas in George Street and a traffic stay parking as part of a comprehensive calming scheme has been implemented to slow down redevelopment; traffic, helping pedestrians and providing on-street (viii) providing a public open space as part parking. The area lacks public short-stay car parking of the comprehensive redevelopment; but is on a number of bus routes, especially from the (ix) retaining and improving the Urban east of the City. Greenspace at St. Stephen’s Square; 14.48 The nature of the shops has changed because (x) improving the environment, especially the street is peripheral to the City Centre main for development fronting Ferensway and shopping area. The shops tend to be of a service or affecting the Listed railway station; specialist nature, for example, they include an optician, hairdressers, and a book shop. The street also has a (xi) providing public car parking at the number of leisure and office uses. The current scale Colonial Street/Spring Street site; of vacant shop floorspace underlines the need to (xii) improving the attractiveness of identify alternative or more diverse functions for pedestrian walkways; George Street, especially at ground floor level. (xiii) improving the street scene; and 14.49 The area is within the Georgian New Town (xiv) Key Development Sites 4 (Policy CC34) Conservation Area, as shown in figure 14.7 and it is and 5 (Policy CC35). important to maintain or enhance its character or continued... appearance. There is only one vacant plot in the area (used as a car park) and so most development will

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

316 CityTourism Centre

involve redeveloping or converting existing buildings. Area; and Part of the area is also within the Area of (v) the Area of Archaeological Interest. Archaeological Interest and development should take (b) A range and mix of uses will be supported account of this. in the area including: 14.50 The area is suitable for shopping, but other shopping; types of uses such as offices, leisure, and mixed use • schemes are encouraged. A wide range of uses is • offices; acceptable to encourage regeneration, including • leisure; and student and other housing. A flexible approach is taken • housing. to reusing buildings, especially vacant shop units to encourage more activities in the area. 3 Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane area statement CC26 (a) Development within the George 14.51 This area, as shown in figure 14.8, is directly Street Area of Potential Change will take into behind the main shopping area and is largely hidden account: from public view by the Princes Quay, Allders and (i) reusing vacant buildings, especially Telephone House buildings. Waterhouse Lane shop units; properties are seen by visitors to the Princes Quay (ii) providing uses at ground floor level that car park and from Castle Street, and other properties bring vitality to the street scene; fronting Ferensway, another major route. Therefore, (iii) redeveloping or converting existing it is important that this area provides an attractive buildings to maintain an enclosed street environment for visitors and residents of the City. scene; 14.52 The approach into the area from Castle Street (iv) the Georgian New Town Conservation could be improved by either providing properly laid out continued... open space or an attractive development on the site of the current Myton Street car park (Key Development

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

317 City Centre

Site 6, Policy CC36). Some Urban Greenspace at and the Pier (as shown in figure 14.9). It contains a Holy Trinity Burial ground will be lost as a result of the complex mix of uses including offices, housing, leisure, Castle Street road scheme. industry, and warehousing. The area is the centre for 14.53 Better views and pedestrian routes should be storing and distributing fruit and vegetables in the City created to encourage new uses. The area currently and the wider area. This function is an important contains offices, warehouses, light industrial and economic resource for the City. However, this use leisure uses. Its quiet nature makes it suitable for conflicts with surrounding uses, especially housing, housing development, or for further office because of the number of heavy goods vehicles and development. Designating Waterhouse Lane car park the unsociable operating hours. The conflict and as a coach park (Key Development Site 7, Policy problems of access may get worse as the size of CC37) to encourage visitors to the City could mean heavy goods vehicles increases. that there will be more pedestrians moving through 14.56 Similar uses to the rest of the Old Town are the area. This could encourage new and different uses encouraged. There is potential for more housing, into the area. leisure, office and specialist shops to promote the 14.54 The area is largely within the Area of Marina/River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area. Archaeological Interest and this should be taken into Specialist shops are small scale and relate well to the account. Tourism Action Area. Good sign posting and pedestrian links, together with marketing will CC27 (a) Development within the Osborne encourage development in this area. Street/Waterhouse Lane Area of Potential 14.57 There is only one open site for development Change will take into account: fronting Castle Street. This is Blanket Row, a (i) providing development fronting Castle temporary long-stay public car park (see Key Street and Ferensway; Development Site 9, Policy CC39). There are (ii) the Area of Archaelogical Interest; problems with traffic circulation and parking in the area (iii) the proposed road improvements to the that will be reviewed, especially as a result of the road A63(T) Castle Street; and proposals for Castle Street. Part of the area is within the Area of Archaeological Interest and all of it is within (iv) Key Development Site 6 (Policy CC36). the Old Town Conservation Area and this should be (b) A range and mix of uses will be supported taken into account. If possible the medieval street in the area including: pattern should be retained. The area is bounded on • housing; two sides by the River Hull and Humber Estuary and • office development; flood defence measures should be taken into account, • leisure; if appropriate. • open space; and CC28 (a) Development within the Old Town • a coach park. south of Castle Street Area of Potential Change will take into account: 4 The Old Town south of Castle Street area statement (i) the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area (Policy T3); 14.55 The Old Town south of Castle Street area is continued... next to major tourist developments such as the marina

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

318 CityTourism Centre

DIAGRAMMATIC

9

Figure 14.9: Old Town South of Castle Street Area of Potential Change Area of Potential Change Key Development Site Flood Defence Line New cycle/pedestrian measures Source: Kingston upon Hull City Council

(ii) the proposed road improvements to the 5 River Hull Corridor area statement A63(T) Castle Street; 14.58 There have been changes on both sides of the (iii) providing sign posting and improved River Hull in recent years. The river is a major freight pedestrian links; transport link for industry. However, the number of industries operating on the river bank has been (iv) the Area of Archaeological Interest; declining. The area is shown in figure 14.10. Areas (v) the Old Town Conservation Area; of the western bank have been developed for a wide (vi) the medieval street pattern; range of uses including museums, offices, and (vii) flood defences; and housing. There are still a number of vacant buildings (viii) Key Development Site 9 (Policy CC39). suitable for development for these types of uses and (b) A range and mix of uses will be supported for other leisure purposes. Sammy’s Point, an in the area including: important site on the eastern bank of the River Hull fronting the River Hull mouth and Humber Estuary, is • housing; considered under Key Development Site 17, Policy • leisure; CC47. • offices; 14.59 In any development it is important that public • tourist attractions; and access to the river is maintained or improved. The • education. walkway provided on the western bank will be protected. On the eastern side, a walkway exists but is currently obstructed and poorly maintained.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

319 City Centre

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

320 CityTourism Centre

Development on the eastern bank should re-establish or create an attractive frontage onto High Street and this walkway. Flood defence should be taken into the river, considering the historic importance of the account in any development proposal street and the area. 14.60 The eastern area is separated from the City CC29 (a) Development within the River Hull Centre by the river. This is likely to restrict the range corridor Area of Potential Change will take into of new development. There is a need to improve links account: to existing pedestrian/cycle crossing points across the River Hull. New pedestrian/cycle crossing points would (i) the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Tourism be suitable, especially to link the Pier area and Action Area; Sammy’s Point, and to link the Old Town to the eastern (ii) providing an appropriate frontage onto side between Myton and Drypool Bridges. The the River Hull and Humber Estuary possible locking of the River Hull could provide an foreshore and, if located on the western opportunity for a new crossing point. Parts of the bank within the Old Town Conservation eastern area may be suitable for long-stay public car Area, onto High Street; parking to replace development sites in the Old Town (iii) reusing or converting vacant properties; currently used for commuter or operational parking. (iv) the Old Town Conservation Area; 14.61 To ensure attractive views of the river from the (v) Scheduled Ancient Monuments; river walkways, it is important that any development (vi) the Area of Archaeological Interest; has a well designed river frontage. Any ancillary car (vii) providing and improving access to the parking to a development should be well screened to River Hull and Humber Estuary; and reduce visibility from the opposite river bank, or from river walkways. Development should front the river to (viii) flood defence. create a sense of enclosure. Open car parking sites (b) A range and mix of uses will be supported directly fronting the river are not appropriate. in the area including: 14.62 The whole area is within the Area of • leisure; Archaeological Interest and this should be taken into • housing; account in designing development schemes. The • offices; and River Hull Corridor contains the site of the Carthusian • education. Monastery, Hull’s Henrician defences, part of the medieval defences of Hull, part of the Hull Citadel and part of the medieval settlement of Drypool. Within the Key Development Sites Old Town and on the shores of the estuary to the south, 14.64 Key Development Sites are identified to there are also a number of areas where Romano- encourage investment in the City Centre. A range of British remains have been found. It is important that acceptable uses for each site and, if possible, a development takes these into account and that preferred use is identified. The aim of this flexible necessary investigations are carried out (see Built approach is to encourage regeneration and mixed uses environment chapter Policies BE31 to BE34). within the City Centre. The issues that a developer 14.63 The western bank is within the Old Town should take into account are also highlighted. Conservation Area. Any development should maintain

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

321 City Centre

CC30 (a) Development of a Key Development streets. Shop development would strengthen the City’s Site designated on the Proposals Map will be role as a regional shopping centre. The site’s current allowed if it complies with appropriate Policies use as a short-stay car park is important as it is popular CC31 to CC48 and other relevant CityPlan with shoppers. Its attractiveness has been improved policies. by introducing closed circuit television surveillance. This site is shown on figure 14.11. (b) Key Development Sites designated on the Proposal Map are: 14.66 Other potential uses for the site are housing, offices, car parking, leisure or a conference centre. A 1 Albion Street; mixed use development incorporating these uses 2 Jarratt Street; would be acceptable, in line with encouraging vitality 3 Mill Street; and viability within the City Centre. 4 Ferensway; 14.67 Development should take into account the 5 Colonial Street/ Spring Street; Georgian New Town Conservation Area directly to the 6 Myton Street; north of the site. It should be a similar height on Albion Street and Story Street as the terrace of Listed 7 Waterhouse Lane; Buildings on Albion Street. Greater height is 8 Island Wharf, Humber Estuary; acceptable on Bond Street. Care should be taken to 9 Blanket Row/Finkle Street; ensure that plant rooms, lift shafts and car parking 10 Castle Street; cannot be seen from the main shopping streets, to 11 Lowgate/Bishop Lane; protect the skyline of the area. 12 Charlotte Street; 14.68 The King Edward Street frontage forms part of 13 Sykes Street; the principal City Centre shopping area and includes 14 Mason Street (north); : 15 Mason Street (south); 16 Charlotte Street Mews; 17 Sammy’s Point; and 18 High Street.

1 Albion Street 14.65 Part of this site is designated as a permanent short-stay public car park under Policy CC20 and if lost because of development, should be replaced either on site or in a location of at least equal benefit to City Centre users. The rest of the site includes the CRS (Co-operative Retail Society) and Edwin Davis buildings. The former is in poor structural condition. The latter has been vacant for a considerable period of time. The preferred use of the site is shopping with public car parking, as it is adjacent to major shopping

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

322 CityTourism Centre a number of Listed Buildings. Any redevelopment scheme incorporating part of this frontage needs particularly sensitive design. 14.69 Development should improve pedestrian access into and through the area and create an efficient surrounding road network with access from Bond Street.

CC31 Development of the Albion Street Key DIAGRAMMATIC Development Site will take into account: (i) the surrounding built form of Albion access of any redevelopment scheme should be from Street and Story Street; Kingston Square, in keeping with other properties in this area. (ii) replacing the current 345 public car parking space on site, or in a location 14.71 The site has frontages to Kingston Square, or form of at least equal benefit to City Jarratt Street and Charles Street. Development should Centre users (Policy CC20); reflect the size of the surrounding buildings on these streets. Development should be to the back of the (iii) providing appropriate car parking to footpath on Jarratt Street and at least on part of Charles meet the needs of the development Street, to reinstate frontages. The Kingston Square (Policies CC18 and CC19); frontage should be no further back from the footpath (iv) the Georgian New Town Conservation than the adjacent building. Area; 14.72 Development should respect the design of other (v) maintaining and improving pedestrian buildings in the area which incorporate Classical and access into and through the area and Georgian styles. site; and (vi) providing shopping frontages onto King CC32 Development of the Jarratt Street Key Edward Street/Jameson Street, if Development Site will take into account: appropriate. (i) the Grade II Listed façade of the Hull and East Riding School of Medicine and 2 Jarratt Street Anatomy; (ii) the Georgian New Town Conservation 14.70 This site, shown in figure 14.12, is currently Area; and vacant and was previously used as a temporary short- stay public car park. It is suitable for office, housing, (iii) the site’s prominent corner location on leisure, community use or a mix of these uses. The Kingston Square, Jarratt Street and design of any development scheme should take Charles Street. account of the site’s location within the Georgian New Town Conservation Area and of the Grade II Listed 3 Mill Street façade of the Hull and East Riding School of Medicine 14.73 This site is a temporary public car park and is and Anatomy which forms part of the site fronting shown in figure 14.13. The preferred use for the site Kingston Square. The main frontage and pedestrian is shopping because it is within the main shopping area.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

323 City Centre

road, unless it is part of an agreed comprehensive traffic circulation scheme in the area.

CC34 Development of the Ferensway Key Development Site will take into account: (i) the West of Ferensway Area of Potential Change (Policy CC25); (ii) providing an appropriate frontage onto Ferensway; (iii) no vehicle access being allowed from A mixed use scheme would be supported if it includes Ferensway unless to help traffic shops on the ground floor. The site is adjacent to the circulation as part of an agreed wider Jameson Street Conservation Area and development scheme; and should take into account its effect on the setting of (iv) the level of public car parking in the this Conservation Area. The established pedestrian vicinity. route from Jameson Street to the Prospect Centre should be maintained for shoppers. :

CC33 Development of the Mill Street Key Development Site will take into account: (i) the Jameson Street Conservation Area; and (ii) the established pedestrian route from Jameson Street to the Prospect Centre through the site.

4 Ferensway 14.74 The site, as shown in figure 14.14, is a temporary, short-stay public car park with planning permission for a hotel on part of the site. The preferred use is shopping, although offices, leisure or a mix of these uses are acceptable. Any development should take into account the level of public car parking in the vicinity, the proposed redevelopment of the bus and coach station and the surrounding area, discussed in the West of Ferensway Area of Potential Change (Policy CC25). The main frontage should be onto Ferensway, but with no direct vehicle access from this

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

324 CityTourism Centre

5 Colonial Street/Spring Street important, being prominent from the Mytongate junction 14.75 This site is currently an area of temporary open and the surrounding road network. Design should take space, but is suitable for development for a range of into account the corner position, screening any parking uses including offices and public car parking. The site and servicing access from Castle Street and is shown in figure 14.15. It is within the West of landscaping the main road frontages. Ferensway Area of Potential Change. This site : represents the only opportunity for a significant new surface public car park in the City Centre. Development of this site could, to a certain extent, depend on the need for public car parking in the City Centre as a whole and on the requirements of Policy CC20.

CC35 Development of the Colonial Street/ Spring Street Key Development Site will take into account: (i) providing public car parking (Policy CC20); and (ii) the West of Ferensway Area of Potential Change (PolicyCC25). 14.77 Development should also take into account the : proposed A63(T) Castle Street road scheme. Vehicle access should not be directly from the trunk road, but from Myton Street at the furthest possible point from its junction with Castle Street. 14.78 The site is within the Area of Archaeological Interest and within the Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane Area of Potential Change (Policy CC27).

CC36 Development of Myton Street Key Development Site will take into account: (i) its prominent location fronting Ferensway and Castle Street; (ii) the proposed road improvement to the A63 (T) Castle Street; (iii) no vehicle access being allowed from Ferensway; 6 Myton Street (iv) the Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane 14.76 This site is a temporary public car park, Area of Potential Change (Policy CC27); currently being marketed for office development, and and is shown in figure 14.16. Other acceptable uses of (v) the Area of Archaeological Interest. the site include leisure and shopping. The site is

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

325 City Centre

7 Waterhouse Lane 8 Island Wharf, Humber Estuary 14.79 This is currently a temporary short-stay car park 14.80 This site is used as a storage/distribution area, proposed for a coach park to help serve the main but has great potential because of its position fronting shopping area and Marina/River Hull/Old Town the Humber, the Marina and the Pier. It is shown in Tourism Action Area (Movement chapter Policy M25). figure 14.18. It is therefore important that development The site is shown in figure 14.17. Other acceptable is designed to a high standard, providing a focal point uses include offices, shopping, housing, car parking, for the area and taking account of views from the leisure, or a mix of these uses. Any development of surrounding area. This site is within the Marina/River the site should take into account relocating the coach Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area and part of it is park, to a site of at least equal benefit to the main within the Old Town Conservation Area. This is shopping area and Tourism Action Area, as this is an reflected in the uses acceptable for this site. The important facility for encouraging tourism. The main preferred development should be a mix of uses such frontage of any development should be on Castle as offices, leisure, housing, shopping or a conference Street. The site is within the Area of Archaeological centre. Development should provide pedestrian Interest and the Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane access and public open space, especially to the Area of Potential Change (Policy CC27). Humber Estuary. Any development should take into account the adjoining housing. CC37 Development of the Waterhouse Lane Key Development Site will take into account: CC38 Development of the Island Wharf, (i) relocating the coach park to a suitable Humber Estuary Key Development Site will location of at least equal benefit to the take into account: main shopping area and Marina/River (i) its prominent relationship to the Hull/Old Town Tourism Action Area; Humber, the Marina and the Pier; (ii) the Area of Archaeological Interest; and (ii) the Marina/River Hull/Old Town Tourism (iii) the Osborne Street/Waterhouse Lane Action Area; Area of Potential Change (Policy CC27). (iii) the Old Town Conservation Area; (iv) providing pedestrian access and public : open space, especially to the Humber Estuary; and (v) adjacent housing.

9 Blanket Row / Finkle Street 14.81 This site is a temporary long-stay public car park currently being marketed for office development and is shown in figure 14.19. It is also suitable for leisure, shopping, or a mix of these uses. Development should take into account the corner position of this site fronting the A63(T) Castle Street and Queen Street and the proposed A63(T) Castle Street road scheme.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

326 CityTourism Centre

Vehicle access should be from Blanket Row. The site is within the Area of Archaeological Interest and the Old Town Conservation Area and this should also be taken into account. The site is within the Old Town south of Castle Street Area of Potential Change (Policy CC28).

CC39 Development of the Blanket Row/Finkle Street Key Development Site will take into account: (i) the site’s corner position on the A63(T) Castle Street and Queen Street; 10 Castle Street (ii) the proposed modifications to the A63(T) Castle Street; 14.82 The site, shown in figure 14.20, currently has planning permission for office development. This is (iii) no direct access being allowed from the preferred use of the site, although housing and Castle Street; leisure uses would also be acceptable. The site is (iv) the Area of Archaeological Interest; within the Old Town Conservation Area and within the (v) the Old Town Conservation Area; and Area of Archaeological Interest and this needs to be (vi) the Old Town south of Castle Street Area taken into account. Conservation Area consent will of Potential Change (Policy CC28). be needed to demolish any buildings. Development should also have regard to the Castle Street

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

327 City Centre modifications and to the site’s prominent location. street scene in common with most of the Old Town.

CC40 Development of Castle Street Key CC40 Development of Lowgate/Bishop Lane Development Site will take into account: Key Development Site will take into account: (i) the Old Town Conservation Area; (i) the Old Town Conservation Area; (ii) the site’s location fronting Castle Street; (ii) the Area of Archaeological Interest; and (iii) the proposed road improvement to the (iii) providing appropriate frontage A63 (T) Castle Street; and development onto Lowgate and Scale (iv) the Area of Archaeological Interest. Lane.

12 Charlotte Street 14.84 This site is currently used as a temporary long- stay public car park and is shown in figure 14.22. Possible uses include offices, education, leisure, housing or a mix of these uses. Student housing would be appropriate on this site as it is next to part of the Hull College City Centre Campus. The main frontage should be on George Street, but vehicle access should be taken from Charlotte Street. The site is within the Area of Archaeological Interest and any development 11 Lowgate/Bishop Lane should take this into account. 14.83 This is a temporary private car park suitable for development for office, housing, leisure, or a mix of these uses. The site is shown in figure 14.21. It is within the Old Town Conservation Area and the Area of Archaeological Interest and development should take this into account. There is a need for frontages onto Lowgate and Scale Lane to create an enclosed

CC42 Development of the Charlotte Street Key Development Site will take into account: (i) providing appropriate frontage onto George Street; (ii) no direct access being allowed from continued...

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

328 CityTourism Centre

George Street; include education, leisure or a replacement fire station. The site is next to the Georgian New Town (iii) its prominent location; and Conservation Area and any development should be (iv) the Area of Archaeological Interest. designed to take into account its effect on the setting of the Conservation Area. Development should 13 Sykes Street provide an attractive frontage to Freetown Way. No 14.85 This site is an area of temporary open space direct vehicle access should be provided from suitable for development for offices, leisure, housing Freetown Way. or a mix of these uses. It is shown in figure 14.23. Development should front Freetown Way and protect CC44 Development of the Mason Street (north) the amenity of nearby residents. Access should be Key Development Site will take into account: from Sykes Street. (i) the proximity of the Georgian New Town

CC43 Any development of the Sykes Street Conservation Area; Key Development Site will take into account: (ii) replacing the current 148 car parking (i) providing appropriate frontage onto spaces on site, or in a location or form Freetown Way; of at least equal benefit to serve the City Centre (Policy CC20); (ii) protecting the amenity of local residents; and (iii) providing an appropriate frontage onto Freetown Way; and (iii) no direct vehicle access being allowed from Freetown Way. (iv) no direct vehicle access being allowed from Freetown Way.

14 Mason Street (north) 14.86 This site, shown in figure 14.24, is a permanent long-stay car park protected by Policy CC20, and is 15 Mason Street (south) currently being promoted for office development. Any 14.87 This site, shown in figure 14.25 is a permanent development of this site will need to provide car parking long-stay surface public car park, which has been of at least equal benefit to City Centre users. This is marketed as a possible multi-story car park. This is the preferred use of the site, but other potential uses an acceptable use, but other possible uses include

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

329 City Centre education, offices, and leisure. Any development of main frontage onto George Street and reflect the the site will need to provide car parking of at least equal importance and prominence of this site. benefit to serve the City Centre (Policy CC20). Development should be designed to take account of CC46 Development of the Charlotte Street the nearby Georgian New Town Conservation Area. Mews Key Development Site will take into There should be no direct vehicle access from account: Freetown Way. (i) providing appropriate frontage onto George Street; and CC45 Development of the Mason Street (ii) no direct vehicle access from George (south) Key Development Site will take into Street. account: (i) replacing the current 144 car parking spaces on site, or in a location or form of at least equal benefit to serve the City Centre (Policy CC20); (ii) the proximity of the Georgian New Town Conservation Area; and (iii) no direct vehicle access being allowed from Freetown Way.

17 Sammy’s Point 14.89 This site is available for development and is shown on figure 14.27. The preferred use is housing, including affordable housing, and a development brief (1993) has been prepared and agreed. The site is in a very prominent position and development needs to incorporate main frontages onto the River Hull and 16 Charlotte Street Mews Humber Estuary. Public access along the waterfront 14.88 This site is a temporary long-stay public car is required to link to other footpaths adjacent to the park and is shown in figure 14.26. Potential uses Humber Estuary. Areas of Urban Greenspace where include offices, education, leisure and housing. The the River Hull and the Humber Estuary meet and site is especially suitable for student housing as it around the Scheduled Ancient Monument are required. adjoins the University of Lincolnshire and Humberside Any development should also take into account the City Centre campus. Any development should have a Area of Archaeological Interest.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

330 CityTourism Centre

CC47 Development of the Sammy’s Point Key 18 High Street Development Site will take into account: 14.90 This site comprises vacant buildings 52 – 58 (i) its prominent location; High Street. 52 High Street is a Grade II Listed Building. Potential uses include offices, leisure and (ii) providing appropriate frontages onto housing. The site is within the Old Town Conservation the River Hull and Humber Estuary; Area and the Area of Archaeological Interest. (iii) providing public access to the River Hull Demolishing buildings would require either Listed and Humber Estuary frontages; Building or Conservation Area consent. Any (iv) providing Urban Greenspace; development should maintain or create an attractive (v) the Scheduled Ancient Monument; and frontage appropriate to High Street and the river (vi) the Area of Archaeological Interest. because of the historic importance of the street and the area.

CC48 Development of the High Street Key Development Site will take into account: (i) the Listed Building status of 52 High Street; (ii) the Old Town Conservation Area; (iii) the Area of Archaeological Interest; and (iv) providing appropriate frontages onto High Street and River Hull.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

331 City Centre

IMPLEMENTATION

14.91 Policies will be put into practice in a number of ways. The following table is a quick reference guide showing how the policies in this chapter are likely to be implemented. There is a broad explanation of each feature in the General policies, implementation, monitoring and review chapter. 14.92 Key agencies and consultees involved in implementing the policies are listed below: • City Museums Service; • Department of Environment, Transport and the Regions; • East Riding of Yorkshire Council; • English Tourist Board; • Environment Agency; • Hull and District Chamber of Trade; • Hull Council for Voluntary Service; • Hull Incorporated Chamber of Commerce and Shipping; • Humber Archaeological Partnership; • Yorkshire and Humberside Tourist Board; • amenity societies; • local bus companies; • universities and colleges; • interest groups; and • voluntary organisations.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

332 CityTourism Centre p

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

333 City Centre p C

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

334 Docklands ‘To promote the growth of the Port and further regeneration of Docklands’ Docklands

CONTENTS

337 Introduction 337 Objectives 337 Topics and policies 337 D1 Priory Park 339 D2 Summergroves 339 Western Docks 341 D3 St. Andrew’s Dock and St. Andrew’s Quay 344 D4 Albert/William Wright Docks 344 D5 Victoria Dock 347 D6 Alexandra Dock 349 D7 Multi-purpose docking facility 349 D8 King George/Queen Elizabeth Docks 351 D9 Marfleet 353 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

336 DocklandsTourism

INTRODUCTION facilities for the benefit of the area’s employees are also appropriate, including recreation areas, sandwich 15.1 Growth of the Port and Docklands is vital for the bars, cafés and banks. In addition, outline planning future development of the City. Developing transport permission exists for a hotel, petrol filling station, motor and trade through the docks raises strategic issues in showroom, café, restaurant and public house. A high and beyond the region. Much has already been quality development, set in an attractive, landscaped achieved in revitalising certain parts of the Docklands environment, is required as it is adjacent to a principal area, including new employment, community and frontage to one of the City’s main traffic corridors. shopping opportunities, new housing and improved 15.5 Summergroves, to the north of Priory Park, is riverside access and amenity areas. Further allocated for housing and ancillary purposes. For improvement and development is to be encouraged. amenity reasons, development at Priory Park next to 15.2 For ease of reference, the Docklands area has the boundary with Summergroves is restricted to B1 been subdivided into six Key Areas as shown in figure (business) and B8 (storage and distribution) uses. The 15.1. Opportunities, appropriate land uses and other impact of any employment proposal in terms of noise, guidance are set out for each area. Policies in this fumes and processes involved should be chapter provide guidance for appropriate development demonstrated to be acceptable if adjacent to housing. and improvement. 15.6 A simple orderly layout is required. Consistency OBJECTIVES of materials and detailing should lead to overall order and quality. An attractive and well-designed layout 15.3 The objectives encouraging further should encourage high-technology industry and regeneration of Key Dockland Areas are: associated office uses. • supporting the continued growth and development 15.7 Vehicle access from Priory Way has been of the Port; constructed to form the first stage of the estate • improving the environment and image of the area, distributor road. It will be possible for up to 19 ha of especially along the major routes through the City; the site to be developed and serviced from this access. A secondary means of access to the whole site must • seeking the development of key sites; and be completed before any part of the remaining 24.7 • improving access to and within the area. ha of the site is developed. This will be achieved by extending Freightliner Road to link with the first stage TOPICS AND POLICIES of the estate distributor road, creating a spine road Priory Park through the site. Vehicle access linking into 15.4 Priory Park is the area of former railway sidings Summergroves Way or Wiltshire Road is not associated with the docks, bounded by Clive Sullivan acceptable. Way, Brighton Street, part of the City’s western 15.8 Footpath/cycleway facilities to serve the site boundary and Summergroves housing area as shown and to connect Summergroves and the riverside in figure 15.2. A Development Brief (1990), prepared should be provided. The network should be developed for the site, highlights its development potential as a to make best use of the layout and open spaces. strategic employment site. It is allocated on the 15.9 Priory Park is also a suitable location for a Proposals Map for business, general industry, storage permanent Park and Ride scheme using either rail or and distribution uses. Small scale non-employment bus. A site is protected, close to the road junction

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

337 Docklands

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

338 DocklandsTourism with Clive Sullivan Way, as shown on the Proposals Proposals Map principally for housing purposes, as Map. Its location adjacent to the railway means that shown in figure 15.3. A Planning Brief (1979) Priory Park offers the opportunity for businesses to established the basis for the development of the area use rail for freight movements. and a Development Strategy (1993) provided a 15.10 A high standard of landscaping treatment to framework for completing the project. The area is the whole site is required because of its prominent being developed according to this agreed strategy to location. Of particular importance is the appearance provide a mixed tenure scheme including affordable and of the site from the main traffic corridor along the special needs housing, of approximately 800 dwellings. southern boundary and measures to help prevent any 15.13 Sites for: adverse effects on the Hessle Road and • housing; Summergroves housing area to the north. • a primary school; 15.11 Urban Greenspaces designated on the • a children’s home; Proposals Map should be retained. Other planted • a car park extension to the Police Headquarters; areas providing important screening near to roads and the railway, or are of nature conservation importance, • a public house; should be retained, if practical, to form part of an overall • areas of public open space; and landscaping scheme. • a playing field are undeveloped at 1995 as shown in figure 15.3. D1 Employment development and small scale non-employment facilities ancillary to D2 Housing and ancillary development at employment uses at Priory Park will be Summergroves will be supported. Appropriate supported. Appropriate development will take development will take into account: into account the following: (i) the need for affordable housing; (i) appropriate uses, especially near the (ii) retaining and providing Urban southern boundary of the Greenspace; Summergroves housing area; (iii) providing a primary school; and (ii) providing a well-designed development (iv) providing footpath and cycle routes. incorporating a landscaped setting; (iii) extending Freightliner Road as a public highway; Western Docks (iv) retaining Urban Greenspace; 15.14 St. Andrew’s Dock and Albert/William Wright Docks cover some 93 ha and extend over 4 kilometres (v) the need to protect nature conservation westwards from the City Centre. All but 6.5 ha of the interest; and land is owned by Associated British Ports (ABP). The (vi) providing a Park and Ride facility and a area is split into two distinct parts, the St. Andrew’s rail halt. Dock Estate which has been the subject of considerable regeneration and redevelopment for retail Summergroves and community uses and Albert/William Wright Docks, 15.12 Summergroves forms the northern part of the which is expexted to remain in operational use over former railway sidings and is allocated on the the plan period.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

339

Docklands e

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

340 DocklandsTourism

15.15 Adequate pedestrian and cycle facilities need of the lockpit requires careful consideration; to be provided to complement the existing network and • redevelopment should also include a substantial make use of existing rights-of-way. Public access element of open space reflecting its historic past should not prejudice the security and safety needs of and significance; the operational Port area. Proposals are already being • there is a need to improve access to the area by investigated for improving several footpaths along the public transport. Further development may Humber. increase the potential for a regular bus service; 15.16 Over the Plan period, the areas adjacent to the •·further shopping on St. Andrew’s Quay (80% of Humber Estuary will need to be improved to defend floor space for comparison goods) (shown as area against a predicted rise in sea levels. As part of any (b) in Figure 15.4 and on the Proposals Map); and development proposal adjacent to the Humber and the • 14.6 ha west of St. Andrew’s Quay (shown as area Flood Defence Line, the need for improved flood (c) in Figure 15.4 and on the Proposals Map) for defences will be considered and required as employment uses. The land is unserviced but its appropriate. prominence and waterfront location present the St. Andrew’s Dock and St. Andrew’s Quay opportunity for well designed employment use 15.17 The overall framework for redevelopment in development. The site has access difficulties. this area has emerged from guidance set out in the These could be overcome, for example, by ‘Docklands Strategy’ (1989). Considerable success amending or upgrading the existing private service has been achieved at St. Andrew’s Dock and Quay in road to cater for the separate access needs of bringing land back into beneficial use. However, the this area and the existing retail uses located area’s development potential is not being fully realised immediately to the east. Other access solutions because of difficulties of access to the site. will be considered. Consideration should be given to: D3 (a) Community, tourism, and employment • improving the existing service road by upgrading development and small scale shopping and to an acceptable standard; food and drink uses ancillary to these at St. • providing pedestrian routes and cycle facilities to Andrew’s Dock (shown as area (a) on the complement the existing network and make use Proposals Map) will be supported. of existing rights- of-way; and (b) Employment development west of St. • encouraging public transport schemes, including Andrew’s Quay (shown as area (c) on the investigating the feasibility of ‘Park and Ride’ Proposals Map) will be supported. facilities. (c) Appropriate development will take into 15.18 There are a number of undeveloped areas account the following: which are shown in figure 15.4, and are as follows: (i) the nearby port related uses; • the unfilled portion of St. Andrew’s Dock (shown (ii) the St. Andrew’s Dock Tourism Action as area (a) in figure 15.4 and on the Proposals Area; Map) for community, tourism, employment and small-scale shopping and food and drink uses (iii) improving access to the Humber Estuary ancillary to these. Most of this area is a without compromising port security; Conservation Area and enhancement in the vicinity continued...

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

341 Docklands

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

342 DocklandsTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

343 Docklands

(iv) the need for flood defences; and include a community of approximately 1,200 dwellings (v) the value of open space and the complete with its own primary school, park and contribution it makes to the amenity, ancillary uses. The former basin area is retained to quality and interest of the built create a dockland setting. The development also environment. includes: • a public riverside promenade and cycle track;

Albert/William Wright Docks • flood defences; 15.19 Both the Albert and William Wright Docks, as • a combined cycle/footbridge to cross Garrison shown in figure 15.5, remain in operational port use. Road; Fish landing facilities and related uses are • a display of the excavated archaeological remains concentrated on the south side of Albert Dock, although of the Citadel; this function may relocate to the north side. The • possibly a hotel; and remaining quayside and associated warehouses are • extensive landscaping. in various uses, principally ship repairing and refitting. Providing and programming the non-housing elements The area’s current role will continue and be is the subject of a detailed development agreement encouraged, but opportunities should be pursued for between the City Council and Bellway Plc. improving premises and sites for existing businesses 15.21 Development of the site is guided by approved and stimulating further enterprise. Development Briefs (Interim Brief 1987 and Revised D4 Port-related development at Albert/William Brief 1992). Development began in 1989. To date (at Wright Docks will be supported. Appropriate 1995) about 500 dwellings are occupied and the development will take into account the promenade and community centre are completed. following: 15.22 The following features of the Revised (i) improving access to the Humber Estuary Development Brief (1992) are of key significance in without compromising port security; providing guidance for completing the Victoria Dock and scheme: (ii) the need for flood defences. • a high quality design, self contained and with an identifiable sense of place and image are key objectives; Victoria Dock • a village centre area for most of the social, 15.20 Victoria Dock includes associated land south communal and commercial facilities (apart from of Garrison Road/Hedon Road, between the River Hull the school and park) and a pontoon walkway; in the west and Earles Road in the east, as shown in • a primary school; figure 15.6. The City Council acquired most of the area from Associated British Ports in 1987 and formed • the main park, western play area, the riverside the Victoria Dock Company Ltd with Bellway Plc. The play/public open space area and features of public company was set up to act as an enabling agency to art; redevelop the derelict area primarily for housing • adequate pedestrian and cycle links (including a purposes. The proposals drawn up by the company bridge over Garrison Road);

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

344 DocklandsTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

345 Docklands

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

346 DocklandsTourism

• the main estate distributor road with an ‘Avenue’ proposed elevated section of Hedon or ‘Boulevard’ theme; Road and employment uses located to • the design of the main housing areas and their the east; relationship to the eastern promenade should (vii) the Area of Archaeological Interest; and incorporate variety to avoid monotony, achieve (viii) the need for flood defences. coherence and high quality to maintain the Victoria Dock theme and maximise the opportunities offered by the park and public open space areas Alexandra Dock and the promenade; 15.23 Alexandra Dock and its estate lies on the south • the eastern housing areas should provide side of Hedon Road, between Earles Road in the west mounding and landscaping to take account of the and Holderness Drain, as shown in figure 15.7. Owned proximity of the proposed elevated section of by ABP, the Dock estate extends to 85 ha, including Hedon Road and employment uses to the east; 18 ha of water area. Along its western edge is 5 ha of • incorporating an appropriate element of affordable land owned by the City Council and occupied by or special needs housing and integrating this existing employment uses. within the overall layout of the scheme; and 15.24 Alexandra Dock has great potential for dock • any development should also take into account related uses adding to the Port’s development. There the Area of Archaeological Interest and need for are sites totalling 10 ha available for port use in this additional flood defences. area. 15.25 Alexandra Dock was closed to traffic in 1982, D5 Housing and ancillary development at but re-opened in July 1991. The Hedon Road frontage Victoria Dock will be supported. Appropriate is affected by the proposed improvements to the trunk development will take into account the road, including a replacement access into the Dock. following: The Dock, the pumping engine house, the hydraulic (i) an overall high quality and self engine house and tower, and the 100 ton steam crane contained design, creating an are all buildings of special architectural or historic identifiable sense of place and image, interest. maximising opportunities offered by the 15.26 Major works to Hedon Road (A1033), involving park and promenade; both widening and junction upgrading, will improve (ii) providing affordable housing; access to the Dock and provide a high quality link (iii) providing a town park and other Urban between the Dock and the UK motorway network. The Greenspace; works, funded by the Department of Transport, are scheduled to begin in 1996/97 and will take three years (iv) providing a primary school; to complete. Development fronting or near to Hedon (v) providing pedestrian and cycle routes, Road should be designed to complement the including a bridge over Garrison Road; landscaping which forms an integral part of the road (vi) providing mounding and high quality improvements. landscaping in close proximity to the 15.27 Areas adjacent to the Humber Estuary need

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

347 Docklands

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

348 DocklandsTourism protecting from a predicted rise in sea levels. Flood D7 A multi-purpose docking facility, south of defences will be considered and required, as Alexandra Dock and as shown on the appropriate, as part of development proposals affecting Proposals Map, will be supported if: land or buildings adjacent to the Humber Estuary. (i) its impact in environmental terms is acceptable; D6 Port-related development at Alexandra Dock will be supported. Appropriate (ii) it complies with other relevant policies development will take into account the of the Local Plan; and following: (iii) any consequent footpath diversion is (i) conserving buildings, objects or acceptable. structures of special architectural or historical interest; King George/Queen Elizabeth Docks (ii) the need for flood defences; and 15.31 As shown in figure 15.8, King George/Queen (iii) providing a well designed frontage to Elizabeth Docks includes land south of Hedon Road Hedon Road. and east of Holderness Drain to the City boundary. Uses in the area include storage, handling facilities, Multi-purpose docking facility services and major industrial factories, mainly associated with port activities. However, there are 15.28 Associated British Ports (ABP) announced large areas of vacant land, which will be used primarily intentions concerning a proposed new multi-purpose for port use over the Plan period. docking facility, known as ‘Quay 2000’ currently in very 15.22 King George and Queen Elizabeth Docks are early stages of drafting in terms of a Harbour Revision central to the City’s port activities, dealing with the Order, but likely to be implemented within the Plan majority of the Port’s estimated annual 9 million tonnes period, on the south side of Alexandra Dock. of cargo traffic (1992). The Docks have over 5,000 m 15.29 Quay 2000 is proposed on part of the tidal of operational quay and include 5 modern, purpose mudflats. The relative merits of the proposal in terms built roll on – roll off berths. The Princess Margaret of improving the local economy have to be weighed terminal, which serves regular, daily sailings by North against the potential loss of mudflats and to the wider Sea Ferries to Rotterdam and Zeebrugge, was environmental impact on the Estuary as a whole. The remodelled in 1987 at a cost of £5 million and deals Plan provides a framework so that a decision, in with around 1 million passengers each year. connection with assessing the merits and disbenefits 15.33 To increase the operation and the of the proposal, can be made. Details of the extent of competitiveness of the Port, a major expansion of roll the proposal are outlined on the Proposals Map and on – roll off facilities at the Docks is planned. A new in figure 15.7 for information purposes only. £10 million berth development, completed in 1994 in 15.30 The proposal would also have an effect on the the Humber, parallel to the Dock’s frontage, allows existing footpath currently located on the southern the Port to accommodate vessels of unlimited draught. edge of the Dock. A temporary diversion would be Two further berths are planned, as shown in figure required to the City Council’s satisfaction. 15.8. Access has recently been improved at the eastern end of the site, with the realignment of the access road

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

349 Docklands

iue1.:Kn ereQenElizabeth George/Queen King 15.8: Figure lo eec Line Defence Flood footpath Existing Improvements Road Hedon Proposed Greenspace Urban facility off roll on berthing Roll water deep for jetty Proposed Area Port boundary CityPlan boundary Area Key

ok e Area Key Docks DIAGRAMMATIC

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

350 DocklandsTourism opening up land for employment and port use. Greenspace; 15.34 The area is likely to play a vital role in the (iii) improving access to the Humber Estuary City’s economy and the future growth of the Dock is waterfront without compromising port encouraged. The area includes 90 ha of vacant land security; available for port-related uses over the plan period. (iv) providing a well designed frontage to Development fronting or near to Hedon Road should Hedon Road; and relate to proposed modifications to Hedon Road. (v) the need for flood defences. 15.35 The whole area is operational port land on which development, for port-related uses, can take place without normal planning controls. All Marfleet development, including port-related uses, should have 15.39 The Marfleet area includes land north of Hedon regard to existing housing areas and protecting the Road and south of the operational railway line/disused integrity of the mud flats and Humber Estuary. Withernsea Branch Line, from Craven Street in the 15.36 Further roll on – roll off facilities will develop west to the City boundary in the east. Although the the regional and national importance of the Port, by area contains housing, open space, a prison, hospital, enabling modern vessels requiring rapid turn around, cemetery and allotments, it has become predominantly to use the Port without depending on tide times. With an employment area and there are several large areas appropriate protection for public access and the natural of vacant land with development potential. The disused environment, this investment is welcomed. The Docks Withernsea Branch Line (from Southcoates Lane to are linked by rail to the national system, and this has beyond the City boundary) is used as a footpath/cycle the potential to carry more traffic. track and separates Marfleet from housing areas, 15.37 Over the Plan period, development adjacent to community facilities and shops to the north. the Humber Estuary needs to take into account the 15.40 This area is one of the City’s major employment predicted rise in sea levels. Development proposals areas. Large and currently vacant parts of this area affecting land or buildings adjacent to the Humber need are owned by ABP, but others are available for to contribute to appropriate flood defence measures. employment development as allocated on the 15.38 A public footpath runs along the Humber Proposals Map and as shown in figure 15.9. Estuary but there is no right of way beyond Lord’s Development fronting or near to Hedon Road should Clough. Improving public footpaths, to and along the be designed to complement proposed improvements Humber waterfront, will be encouraged, provided the to Hedon Road. security needs of the Port area are not compromised. 15.41 Marfleet Village pre-dates the development of surrounding areas. The village was enveloped by the D8 Port-related development at King George/ expanding City, particularly by the growth of port- Queen Elizabeth Docks will be supported. related uses and manufacturing and storage concerns. Appropriate development will take into account The special character of the village and its vulnerability the following: to further encroachment by adjoining employment uses (i) protecting the nature conservation value has been recognised with its designation as a of the Humber Estuary; Conservation Area in 1994. (ii) protecting and enhancing Urban 15.42 To the west of the historic village, the amenities

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

351 Docklands

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

352 DocklandsTourism of isolated small groups of houses on Marfleet Lane IMPLEMENTATION and Marfleet Avenue will be protected. The Fenner 15.45 Policies will be put into practice in a number of Recreation Ground and Marfleet School are ways. The following table is a quick reference guide designated as Urban Greenspace. A site of 1.1 ha at showing how the policies of this chapter will be Delhi Street is allocated for housing. The larger implemented. There is a broad explanation of each housing areas north of Hedon Road, east and west of feature in the General policies, implementation, Marfleet Avenue will be protected from inappropriate monitoring and review chapter. development. 15.46 Key agencies and consultees involved in 15.43 An Urban Greenspace area of regenerating implementing the policies are listed below: woodland east of Southcoates Lane establishes and protects a mature, natural open space. It is of • Associated British Ports; importance for wildlife, informal recreation, landscape • Department of the Environment, Transport and value and for its location, on a footpath/cycle track, the Regions; linking the urban area to open countryside east of the • private developers; and City. • interest groups. 15.44 Improving the footpath/cycle track would enhance the popularity of the former Withernsea Branch Line which is already an important functional and recreational facility. Opportunities for developing links with other footpath/cycle tracks need to be examined as well as the potential of other open space/ recreational uses along its length.

D9 Employment and housing development in the Marfleet area will be supported, subject to protecting the amenity of local residents. Appropriate development will take into account the following: (i) protecting and enhancing Urban Greenspace; (ii) enhancing or preserving the character or appearance of the Marfleet Village Conservation Area; (iii) improving the former Withernsea Branch Line as a cycle/footpath route; and (iv) providing a well designed frontage to Hedon Road.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

353 Docklands

Planning

Guidance

Supplementary

Private

resources

Public &

voluntary

resources

Putting policies into practice

Promotion

opportunities

of development

with

others

Liason

over

Control

development

's Quay

right Docks

Policy

's Dock and St. Andrew

Priory Park Summergroves St. Andrew Albert/William W Victoria Dock Alexandra Dock Multi-purpose docking facility King George/Queen Elizabeth Docks Marfleet

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

354 Kingswood ‘To promote the development of Kingswood, meeting the community’s needs.’ Kingswood

CONTENTS

357 Introduction 357 Objectives 357 Topics and policies 357 K1 Development of Kingswood 357 Co-ordinating and phasing development 359 Land west of Engine Drain 360 Land east of Engine Drain, north of Ings Road 360 K2 Land east of Engine Drain, south of Ings Road 360 K3 Protecting the environment 360 K4 Housing 361 K5 Employment 361 K6 New Urban Greenspace 361 K7 Shopping 361 K8 Community facilities 362 K9 Movement 362 Implementation

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

356 KingswoodTourism

INTRODUCTION TOPICS AND POLICIES

16.1 Kingswood is of strategic importance and will Development of Kingswood be the largest development in the Humberside area 16.5 The total area of Kingswood is about 320 ha over the CityPlan period. It will provide homes for some and is of strategic importance because of its size. The 12,000 people, up to 4,000 jobs and a wide range of development of Kingswood will meet major housing shopping, leisure and community facilities. This and employment needs during the Plan period, and development will not only help to meet the needs of its scale and general programming are consistent with new residents, but also those of other residents of the national and strategic guidance. It also promotes City, especially those who live nearby. sustainable forms of development and lifestyles. It 16.2 Development is broadly in accordance with the supports regenerating the main Hull Urban Area and Structure Plan (1987) and subsequent Alteration protects valued open areas from inappropriate (1993) as it is within the Hull Urban Area and supports development. The mix of land uses and its location urban regeneration. It will also relieve the pressure for adjoining the Hull Urban Area should reduce the need developing Urban Greenspace within the City and to travel and minimise dependency on private cars. adjoining strategic open spaces. The major land uses included in the development brief 16.3 The possibility of a major, new community at for the area are shown in figures 16.1 and 16. 2. Kingswood was identified following the decision in 1982 to plan for a new river crossing. The main landowners K1 Development of the strategic Kingswood and the City Council agreed to jointly promote the area will be supported. project. The City Council approved a development brief following extensive public consultation and before Co-ordinating and phasing development current planning permission for most of the area was 16.6 Reliable and robust mechanisms for co- granted. Kingswood is a good example of private and ordinating both public and private sector resources are public sector partnership in planning and implementing required because of the large size of the area and the major, mixed use development proposals. long development period. For development purposes, Kingswood can be divided into three areas: OBJECTIVES • land west of Engine Drain; 16.4 To promote the development of Kingswood, • land east of Engine Drain, north of Ings Road; meeting the community’s needs, by encouraging: and • a range of housing types and sizes, including • land east of Engine Drain, south of Ings Road. affordable and special needs housing; Figure 16.1: Kingswood - major land uses by area • a range of employment development, including a business and science park; Housing 170 • a full range of shopping, leisure and community Employment 50 facilities; Urban Greenspace • a good quality environment; and community facilities 100 • a good standard of accessibility for all sectors of Shopping the community, in particular by public transport, cycling and walking. Total 320 hectares

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

357 Kingswood

Figure 16.2: Kingswood concept plan

DIAGRAMMATIC

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

358 KingswoodTourism

16.7 The overall development of Kingswood will be uses and also entered into a planning obligation with co-ordinated and phased jointly by the City Council the land owner to secure the development of the and developer in accordance with the 1994 Planning following facilities: Permission, the Kingswood Concept Plan as shown • a town park; in Figure 16.2 and the key land use features of the • other areas of Urban Greenspace; 1994 Section 106 Agreement as outlined in Figure • children’s play areas; 16.1. This provides for the development of Kingswood for residential, retail, office and industrial purposes with • a community centre; and associated leisure, social and community facilities and • a sports centre. infrastructure on 276 ha, generally conforming with The Planning Obligation also established a link figure 16.1 and the commitments shown in the between dwellings being occupied and providing Proposals Map. For each phase of development, community and leisure facilities as shown in figure Design Briefs shall give detailed guidance on land use, 16.3. densities, services routes, road systems, landscaped 16.9 The County Council was a partner in promoting areas and, in residential areas, play areas. development at Kingswood. As Highway Authority, it Land west of Engine Drain entered into equivalent legal agreement, under Section 16.8 This land is privately owned. The City Council 278 of the Highways Act 1990, with the private land granted outline planning permission for a range of land owner to ensure that traffic generated by the

Figure 16.3 Kingswood: the basis of the Section 106 Agreement. Occupation of dwellings and provision of Urban Greenspace and other social and community facilities

Facilities Dwellings occupied 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 (650)

Town Park

Community Centre

Sports pitches

Sports centre

Bude Road Link

Provision based on SPG2 to be completed not later than 80% occupation of surrounding or Greenways adjacent ‘development block’ housing areas

Childrens play areas To be developed incrementally relating to disposal and occupation of adjoining ‘development block’ housing areas.

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

359 Kingswood development was accommodated by improvements 16.14 The overall layout and design of individual to the transport system. Contributions by the private buildings should minimise the use of non-renewable land owner to transport infrastructure were agreed. materials and achieve the best standards of energy efficiency. Land east of Engine Drain, north of Ings Road 16.15 The Kingswood development could create 16.10 This area, covering some 80 ha, is owned by potential conflict with nearby farmland by trespass. the City Council. Outline planning permission has been Development proposals near to farmland should be granted for a range of land uses and most of the area designed to minimise the opportunity for trespass. is likely to be developed after the privately owned land. The area will be developed for housing and ancillary K3 (a) Development retaining existing uses, with requirements for providing Urban hedgerows and trees will be supported. Greenspace and community facilities similar to the (b) Development with an overall layout and early phases of Kingswood. building design minimizing environmental 16.11 Requirements for housing, a school site, effects and achieving high standards of energy neighbourhood park, other Urban Greenspace and a efficiency will be supported. community centre will be the subject of future design (c) Development near to farmland briefs. There is a particular need for a landscaped minimising the opportunity for trespass will be buffer to the open countryside to the north of the area. supported. Land east of Engine Drain, south of Ings Road 16.12 This area is privately owned and has both Housing outline and full planning permission, and is being developed in accordance with the development brief. 16.16 The development programme is based on ultimately building nearly 5,000 dwellings, with over 2, K2 The overall development of Kingswood 800 of them expected to be completed by 2006. Most will be co-ordinated and phased jointly by the of the housing on the privately owned land will be for City Council and developers. owner occupation, with affordable and special needs housing being provided. 16.17 A high quality of design and layout, providing Protecting the environment Urban Greenspace and community facilities is 16.13 Kingswood’s position on the edge of the important. An attractive, pleasant environment is established Hull Urban Area and with the agreed mix essential for the people setting up home at Kingswood. of uses provides a good basis for a development that As well as meeting their needs it helps to promote the will have an overall acceptable impact on the area as an attractive place to live. The housing areas environment. An environmental assessment was should be divided into development blocks, contained carried out by the main private land owner and used in a landscaped setting, providing pedestrian and cycle in deciding the planning application. It indicated that links to social, community and leisure uses. the farmland is of poor quality with little nature conservation value. However, some hedgerows and K4 Housing development including affordable trees and the Ash Plantation should be kept within the and special needs housing will be supported. proposed development.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

360 KingswoodTourism

strategy will be prepared to retain and enhance existing features and establish a landscape plan. Key elements of the strategy will be a ‘Town Park’, a network of greenways and structural landscaping, joint use secondary school playing fields and accessible and safe play facilities.

K6 The development of new Urban Greenspace will be supported.

Shopping 16.20 The increasing population in the area provides the opportunity to plan for high quality shopping accessible to both car and non-car customers. Increased population also helps to justify new shopping New housing at Kingswood developments, if the impact on the vitality and viability of existing centres is acceptable. Employment 16.21 A variety of new forms of shopping are 16.18 Kingswood is an attractive location for a wide proposed. New shopping is proposed in a local centre range of modern employment uses, including business north of Bude Road with a food superstore of more and science park development with improved road than 7,000m² (gross) and a range of local shops on a links and, in the longer term, developing public site of some 10 ha. Additional shopping, in particular transport systems. Over the period of the CityPlan, local convenience shopping, will be considered as the Kingswood employment area can meet local needs development progresses. and provide employment for the wider north and east Hull area. Kingswood has the potential to provide up K7 Shopping development will be supported. to 4,000 jobs in a range of manufacturing and service businesses. Community facilities 16.22 A broad range of community facilities is required K5 Employment development including a to maximise the attractiveness of Kingswood. In total, business and science park will be supported. the area may require four new primary schools and a secondary school. Two community centres and a New Urban Greenspace sports centre form part of the S106 Agreement. In 16.19 Providing high quality Urban Greenspace at general, the widest range of facilities serving the new Kingswood is a major part of the overall development community is supported. In the early phases of strategy. After housing, it is the predominant land use development many facilities are likely to be located in with some 80 ha to be laid out in a wide variety of the local centre north of Bude Road. Later on, they Urban Greenspace types. An Urban Greenspace may be dispersed in other small local centres to provide

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

361 Kingswood easy access to the growing community. IMPLEMENTATION

K8 The development of community facilities 16.24 Policies will be put into practice in a number of will be supported. ways. The following table is a quick reference guide showing how the policies of the chapter are likely to be implemented. A broad explanation of each feature Movement is given in the General Polices, implementation, 16.23 As a major development with a wide range of monitoring and review chapter. land uses, Kingswood’s location on the edge of the 16.25 Key agencies and consultees involved in Hull Urban Area will help to reduce reliance on the implementing policies are listed below: private car and increase the attractiveness of other • East Riding of Yorkshire Council; modes of transport. The main estate distributor road • house builders; system should be designed to reduce speeds, increase safety and meet the needs of all users, especially • private land owners; and public transport, emergency vehicles, cyclists and • housing associations. pedestrians. Traffic calming measures should be included in the layout of housing areas. Public transport improvements will include a Park and Ride site south of Bude Road. A route for guided bus, or a similar attractive public transport system, is protected south of Bude Road. Neighbourhoods and community uses will be linked to each other and surrounding areas by a network of pedestrian and cycle routes.

K9 The development of transport infrastructure reducing the need to use private cars and increasing the choice of travel modes will be supported.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

362 KingswoodTourism

HullHull CityPlan CityPlan Written Statement Adopted Adopted May May 2000 2000

363 Kingswood

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

364 Key documentsTourism consulted

KEY DOCUMENTS USED WHEN PREPARING THE CITYPLAN Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Notes as at June 1996 PPG1 General Policies and Principles PPG2 Green Belts PPG3 Housing PPG4 Industrial and Commercial Development and Small Firms PPG5 Simplified Planning Zones PPG6 Town Centres and Retail Developments PPG7 The Countryside and the Rural Economy PPG8 Telecommunications PPG9 Nature Conservation PPG12 Development Plans and Regional Planning Guidance PPG13 Transport PPG14 Development of Unstable Land PPG15 Planning and the Historic Environment PPG16 Archaeology and Planning PPG17 Sport and Recreation PPG18 Enforcing Planning Control PPG19 Outdoor Advertisement Planning PPG20 Coastal Planning PPG21 Tourism PPG22 Renewable Energy PPG23 Planning and Pollution Control PPG24 Planning and Noise Other important documents • Humberside Structure Plan – July 1987 • Structure Plan Alteration No. 1 – March 1993 • Structure Plan Replacement – Consultation Draft January 1994 • Brundtland Report – Our Common Future, 1987 • This Common Inheritance – Britain’s Environmental Strategy – HMSO 1990 • Yorkshire and Humberside Regional Strategy – YAHRA June 1993 • Yorkshire and Humberside Regional Planning Guidance – Consultation Draft – Government office for Yorkshire and Humberside January 1995 • Greater Hull Transportation Strategy – Humberside County Council 1990

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

365 Key documents consulted

RELEVANT SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE NOTES

Supplementary Planning Guidance Note Relevant Policy Number 1 Development Briefs G3 2 Providing and designing Urban Greenspace and play areas in new housing development NE6 3 Trees and development NE15, BE6 and BE22 4 Housing design BE1, BE3 and M13 5 Designing a house extension BE1 and BE5 6 Designing landscape BE1 and BE6 7 Designing employment development BE1 and BE9 8 Designing access to a building or its surroundings BE1 and BE10 9 Designing a shop front BE1 and BE11 10 Designing for crime prevention BE1 BE12 and M11 11 Designing for satellite dishes BE1 and BE14 12 Public art BE1 and BE15 13 Archaeology BE31 to BE34 14 Designing advertisements or signs BE35 15 Designing a footpath or cycletrack in a housing area M11 16 Designing a car park M34 17 Converting a house H1, H12 and H13 18 Food and drink S1 and S12 19 Private hire booking offices S1 and S15 20 Pre-school childcare CF1 and CF7 21 Amusement centres and arcades CF1, CF5, CF6 and CF14 22 Hotels T1, T4, T5 and T6 23 Designing cycle parking facilities M33 24 Nature conservation and development NE13, NE14, NE15, and NE17 25 Designing for noise generating development ME2 and BE17 26 Designing for energy efficiency ME7 and BE2

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

366 GlossaryTourism

GLOSSARY City Council Housing Register A list of households who have applied to the Council The glossary is intended to help people to understand for re-housing. It includes those waiting for a house some of the phrases, terms and expressions used or transfer. several times in the CityPlan. It should in no way be taken as a list of precise definitions. Committed land Advertisement Includes land that has valid planning permission or is allocated on the existing Development Plan. Any sign, board, notice or word (whether illuminated or not) to announce the selling of goods or services or Community facilities to give public information (full definition in Town and Includes the use and development of land and Country Planning Act 1990). buildings for education, health, indoor sport, recreation Affordable housing and leisure. Also included are voluntary, religious, utility, emergency and advice facilities. Residential units accessible to people whose incomes are insufficient to enable them to afford adequate Community needs housing on the open market. Assessment in relation to whether development is Amenity necessary or desirable in the interests and for the needs of local people. The quality of an area or local environment that makes it pleasant; a way of describing a combination of factors Comparison goods that makes up that quality. Goods that are generally more expensive and more Area of Archaeological Interest durable than convenience goods such as clothes, furniture and electrical appliances. The area of the City with the greatest potential for finding archaeological deposits, based on information Conservation Area from historical records and previous developments. A designated area of particular architectural or historic Bus loop interest that the local authority considers important to preserve and enhance. Special provisions apply within A circuit of roads within the City Centre, many bus these areas governing new development and only, that allow buses to provide access for passengers controlling demolitions. within the main shopping area. Contaminated land Business and science parks A site where use or development may be limited Class B1 Business use developments higher in design because of hazardous substances found. quality than industrial/warehousing units. Constrained land Change of use Land that is physically constrained, lacking proper Changing the use of a building or land requires access or drainage or reserved by the landowner for planning permission, except change covered by the specific uses such as port use only or for longer term Use Classes Order. expansion requirements and is not readily available for employment.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

367 Glossary

Convenience goods Excluded from this definition are Classes A1 Shops Goods purchased for consuming immediately such as and A3 Food and Drink as policies on these uses are food and drink. contained in the Shopping chapter. Culverting Estate Action Covering over (for example, a road over an agricultural A method of transforming unpopular, run-down housing drain). into homes where people want to live, by tackling physical, management and community issues to Curtilage improve the environment and the quality of life. An area of land associated with a building that is often Greater Hull Transportation Strategy (GHTS) marked off or enclosed and serves the building in some necessary or useful way. Transport policy in the Greater Hull Urban Area plus Beverley Town, agreed by Humberside County Council Density as Highway Authority and Hull City Council in 1992 – Refers to the proportion of building in relation to an favouring a shift to public transport, cycling and traffic area of land. management. Development Guided bus Defined in Section 55 of the Town and Country A public transport system comprising specially adapted Planning Act 1990 as the ‘carrying out of building, buses with small kerbside guide wheels which run engineering, mining or other operations in, on, over or along a segregated track with concrete kerb under land, or the making of any material change in guideways. It combines the benefits of a fixed track the use of any buildings or other land’. system (speed, reliability) with the flexibility of a bus. Development brief Habitat A statement of development opportunities and The natural environment of an organism; the place constraints for a particular site, prepared to guide where it lives. potential developers. It will generally give details of Hazardous industry favoured land uses for the site and development standards. An industrial or related installation presenting a potential threat to the safety of employees or the Development Plan general public because of the nature of its processes, The Development Plan for Hull comprises relevant or the raw materials used, and which has been notified parts of the 1987 Humberside Structure Plan and as such by the Health and Safety Executive. subsequent Alteration (1993) and the CityPlan. Hotel Dwelling Refers to all hotels, guest houses, and bed and A building or any part of a building that forms a separate breakfast establishments. and self-contained set of premises for a single family Household or household. One person living alone, or a group of people (who Employment uses may or may not be related) living or staying temporarily Includes uses only within Class B1 Business, B2 at the same address with common housekeeping, General Industry and B8 Storage and Distribution.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

368 GlossaryTourism sharing at least one meal a day or occupying a In situ common living or sitting room. To be kept in its original position, intact or left Houses in multiple occupation (HIMO) undisturbed. A house lived in by more than one household, such as Landfill site bedsits. It does not include up to six people sharing A method of waste disposal involving controlled tipping meals and other household arrangements that count and covering of waste, which then decomposes by as a single household. bacterial action. Housing Association Landmark A non-profit making organisation that constructs or Buildings or features providing a visual focus or sense improves affordable homes for rent or for sale. It also of place. manages rented and shared-ownership homes. Layout Housing completions The way buildings, routes and open spaces are placed Number of houses completed. Based on the shell of and treated in relation to each other. the buildings being finished. Massing Housing demand The physical bulk or mass of a building or group of Number of houses required by the market, depending buildings. upon economic factors such as household income, Material considerations house prices and the availability of mortgages. Comprises anything relevant to controlling, developing Housing need or using land or buildings in the public interest. Number of dwellings required in the district over a given Mobility impaired period based on factors such as population changes, household size and net migration. People who have difficulty moving about, in particular because of physical disability, but also including the Hull Travel To Work Area (TTWA) elderly and people with push chairs, heavy shopping A self-contained labour market where commuting to or luggage. and from work mainly occurs within a defined Monitoring and review boundary. The TTWA is the area which looks to the central City to provide a large proportion of jobs and The process used to check the CityPlan’s most of the entertainment, social, cultural and effectiveness. Information is collected and analysed community facilities. In the Hull area, the TTWA to assess how well the CityPlan’s policies have been includes the City, together with part of the implemented. Consideration is then given to changing administrative area of the East Riding of Yorkshire policies if necessary. Council. (see figure 2.1). Nature conservation Hull Urban Area Planned and sustainable use and/or management of All land within the City of Kingston upon Hull and the natural resources. built up areas of Hessle, Anlaby/Willerby/Kirkella and Non-employment uses Cottingham. Includes uses outside Classes B1, B2 and B8.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

369 Glossary

Offices Plan provisions Includes the office element categorised within Class Refers to relevant criteria within policies, policies B1 Business. Policies on non-shopping uses (including themselves or proposals of the CityPlan. A2 financial and professional uses) within shopping Port area centres are contained within the Shopping chapter. Designated land shown on the Proposals Map covering Major office development refers generally to over 1,000 the extent of the Port’s operational area. This sq. m floor area (gross). designation is not intended to show locations where Old Town ‘permitted development rights’ associated with port Hull’s medieval centre, comprising the area south of activity may apply. Queen’s Gardens, east of Prince’s Dock and The Port related use Marina, west of the River Hull and north of the Humber Includes dock, pier, harbour, water transport and inland Estuary. navigation undertakings required for the purposes of Operational parking shipping, or in connection with the embarking, Parking for cars and other vehicles regularly and disembarking, loading, discharging or transport of necessarily involved in operating the business of a passengers, livestock or goods at a dock, pier or building, including commercial vehicles serving the harbour, or with the movement of traffic by canal or building. This excludes the cars of commuting inland navigation or by any railway forming part of the employees. undertaking. Orbital Box Predominant employment areas High capacity road system around the City Centre Includes land available for, and existing, employment comprising Ferensway, Freetown Way, Great Union uses as shown on the Proposals Map and figure 10.8. Street, and Castle Street. Primary Route Network Park and Ride The most important roads between towns, for example, Secure car parking on a designated site with from Hull to Bridlington, York, Leeds and Lincoln. connecting public transport services into the City Proportion Centre. A means of overcoming congestion and The relationship between parts of a building based on parking problems. their size and the ratio of their dimensions; a way of Pedestrianisation describing size in relation to the relative balance of Excluding traffic from streets so that pedestrians can the parts and the resulting form of the whole building. use the whole width of the street. Service vehicles Proposed land requiring access to premises are often exempted. Includes land that has no current planning permission Personal mobility and/or previously identified in a development brief for The ability of all types of pedestrians to move freely use. and easily within and around buildings, and along Public art pavements and pedestrian areas. Permanent or temporary physical works created, selected or supervised by artists or craft workers for a

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

370 GlossaryTourism building or site in a location that is visible to the general Self policing public, whether part of the building or free standing A design or layout enabling good casual surveillance and including sculpture, street furniture, paving, railings of surroundings. and signage. Shop front Publicly available car parking This applies to ground floor frontage development of Car parking available for unrestricted use. It does not other uses including Class A1 (shops). A2 (financial include customer parking for commercial business. and professional), and A3 (food and drink) of the Use Public transport centre Classes Order. A point served by several public transport services, Site of Nature Conservation Interest e.g. City, district, and large local centres. A vegetated area of value for City wildlife and/or Public transport corridor people. A principal route for public transport, served frequently, Smoke Control Area usually by several services, e.g. radial roads. An area in which only authorised fuels may be used. Readily available employment land Special needs housing Land with no known physical or planning constraints Housing designed for households who have identified that can readily be developed for employment uses. needs not met by housing built to current norms. Regeneration Priority Areas Strategic Employment Locations Areas with a concentration of major urban regeneration Strategic employment locations: activities where substantial public and private • are normally over 20 ha.; and investment is underway or proposed, over the CityPlan • are accessible to the main road network. period. New Regeneration Priority Areas are likely over the period of the CityPlan as new needs, In the City, strategic employment locations as indicated opportunities and priorities are identified. on the Proposals Map include the following: • Priory Park; Retail warehouse • Kingswood; A large building generally with over 465 sq. m (5,000 sq. ft) gross floorspace selling a range of comparison • Sutton Fields; and goods. • East Hull Docklands* Scale * In part for Port related development only. The size of a building in relation to its surroundings; Superstore the size and extent of its architectural details judged A large store selling a range of convenience goods particularly against the size of a person. with at least 2,300 sq. m (25,000 sq ft) gross Self contained flat floorspace. A flat is self contained if it has all its internal rooms Sustainable development behind its own lockable front door and all standard Development meeting the needs of the present without amenities are provided for the exclusive use of the compromising the ability of future generations to meet occupants. their own needs.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

371 Glossary

Telecommunications Includes all forms of communications by electrical or optical wire and cable and radio signals, including satellite dishes. Tourism Action Area An area selected for comprehensive improvement and a focus for tourism and new tourist related development over a 10 year period. Traffic calming Measures to slow down traffic, such as road humps or road narrowing. Traffic Impact Assessment An assessment of the likely consequences of development on traffic. Transport facilities Transport facilities include: • cycle and pedestrian routes; • pedestrian areas; • roads; • car parks; and • public transport schemes. Urban Regeneration All activity designed to combat urban obsolescence and improve social and environmental conditions, including development, redevelopment and improvement. Warehouse club Sells a range of goods with access restricted by club membership.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

372 Use ClassesTourism Order

DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERED IN C3 Dwellinghouse THIS DOCUMENT CLASSIFIED Includes a flat and any other place of residence BY THE USE CLASSES ORDER occupied by either: (a) a single person or people living together as a The Use Classes Order specifies various classes of family; or use for buildings or land. Within each class the use for another purpose of the same class does not require (b) not more than six people living together as a planning permission. Some changes of use between single household (including where care is provided). classes do not need planning permission. Contact D1 Non-Residential Institutions the City Council for more information. Includes schools, colleges, medical and health service A1 Shops buildings, crèches, nurseries, art galleries, museums, Includes shops, retail warehouses, hairdressers, libraries and places of worship. funeral directors, post offices, dress or DIY hire shops, D2 Assembly and Leisure ticket and travel agencies and pet shops. Includes cinemas, bingo halls, concert halls, casinos A2 Financial and Professional Services and dance halls, swimming baths, gymnasia, skating Includes estate agents, betting shops, building society rinks or any other indoor or outdoor sports area. offices and banks. Unclassified uses A3 Food and Drink Other uses not covered by the Use Classes Order. Includes restaurants, public houses and takeaways. These are always subject to planning control. In each chapter examples are provided. B1 Business Includes offices (other than A2) research and development, studios, laboratories and light industry. B2 General Industry Includes those industrial processes not normally within Classes B1 Business or B8 uses. B8 Storage and Distribution Includes wholesale warehouses and distribution centres. C1 Hotels Includes hotels, boarding and guest houses. C2 Residential Institutions Includes residential care homes, nursing homes, hospitals, clinics, residential schools and colleges or training centres.

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

373 Use Classes Order

Hull CityPlan Written Statement Adopted May 2000

374